proceeding - Universitas Negeri Manado

27-29
September
2015
PROCEEDING
UNIMA IAPA INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR &
ANNUAL CONFERENCE 2015
“THE ROLE OF LOCAL
GOVERNMENT IN GLOBAL
COMPETITION”
(Peran Pemerintah Daerah dalam Persaingan Global)
Editor:
Recky H. E. Sendouw
Samrit Yossomsakdi
James Cullin
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION STUDY PROGRAM
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
UNIVERSITY OF MANADO
2015
ISBN 978-602-73770-0-4
1
PROCEEDING
“THE ROLE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN GLOBAL
COMPETITION
(Peran Pemerintah Daerah Dalam Persaingan Global)”
KERJASAMA PROGRAM STUDI ILMU ADMINISTRASI
NEGARA FIS UNIMA DAN INDONESIAN ASSOCIATION FOR
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (IAPA)
Editor:
Recky H. E. Sendouw, MM, Ph.D
Prof. Samrit Yossomsakdi, Ph.D
Dr. James Cullin
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION STUDY PROGRAM
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
UNIVERSITY OF MANADO
2015
2
THE ROLE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN GLOBAL
COMPETITION
© writer
Reviewer:
Eko Prasojo
Sisca B. Kairupan
Maryheather White
Perancang Sampul:
Jesica Karouw
Penata Letak:
Jeane Mantiri
Diterbitkan atas kerjasama:
Program Studi Ilmu Administrasi Negara FIS UNIMA dan Indonesian
Association For Public Administration (IAPA)
ISBN 978-602-73770-0-4
Undang-undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 19 Tahun 2002 tentang Hak Cipta
Lingkup Hak Cipta
Pasal 2 :
1. Hak Cipta merupakan hak eksklusif bagi Pencipta atau Pemegang Hak Cipta untuk
mengumumkan atau memperbanyak ciptaannya, yang timbul secara otomatis setelah suatu
ciptaan dilahirkan tanpa mengurangi pembatasan menurut peraturan perundangundangan yang
berlaku.
Ketentuan Pidana
Pasal 72 :
1 . Barangsiapa dengan sengaja atau tanpa hak melakukan perbuatan sebagaimana dimaksud
dalam Pasal 2 ayat (1) atau Pasal 49 ayat (1) dan ayat (2) dipidana dengan pidana penjara
masing-masing paling singkat 1 (satu) bulan dan/atau denda paling sedikit Rp 1.000.000,00
(satu juta rupiah), atau pidana penjara paling lama 7 (tujuh) tahun dan/atau denda paling
banyak Rp 5.000.000.000,00 (lima milyar rupiah).
2 . Barangsiapa dengan sengaja menyiarkan, memamerkan, mengedarkan, atau menjual kepada
umum suatu Ciptaan atau barang hasil pelanggaran Hak Cipta atau Hak Terkait sebagaimana
dimaksud pada ayat (1) dipidana dengan pidana penjara paling lama 5 tahun dan/atau denda
paling
banyak
Rp
500.000.000,00
(lima
ratus
juta
rupiah).
3
PREFACE
Public administration becomes one of some popular major and it is under big spotlight these
days. As we, the Public Administration major in University of Manado promoted our major into
International Seminar, we also including the Indonesian Association for Public Administration
(IAPA) and becoming the host of this year’s Annual Conference.
“The Role of Local Government In Global Competition” as the theme of this seminar., presens
James Cullin (Humber Business School Canada), Maryheather White (SEDS Field Manager),
Prof. Samrit Yassomsakdi, Ph.D (Vice President of Public Administration of Thailand) and Erica
Larson (Boston University) also Ms. Rebeca & Ms. Naomi (Napoli University Italy) as the
keynote speakers.
From the theme above, we made some following headlines: Enchanging Public Trust and Ethics,
Developing Local Competitiveness, Developing Innovative Public Service, and Integration of
Public Policy. We also present some special sessions: PSPA – IAPA such as: Comparative
Village between Indonesia and Philippiness.
The seminar prepared by cooperation between Public Administration University of Manado and
Indonesian Association for Public Administration’s (IAPA) member. Credits: to all participants,
the official committee and the volunteer.
Best regards,
IAPA UNIMA International Seminar
& Annual Conference 2015 Committee
i
TABLE OF CONTENT
Preface…………………………………………………………………………….................
i
Table Of Content………………………………………………………………………….....
ii
Better City, Better Local Competitiveness? City Branding and Marketing Toward
Economic Development (Case Study: Binjai City, North Sumatera, Indonesia).
Septiana Dwiputrianti ……………………………………………………………………….
1
Green Skills for the Transition to a Low-Carbon Economy in Indonesia.
Oliver Ortis ………………………………………………………………………………….
16
Develop Self-Reliance Of Village Government Based On Management Of Communal
Land.
Rozidateno Putri Hanida, Bimbi Irawan, Syamsurizaldi ……………………………………
25
Land Service Innovation (Intan) Land Office In District Pemalang.
Sri Suwitri …………………………………………………………………………………… 62
Surabaya Single Window As Pilot Project Of Virtual Integrated Services Unit.
Eva Hany Fanida, Fitrotun Niswah ………………………………………………………..
69
The Implementation Of Regulations Mayorno. 3/2012 In South Tangerang City (A Study
Of The Management Operating Time For Heavy Goods Vehicles In The Area Of South
Tangerang).
Evi Satispi dan Hermansyah ………………………………………………………………...
Lapemas (Community Services Agency) As Efectiveness Model Of Rayon In
Tasikmalaya City
ii
78
Bambang Sudaryana ………………………………………………………………………..
85
Strategies To Reduce The Urbanization While Improving The Quality Of Human
Resources In The Hinterland In Order To Develop Local Competitiveness at Batam City.
Meri Enita Puspita Sari ……………………………………………………………………... 90
System Development Policy Formulation Approach Through Food Self Sufficiency Of
Conduct Local Government Bureaucracy In Sidenreng Rappang Regency.
Jamaluddin Ahmadi …………………………………………………………………………. 101
The Analysis Of Street Vendors Compliance Towards The Implementation Of Bandung
Regional Regulation No. 04/2011 About Management and Development Of Street Vendors
in the Red Zone.
Emanuela Simanjuntak & Kristian W. Wicaksono .................................................................. 112
Policy Formulation And Exploitation Of Coal Mine (Deliberative Policy Analysis Of
Community Based Local Dayak Meratus In Banjar Regency Of South Kalimantan).
Iswiyati Rahayu ……………………………………………………………………………...
121
The Policy Of Ecotourism Development In Mempura.
Khuriyatul Husna, Hernimawati, Prihati …………………………………………………… 140
Developing Local Competitiveness of Telematics/ ICT Industry (Case study in Bandung
and Cimahi).
Lia Warlina, Rifiati Safariah, Andri Heryandi ……………………………………………...
150
Innovative Public Health Through Sutera Emas Program To Realize Health Security.
Ilmi Usrotin Choiriyah ………………………………………………………………………
161
Impact Of Corporate Social Responsibility Program At Badan Penyelenggara Jaminan
Sosial Kesehatan Main Branch Office Of Surabaya.
iii
Indah Prabawati and Meirinawati …………………………………………………………..
181
Analysis Of Service Quality On Building Permit In Depok City The Province Of West
Java, 2014.
Retnowati WD Tuti, Lilyk Sumarni ………………………………………………………….
193
Public High School Students’ Socio-Economic Status And Attitude Toward Learning
Daniel C. Kambey …………………………………………………………………………...
205
The Influence Of Incentive To Performance Employees In The South Tangerang City
(Tangsel).
Haniah Hanafie ……………………………………………………………………………...
212
Society Perception On Kalteng Harati Program In Katingan Hilir Central Kalimantan.
Bonaventura Ngarawula …………………………………………………………………….
224
“Passive Secularism”: Comparing State-Religion Relations in Indonesia and the United
States.
Erica M. Larson ……………………………………………………………………………..
233
Local Government Administrative Capacity To Implement Land Banking In Bandung
City.
Sintaningrum, Santi Permasih ………………………………………………………………. 247
iv
Better City, Better Local Competitiveness? City Branding and Marketing
Toward Economic Development
(Case Study: Binjai City, North Sumatera, Indonesia)
Septiana Dwiputrianti
School of Public Administration, National Institute of Public Administration, Indonesia
Tel: +62-81200-00295
E-mail: [email protected]
Nila Kesuma Saragih
Public Servant of Binjai City Local Government, North Sumatera.
Abstract: This article discusses the possibility of sustainability development of Binjai City. The city
itself is presented as an agent of change for the better as providing an environment conducive to the
nurture and promotion for investors. The Binjai City promotes the selling point of prescribed set of
normative values harmonize interact society for improving local competitiveness. This paper have two
main purposes as follows: (1) to obtain expectations of the community as a basis for positioning City
Branding at Binjai; (2) to get an idea of Branding Binjai City in accordance with the characteristics
of the market town of Binjai City in support of local competitiveness. Using descriptive qualitative
approach, unique dataset collections is modelled. The analysis finds support for City Brand
contributes positive local competitiveness of the city region able to attract investors, tourists, or
residents for visiting Binjai. This study illustrates investors’ friendly of Binjai City with strategic
investment, beautiful and unique environment, a mix of city and village with a safe and comfortable
atmospheres. There are some slogans for Binjau City, namely: "Beautiful Binjai, Beautiful Moment";
"Beautiful Binjai, Be Healthy", or "Delicious Rambutan, only in Binjai".
Category: Public Policy and Economics Studies
Keywords: City Branding, Local Competitiveness, Binjai City, Economic Development
INTRODUCTION
City Brand externally able to arouse the curiosity to know more about the region and raise
awareness internally to achieve the goals to be achieved. The ability of interaction and cooperation
with external parties is expected. City brand helps investors to determine the potential of a region.
1
Binjai, located in North Sumatra province, very close to the capital city of North Sumatra
province, Medan. Only ± 22 km from Medan (± 30 minutes away), even the outer limit Binjai with
the outer limit of Medan city is only ± 8 Km. This can be illustrated in Figure 1, as follows:
Figure 1: Binjai City Map, North Sumatera, Indonesia.
Some problems about potential products and conditions at Binjai City that influencing city
brand are as follows:
1. The bamboo crafts from Binjai, that is artfully and high quality can penetrate export markets to
Malaysia. However, production quality standards are not maintained that is resulting in
decreasing export values.
2. Binjai is one of the largest supplier of catfish in North Sumatra with production reached 15 tons
per day.
3. Binjai as the Rambutan City, has also potentially generate a wide variety of fruits, such as
durian, mango, guava honey 'Deli Green' and guava 'Kesuma Red', as one of the national
commodity.
2
4. Some natural and interested places have great potential tourist sites that to the place, it should be
through Binjai.
CITY BRANDING AND MARKETING TOWARD ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
1.1 City Branding and Marketing
City branding is a part of regional place marketing. According to Kotler et al (Rainisto
2003:14), place marketing can be defined as “designing a place to satisfy the needs of its target
markets. It succeeds when citizens and businesses are pleased with their community, and the
expectations of visitors and investors are met”. While Philo & Kearns (Braun, 2008:33) defined city
branding as process of manipulation whereby urban bourgeoisies are seeking to mobilise segments of
culture, history and locality in the competitive selling of places both to outsiders (to attract capital)
and to insiders (to legitimate redevelopment)”.
Urban place marketing can be seen „as a managerial principle in which thinking in terms of
customers and the market is central as well as a toolbox with applicable insights and techniques‟ (Van
den Berg dan Braun in Braun 2008: 43).
There are some obstacles of local governments in promoting their potential location and
products (Kotler, et al in Rainisto, 2003:28), namely:
1) Places are increasingly at risk - as a result of the change in the global economic, political and
technological environment.
2) Places are increasingly at risk - as a result of the inevitable process of urban evolution and decay.
3) Places are facing a growing number of competitors in their efforts to attract scarce resources.
4) Places have to rely increasingly on their own local resources to face growing competition.
Kotler (Rainisto, 2003:28) mentioned that “Places, like businesses, face new challenges as
new technology and telecommunications have formed one global economy. At the same time, the
economic gap between rich and poor nations is growing. Similar with what Braun (2008:180) stated
that “The difference is in the main objective: profit and return on investment for companies and the
wider public objectives (wellbeing) for cities”.
Philip Kotler in Kartajaya (2006:54) indicates four group as main target market, as follows:
a. Visitors including business visitors (attending a business or convention, reconnoitering a site,
coming to buy or sell something) and non-business visitors (tourists and travellers).
b. Residents dan workers, including professionals (scientists, doctors, etc.), employees (skilled
or unskilled), teleworkers, wealthy individuals, investors, entrepreneurs.
c. Business dan Industry, such as heavy industry, clean industry assembly, high-tech, service
companies, etc.
d. Entrepreneurs, exports market, other localities within the domestic markets, International
markets
Moreover, Kotler et.al in Hospers (2004: 272) mentioned three group of customers, namely:
3
a. Inhabitans that wish for an appropriate place to live, work and relax.
b. Companies looking for a place to locate their production facilities, do business and recruit
employees.
c. Visitors seeking leisure facilities inthe cultural and entertainment domain.
Braun (2008:51) mentioned of four potential customer
groups: residents, visitors, companies and
investors.
There are some references describes the meaning of brand:
1) According to Kotler in Sadat (2009:19) „a brand is a name, term, sign, symbol, or design or a
combination of them, intended to identify the goods or service of one seller or group of seller
and to differentiate them from those competitors‟.
2) While De Chernatony and McDonald in Sadat, (2009:19) defined „a brand as an identifiable
product, service person or place, augmented in such away that the buyer or user perceives
relevant, unique, sustainable added values which match their needs most closely‟.
3) Schmitt (Braun, 2008:35) claims „a brand as a rich source of sensory, affective and cognitive
associations that result in memorable brand experiences‟.
4) Simon Anholt in Vedel (2009:13) said „a brand is a product or service or organization,
considered in combination with its name, its identity and its reputation‟.
5) Moilanen and Rainisto (2009: 6) mentioned that a brand is an impression perceived in a
client‟s mind of a product or a service.vIt is the sum of all tangible and intangible elements,
which makes the selection unique. A brand is not only a symbol that separates one product
from others, but it is all the attributes that come to the consumer‟s mind when he or she thinks
about the brand. Such attributes are the tangible, intangible, psychological and sociological
features related to the product The brand is a personality the customer relates to concerning
the product.
According to Simon Anholt (Vedel, 2009:13), “Branding is the process of designing, planning
and communicating the name and the identity, in order to build or manage the reputation”. In addition,
according to Knox and Bickerton in Kavaratzis (2008:53) “Branding is a deliberate process of
selecting and associating these attributes because they are assumed to add value to the basic product
or service”.
Definition of „place branding‟ has been mentioned by some experts, as follows:
1) “Place branding is the management of place image through strategic innovation and coordinated
economic, commercial, social, cultural, and government policy. Competitive identity (CI) is the
term to describe the synthesis of brand management with public diplomacy and with trade,
investments, tourism and export promotion” (Anholt in Moilanen dan Rainisto, 2009 : 7).
4
2) Place branding is a process (Pasquinelli, 2012:21):
a) aimed at establishing a fair reputation and building brand equity for place management
b) based on the definition of strategies and techniques that deal with place image and identity
c) based on strategies and techniques that, though mainly coming from corporate and product
branding, require additional theoretical development in light of other disciplines, such as
politics, cultural studies, sociology, information and communication technologies, etc:
3) “Place branding is a discursive place making, playing a role in urban planning”.(Therklelsen
et. al.in Pasquinelli, 2012:41).
4) “Place branding brings added attraction to a place, the central issue being to build the brand
identity of a place” (Rainisto, 2003:44).
From the above definition about place branding, it can be concluded that place branding is
process to develop a place that has a value added as its identity in the scope of a country, city, district
or village for local development planning.
Table 2.1 provides definition of city branding from different resources:
Tabel 2.1 Definition of City Branding Experts
Experts
Concept Explanation
Nickerson & Moisey City branding is building up a relation between people and the image of
(1999）
their city.
Hall (1999)
The essential goal of city branding is to “provide a consistent and
focused communication strategy”.
Cai (2002）
City branding means to choose a consistent brand factor combination by
establishing a positive image in order to gain a recognition and
differentiation with the city as the destination. The brand factors include
names, terms, signs, logos, design, symbol, slogan, packing or the
combination of the above; among them, name is the priority.
Rainisto (2003）
City branding is a method to increase the attraction of the city; the
essential point is to establish city recognition
Julier (2005)
City branding is considered an effort to create and enrich the city‟s
qualities
Sumber : Minghui (2012: 314)
There are some benefits of developing city branding from various references that are
concluded by Alan C. Middleton in Dinnie (2011:16):
5
1) attraction of inbound investment.
2) attraction of inbound tourism.
3) credibility and confidence by investors.
4) increase of political influence internally (national) and externally (multinational).
5) better and more productive global partnerships with other cities, public or private research and
university institutions, and private sector organizations.
6) „city of origin‟ effect on products or services.
7) civic pride: ability to focus local harmony, confidence, and resolve.
In addition, Middleton in Dinnie (2011:16) also mentioned about two benefits from
strengthening place branding:
1) planning process advantage, Planning process advantage refers to the clarity of what the city
brand is and what it stands for. This clarity is helpful in focusing strategy. Brands exclude
associations and activity as much as they include them. As strategy is the allocation of scarce
resources to areas with the highest likelihood of return, so too is a city‟s brand an expression
of its strategy.
2) execution advantage, execution advantage flows from this clarity of what the city brand is and
encourages greater coordination and communication of activity, which is what those in
commercial branding have identified as the path of brand success, that is, establishing the
relevant differences of the city brand from its competitors that, over time, result in an increase
in awareness and esteem, provided that the brand is appropriately managed.
Pfefferkorn (2005:10) mentioned that real brands provide not only functional benefits but
non-functional added value. Strong brands must have added value in the mind of the consumer.
Added value translates into loyalty, and this loyalty is key in determining the success of the brand.
Pfefferkorn (2005:23-26) mentioned that added values of a city is:
1) People‟s Experience of the City. Much city branding is based on peoples experience. If people
have a good experience with a city, they communicate this. On the other hand if the experience is
negative, the result is the opposite.
2) Perception. How is the population perceived? This is an important component of city branding.
economic opportunities.
3) Belief in the City. Does it stand for something? In order for a city to have a brand, it has to stand
for something.
4) Appearance: What does the city look like? An important element of city branding is appearance.
What a city actually looks like and the physical characteristics it possesses are extremely
important. Cities now are largely defined by location, function, or cultural attainments.
6
According to Van Gelder (2008:4-5) there are some benefits can be obtained if a city
successfully has a good brand:
1) Improved and sustainable competitiveness, e.g. for attention, investments, jobs, inhabitants,
institutions, visitors and events
2) Higher returns on investment, e.g. in real estate, infrastructure, promotions and events.
3) Coherent development of the place as physical, social, economic and cultural planning join up to
realise the brand‟s promise.
4) Pride in the place, as the population, businesses and institutions experience its (renewed) sense of
purpose and direction Unsolicited praise, approval and endorsement from media, celebrities and
(international) institutions.
5) Increased word-of-mouth among (foreign) target audiences as personal experiences and a wish to
be associated with the place create a buzz.
According to Anholt (2007:7) developing of city brand at Binjai City needs a management
process, “Brand management uniquely embraces these important ideas of core meaning (brand
identity), reputation (brand image), the asset value of reputation (brand equity), and the power of
shared goals (brand purpose), and this is why it is a valuable source of inspiration for governments”.
The brand identity is how the brand is wanted to be perceived. The brand identity is a unique
set of brand associations that the management wants to create or maintain (Aaker 1996). Brand
identity creates a relationship between the brand and the customers with a value proposition that
consists of functional, emotional and self-expressive benefits (Kapferer 1992). Brand image is the
perception of a brand in the minds of people. The brand image is a mirror reflection (though perhaps
inaccurate) of the brand personality or product being. It is what people believe about a brand – their
thoughts, feelings, expectations. (Bennett: 1995. AMA Dictionary of Marketing Terms: 28). Brand
image is perceptions about a brand as reflected by the brand associations held in consumers´ memory
(Keller 1998).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
According to public perception, Binjai synonymous with rambutan. It can be seen from
responds from local people about an icon of Binjai City branding. Almost all informants mentioned
the word rambutan.
Figure 3.1. Icon Binjai City Branding according to Local People
7
While asking about how they felt and why they are interested to visit Binjai City, most of
them said that Bnjai is a beautiful, comfortable and less pollution.
Figure 3.2 Feel Comfortable Staying at Binjai City
In addition, while respondents were asked about the character of Binjai City‟s people, the
greatest numbers informants, answer of friendly, good and pretty.
Figure 3.3 Binjai City Characters
Based on the answer from information related with expectation of people from Binjai, Better
facilities, security, comfortable place, cheaper cost of living are the expectation from people and
visitors at Binjai City.
Figure 3.4. Expectation for Binjai City
8
Based on interview results from visitors, there are some expectations from them about Binjai
City, as follows:
1. Everyone indicates Binjai City as Rambutan City and potentially as icon city.
2. Some visitors found that local or traditional foods from Binjai City also interested for them.
3. Binjai is a good place for relax with nice and neat landscape, although problems related with
traffic congestion at central city, unorganized parking area are still become impediments.
4. Respondents found Binjai Kota is a friendly, nice and clean city for living and staying.
5. Agrotourism and traditional foods are potentially products of Binjai City.
Figure 3.5. Icon of Binjai City according to Visitors
Gambar 3.6 What Respondents Think About Binjai City
Besides the above responds from informants, there are also some potential local products at Binjai
City.
Table 3.1 Potential Local Products of Binjai City
No.
1
Group
Local Natural Resources
Local Products
Gas
9
Agricultural
Animal Husbandry
2
Human Resources
Quantity of Labour
Friendly population
3
Location
Close with Medan City. Surrounding by Langkat
District and Deli Serdang, including toll road
.
connecting among Binjai City, Medan Bandara
Kualanamu.
4
Suprastruktur
Economic clustering
5
Atraksi
Natural, cultural and festival tourism.
.
.
Table 3.1 shows potential products of Binjai City, it indicates that competitiveness can be proved at
market. City brand of Binjai has not been selected as important products in this country. The
Rambutan products have not been familiar or popular nationally as strong differences product,
compared with other rambutan produced from other places. Moreover, Binjai lack of ability to
promote and distribute rambutan products to other locations throughout Indonesia or exported, As a
result, rambutan from the Binjai City is unknown much by some people globally, nationally, and
regionally.
Improving local competitive is one of approach for increasing local economic growth. Table 3.2
indicates for improving infrastructure for enforcing local development economics.
Tabel 3.2.
Economic Growth Binjai City (2005-2010) in Percentage
Source: Long Term Development Planning Binjai City 2005-2025
10
In addition, Figure 3.7 shows increasing trend of economic growth rate of Binjai City from
2007-2025.
Figure 3.7.Economic Growth of Binjai City, 2004-2025
Table 3.3.Average Economic Growth Proyeksi Pertumbuhan Ekonomi Rata-Rata Pertahun Kota
Binjai Tahun 2005-2025 (Persen)
Source: Long Term Development Planning of Binjai City the Year 2005 to 2025
According to data from Table 3.3, industrial sector of production, trade and services become
the basic economic governance of Binjai City. For providing services for public and tourist at Binjai
City, Table 3.8. shows distribution of economic sector at Binjai City. Data indicates that processing
industry is highest percentage in economic contribution. Followed by trade, hotels and restaurants
public services other services both individual or group.
11
Figure 3.8 Distribution of Economic Sector at Binjai City, Year 2025
Source: Long Plan Development Planning Binjai City 2005-2025.
Investment climate drives the local competitiveness by providing a positive contribution to
improve economic growth. From the available data, visible increase in investment to the
manufacturing sector. (RPJP - D Binjai 2005-2025)
The dominance of the manufacturing sector enables the acceleration of economic growth
when the industrial processing of local raw materials or in the area bordered by Binjai like Deli
Serdang and Langkat. (RPJP - D Binjai 2005-2025)
Small part of Binjai still be cultivated for food crops and livestock enterprises, to optimize it
is most needed intensification program in foodstuffs and livestock farming. With the availability of
land is narrow, it is necessary to use approach to development of science and technology in order to
meet the consumption of this subsector Binjai residents. (RPJP - D Binjai 2005-2025)
Binjai who only has a land area of 90.23 km2 course must optimize the service sector, in
addition to business services / finance, social services / individuals need to be developed. (RPJP - D
Binjai 2005-2025)
Binjai traversed the river has the potential excavation C, when controlled / managed properly
(do not damage the environment) can create jobs and Binjai city government gets revenue from the
tax. As well as the potential of natural gas contained in the District of North Binjai, if future
exploration occurs it will make economic growth Binjai getting better. (RPJP - D Binjai 2005-2025)
Data results from the informant's perception about Binjai can be simplified in the above
diagram. Binjai concluded that based on the perception of the population, synonymous with rambutan.
Feelings that arise during a stay in Binjai was feeling comfortable, safe, beautiful. Population
characteristics Binjai, friendly, good, and beautiful.
12
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
4.1. Conclusion
Binjai city branding in favor of regional competitiveness can be concluded that:
1. Currently Binjai Brand image in the eyes of residents and visitors Binjai is rambutan, and feeling
comfortable, safe, beautiful, coupled with the friendliness of its people, the comfort and security
of the city.
2. Perception of visitors (people who had come to the city of Binjai), Binjai was also synonymous
with rambutan. And feelings that arise during a stay in Binjai was feeling normal, in the sense not
to have the impression that mean for visiting Kota Binjai. When viewed from the characteristics
of Binjai itself, visitors Binjai Binjai feel that it is a city that is welcoming and friendly.
3. According to the residents what they want, namely Kota Binjai a city that is safe, comfortable and
has a more complete facilities. While the expectations of visitors to Kota Binjai Binjai is they
want it to be a unique city, a city that has a characteristic that they are interested in coming to
Binjai.
4. From the perception of residents and visitors Binjai synonymous with rambutan fruit.
5. Positioning of being owned Binjai in the planning of city branding is Binjai Binjai strategic
location because it is close to the provincial capital of North Sumatra, namely Medan, will be
constructed highway that connects Kota Binjai-Medan-Kuala Namu Airport, entered in the
Region National Strategic (KSN) Mebidangro (Medan-Binjai-Deli Serdang-Karo).
6. City brand Binjai in favor of regional competitiveness is a city brand that indirectly able to
improve people's lives Binjai and can attract investors, tourists, or residents. It indicates that
Binjai friendly investors, strategic investment, beautiful and unique, is a mix of city and village
with a safe and comfortable atmosphere.
4.2 Recommendation
City branding plan is the beginning of building a city branding Binjai. Binjai city branding in
order to be successful certainly takes time and a long process and requires the involvement of all
parties. There are some recommendations are as follows:
1. City brand Binjai Binjai have brand elements with some slogan below: "Beautiful Binjai, Beautiful
Moment"; "Beutiful Binjai, Be Healthy", "Delicious Rambutan, only in Binjai".
2. For the logo needs to be planned, of course, required the services of experts how to design a logo
that is generated can attract able to describe the existing slogan.
3. The icon for the city brand is preferably Binjai Binjai Rambutan fruit rambutan has been known for
a long time and are also in accordance with the wishes of the population and pengungjung Binjai.
13
4. As for the story of the brand itself can strengthen brand Binjai can be created by lifting the story of
the origins of Binjai that comes from a tree to replant trees Binjai Binjai, so that people know what
kind of tree Binjai itself as the origin of the naming Binjai.
5. It takes a good cooperation and a sense of optimism among government, society, and entrepreneurs
realize ntuk brand Binjai city with socialization that describes the benefits obtained by the
government, society and employers when the city City brand successfully established. Also may
establish cooperation with leading universities how to develop a product that is in Binjai or
cooperation with the region around the city of Binjai.
6. Currently the website owned Binjai still show information and news that looks almost identical to
the city or other districts. To build a strong city branding, the authors suggest a need websites that
are more interesting, which is able to illustrate the potential and attractiveness of the city of Binjai.
7. City branding should be introduced through inter alia: public relations (PR), trade fairs, advertising,
sales promotion.
8. To support the creation of the brand image of the new Binjai the existing facilities in the city of
Binjai today must be fitted again.
REFERENCES
Andersson, Martin. 2012. Creative destruction and productivity: entrepreneurship by type, sector and
sequence. Journal of Entrepreneurship and Public Policy, Vo. 1, No. 2, pp. 125-146.
Anholt, Simon.2007. Competitive Identity. The New Brand Management for Nations, Cities and
Regions. Britain: Palgrave Macmillan.
------------------.2005. Brand New Justice. Revised Edition. Oxford: Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann
Braun, Erik. 2008. City Marketing Towards an Integrated Approach. Rotterdam: Erasmus Research
Institute of Management.
Coyne, Christopher J., 2012. Trade Openeess and Cultural Creative Destruction. Journal of
Enterpreneurship and Public Policy, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 22-49.
Dinnie, Keith (Editor). 2011. City Branding Theory and Cases. Britain : Palgrave Macmillan.
Kotler, Philip dan Keller, K. Lane, 2008. Manajemen Pemasaran Edisi Ketiga Belas Jilid 1. Jakarta :
Erlangga.
14
Kotler, Philip dan Pfoertsch, Waldemar. 2006. B2B Brand Management Dengan Membranding
Membangun Keunggulan dan memenangi kompetisi. Jakarta :
PT. Bhuana Ilmu Populer
Kelompok Gramedia.
Nam, Taewoo. 2013. Citizen Participation in Visioning A Progressive Cty: A Case Study of Albany
2030. International Review of Public Administration, Vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 139-161.
15
Green Skills for the Transition to a Low-Carbon Economy in Indonesia
Oliver Ortis, MSc
Green Jobs and Green Business Advisor
Vienna, Austria
E-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: This article aims at shedding light on the importance of green skills within the framework of
a transition to a low carbon economy and in gaining a competitive advantage. It depicts the
background of the green economy transition, persistent threats from climate change and
environmental degradation and the sectors, which are involved in the transition. Government policy,
planning and coordination in skills development and the need for a long term green skills
development strategy based on skills needs and gaps assessments are discussed. Skills shortages and
gaps prevail in most of the key green sectors, thus the central government in collaboration with the
local government and the private sector must take responsibility in taking measures to lift and adapt
the skill level of the workforce. There is a strong need for comprehensive and updated skill enhancing
programs that integrate green skills, thus meeting the new labour market demand. A case study on
eco-tourism in Bromo underlines the benefits of green skills development for the competitive
advantage of local businesses and the local economy in the tourism sector in Indonesia.
Category: Competitive Advantage through Green Skills Development
Keywords: Green Jobs, Green Skills, Competitive Advantage, Green Economy Transition, Technical
Vocational Education and Training, Competency Standards, Certification
INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is facing various challenges from climate change and environmental degradation, in
particular related to the combustion of fossil fuels and vast land use changes. The consequences are
air, water and land pollution, fast rising energy use, problems with agricultural production, shortage of
clean water, issues in the management of solid waste and waste-water. Land use changes in
agriculture and forestry lead to emissions from deforestation, peat oxidation, peat fires and forest
burning. The agricultural sector also generates emissions and pollution from rice cultivation,
fertilization, manure, and biomass. The energy sector produces emissions from fossil fuel energy
generation. In transport and manufacturing emissions are generated through the burning of fossil fuel
16
as well. In the waste management sector, sources of emissions are open landfills, waste burning,
industrial waste-water treatment and discharge.
Indonesia shows a particularly high vulnerability to the impacts of climate change. Increasing
temperatures and changing weather conditions affect the agricultural productivity. Rising sea levels
threaten the coastal areas and higher ocean temperatures negatively impact the marine stock and coral
reefs. Additionally, natural disasters are worsening and intensifying, such as tropical cyclones and
flooding.
Climate change and environmental degradation have considerably negative effects on human
health, safety and livelihoods. Moreover, they lead to negative macroeconomic impacts, affecting
output and productivity. This also affects water, energy and food security, which increasingly become
serious issues.
In response to these threats, the Indonesian Government has commenced to introduce new
policies that enable the transition to a green low carbon economy in its national development plans
and strategies. Furthermore, Indonesia puts emphasis on the implementation of respective policies,
programs, regulations and legislation on the national as well as the regional administrative level.
Measures to promote the green economic transition include several programs initiated by the Ministry
of Environment such as soft loans for environmental management investments, the Indonesian Clean
Production Centre and the PROPER company classification system (Law No. 23 of 1997).
Businesses in Indonesia are not only subject to stricter environmental regulations but are also
encouraged to meet environmental standards. The government within the framework of its Energy
Blueprint 2005-2025 for instance promotes investment in green technologies through various fiscal
and non-fiscal incentives. E.g. investment in renewable energy, energy conservation, energy
efficiency and clean production are supported by exemptions from tax, import duties and value added
tax. Moreover, there are also exemptions or respectively reductions of land and building taxes for
green construction and sustainable development.
GREEN SKILLS AS FUEL FOR THE TRANSITION TO A GREEN ECONOMY
2.1 Transition to a Green Economy1
Without a doubt, a main reason to foster and engage in sustainable development and green
economic activities is to reduce negative environmental impacts of the economy and improve social
inclusion. However, another important reason is achieving a competitive advantage. Going green can
generate additional revenues by introducing new and innovative products and services. At the same
time businesses and economies can reduce their dependence on increasingly scarce resources and
1
The Green economy is defined by UNEP as one that results in “improved human well-being and social equity, while significantly reducing
environmental risks and ecological scarcities”. In simple terms, “a green economy is low-carbon, resource efficient, and socially inclusive”.
The goal of the transition to a green economy is to enable “economic growth and investment while increasing environmental quality and
social inclusiveness”. (UNEP 2011)
17
mitigate the risks of increasing costs from those scarce resources. New markets emerge and are
actively developed for environmentally friendly and socially sustainable products. Whole new
business branches and sectors are developing such as renewable energy, green building and
construction, green transportation, water management, solid waste management, green banking and
finance, green IT, energy efficiency services, and sustainable tourism. Businesses and economic
policy makers in Indonesia have become aware of the competitive advantage that engaging in a green
and sustainable economy will have. The emergence of new sectors and business opportunities will
also foster the creation of green jobs2. A green jobs mapping study conducted by the ILO in 2012 has
identified 8,811,012 existing core environment related jobs in Indonesia of which 3,985,866 are green
jobs, with an upward tendency. Public investment in emerging green sectors is on the rise and steadily
growing. Private investment however, still needs to be fostered by involving the private sector more
strongly in the economic planning to ensure that apt green technologies and skilled human resources
are available and accessible.
2.2. Demand and Supply of Green Skills
Demand for green skills is often driven by green economic development that is influenced by
public policy. Energy and environmental policies, as well as industry and innovation policies boost
the demand for special green jobs and skills. Green market stimulation activities such as subsidies, tax
exemptions, and direct public investments in green sectors such as renewable energy and energy
efficiency also push the demand for green jobs.
Indonesia has embarked on shifting its economy to a low carbon, environmentally friendly
economy. Within this framework Indonesia is putting emphasis within its new development strategy
on the development of the sustainable energy sectors in particular renewable energy and energy
efficiency and other related green sectors, in order to reduce the dependence on fossil fuels. Thus, new
green economic sectors are emerging.
Changes in the market will lead to structural changes in employment structures. Three key
impacts of a green economy transition can be anticipated: a) increased demand for certain green
occupations and decreased demand for other brown occupations, b) new occupations will be created
through new economic activity c) existing specific tasks within occupations will need to be greened,
thus requiring adaptation of the current training and qualifications framework.
Demand for new green skills will rise and skills training and re-skilling programs will be
needed to prepare workers and employers for the new labour demand. New job and skills profiles will
be required. Specific green skills are a prerequisite for the transition to a green economy and for
Indonesia to achieve sustainable development it must strengthen its formal economy through the
2
ILO-UNEP definition of green jobs:
“Jobs are green when they help reduce the negative environmental impact and ultimately lead to environmentally, economically and socially
sustainable enterprises and economics. Green jobs are decent jobs that reduce the consumption of energy and raw materials, limit green
house gas emissions, minimize waste and pollution, and protect and restore ecosystems”. (ILO 2010)
18
upgrading of skills and training programs. People must be equipped with the right skill set that
enables them to move easily from sectors with falling employment to emerging green sectors with
expanding employment and to take up new green employment opportunities. Sectors where such
green skills are very much needed and lacks of these skills have already been identified are renewable
energy, sustainable construction and energy efficiency, sustainable agriculture, water and waste-water
management, solid waste management and manufacturing. The adoption of new green technologies
and new green processes requires green skills in order to achieve economic returns and environmental
benefits. Workers and employers must quickly adapt to such changes to stay competitive. Currently,
the progress in key sectors of the economy that can drive the green transition such as transport,
manufacturing, retail, agriculture and waste management is still slow, partly due to the lack of skilled
workers. Insufficient knowledge in engineering of energy-efficient materials, designs and construction
techniques is a strong hindering factor.
2.2 Competitive Advantage through Green Skills Enhancement
Evidence shows that green jobs and green skills within green value chains strongly contribute
to the competitiveness and vitality of an economy. Even small rises in skill levels show considerable
benefits for the economy in the long term. While green skills power the transition to a low carbon
economy with green inclusive growth, they also help to uncover the full potential of human resources
and help boost productivity and become increasingly important for the general social-economic
development.
There is strong evidence that firms which operate environmentally friendly attract highskilled employees, in particular young employees who feel that it is important that the values and
operations of the company they work for align with their own values. Developing the green skill sets
of the staff is also a strong factor of good “employer branding”. Another advantage for the companies
is that employees with good green skills can help the business to reduce resources utilization, make
processes more cost and resource efficient and reduce wastage.
When greening supply chains, it is necessary to emphasize on greening generic skills and
competences and if applicable also to introduce specific green skills in order to drive innovation.
2.4 Green Skills Shortages and Gaps in Indonesia
Shortages of green skills and consequently the lack of a competent labour force represent a
bottleneck in the green economic development and for the people the risk of economic disadvantages
and higher unemployment. Lack of skills can either stem from the unavailability of the apt skills or if
the skills are available but at cost that is not feasible. A skills shortage exists when the demand for a
type of skill exceeds the supply of people with that skill that are available.
A skill gap exists when the skills of the currently employed do not meet the requirements for
the job or the skills are not good enough to perform the job adequately. In emerging economies like
19
Indonesia green skills shortages and gaps are a huge problem that hinders the transition to a green
economy. Through the shortages and gaps, costs of climate change mitigation and adaptation
activities rise and these efforts are impeded, leading to higher long term costs for the whole economy.
Indonesia is still lacking a systematic approach to monitor the skills that are needed in the
market on a regular basis to inform educational policies and the industries and link the information to
education and training providers. Neither the government nor academic institutions or private
organizations have such systems in place. In Indonesia‟s Technology Needs Assessment, however, it
is stated that training is required to prepare the workforce to be able to work with environmentally
sound technologies, as well as mitigation and adaptation technologies, among others in the energy,
transportation, manufacturing, waste, agriculture, forest and fisheries sector.
Private and public sector education and training providers are slowly becoming aware of the
market driven demand for green skills, however, adaptation and updating of programs and curricula
with the inclusion of green skills is a slow process.
2.5 Green Skills Development Policy Coordination at the National Level
Clear coordination among government agencies is required in order to being able to prepare a
national program on green skills development. This coordination among different government
agencies with responsibilities regarding green economic development, employment and skills
development is still lacking. Road maps and action plans for the human resource and green skills
development in Indonesia are required. This must be based on skills needs and skills anticipation
assessments and a skills map. In this the Central Government must strongly work together with local
governments, trade unions and employers. In order to plan green skills enhancement programs the
Government must implement suitable instruments that help to forecast green jobs demand and green
skills needs such as the ILO Green DySam3. This must include feedback mechanisms to guarantee
that skills needs are dynamically fed into the development and update of training programs. Also,
there is no national labour profile data, which shows the demand for green skills and the changing
occupations.
Indonesia also does not yet have a green skills development strategy. However, there are
initiatives from BAPPENAS for the preparation of such a strategy. Part of the process would also be
the setting of green competency standards for new green occupations and the adaptation of traditional
occupations upgraded by green skills. Much responsibility lies with the individual companies in
identifying the need in occupations and related skills.
3
The Green Dynamic Social Accounting Matrix (Green DySam) is an accounting framework that allows imaging of the consistent
evolution over time of major socio-economic data sets of an economy. Green DySam is able to produce data for in depth labour market
analysis by including an employment satellite account with disaggregated labour market data (by sex, age, skill level, geographic location
etc.). It also accounts for environmental activities and allows the simulation of certain impacts such as environment related policies and
programs, green investments or exogenous shocks such as economic crisis, free trade agreements or natural disasters on socialmacroeconomic values such as employment. It can, thus, provide useful information for government programs and support their design and
evaluation.
20
2.6 The Role of Local Governments in Green Skills Enhancement
The basis for green job creation and building a competitive advantage of green industry
sectors is firstly a clear vision for the local economic development. Secondly, active labour market
measures taking into account new green job and green business opportunities are essential. Based on
green jobs criteria local governments are required to develop and implement green skills and training
programs.
This is important from two perspectives: (1) the workers, in particular youth, must be
prepared for the new green job opportunities in emerging green sectors by providing them with the
suitable green skills and (2) the green industries need to be able to access the workforce with the apt
skill sets to fill the new green job positions. New training programs need to encompass the specific
green skills integrated with the traditional skills. Furthermore, training programs should be
customized by local governments taking into account their local economic and social environment.
These skills programs must, especially, be accessible and affordable for youth. Local governments
also play an important role in the development and implementation of certification systems in order to
guarantee the preservation of high standards and the transferability. In the planning, implementation
as well as monitoring and evaluation of the skills training programs, the training providers must be in
close contact with local employers and industry associations to identify skills needs and meet the
actual labour demand. Local governments shall invest in building capable institutions that inform and
shape skills development policies and programs.
2.5 Green Skills Enhancement Programs
Education, training and lifelong learning are essential cornerstones of enhanced
employability, higher productivity, income growth and development. Specific green skills need to be
integrated into education and training programs that, in particular, empower women and youth.
Different levels and various channels are involved in skills responses to meet the present and
futures green skills demand. This involves central and local government programs, corporate training
programs, initiatives by industry associations and sectoral councils. In Indonesia technical capacity
building and managerial training on sustainability for instance is provided to national and local
authorities by the National Climate Change Council. There is a big opportunity to expand these
training schemes to more government institutions, private industries and the public.
When talking about green skills enhancement, youth is the most important target group as
they will be the agents of change of the future generation. In this regard, secondary education plays an
essential role in equipping young people with the necessary green skills to take up employment in an
emerging green sector. Environment, sustainability and technology related specialized courses and
technical and vocational education and trainings (TVET) are essential and should be extended by
economic education, education for sustainable development and inclusive growth. It is beneficial to
21
introduce education systems that combine class-based learning with on the job apprenticeships and
provide certificates for the completed training and the acquired skills. Hereby, national occupational
competency standards for green jobs shall be developed as foundation for National Vocational
Qualification (NVQ) certification. E-learning programs on environmental and sustainability also
represent a good opportunity for young women and men to engage in distant learning
When looking at greening value chains at the national and local level, skills enhancement
requires an intensive cooperation with the SMEs. SMEs need specific green technical skills to be able
to drive green innovation and become and stay competitive in the market. However, SMEs face the
challenge of a low training participation rate and unawareness of technological and operational
adaptations required for a low carbon transition. In this regard collaboration projects with large
companies and universities can help SMEs in the green skills and knowledge transfer.
CASE STUDY: ECO TOURISM IN BROMO
A good example of how green skills enhancement can strengthen the competitive advantage is
the eco-tourism development in Mount Bromo. Bromo was chosen by the Indonesian Ministry of
Tourism and Creative Economy (MoTCE) as a key tourism destination in Indonesia under their
Destination Management Organization (DMO) program. The Ministry, through its regional office
DINAS, introduced various initiatives to support and develop this key tourism destination. With the
assistance of the International Labour Organization (ILO) the Ministry implemented a green skills
training program for eco-tour guides and green homestays. The support activities implemented in
2010-2012 encompassed green skills development, financial literacy trainings and green
entrepreneurship skills trainings. As basis for the green skills development program, national
competency standards for eco-tour guides and green homestays were developed together with the
Ministry of Manpower and Transmigration (MoMT). In the following, training modules and curricula
were prepared based on these green competency standards. These modules and curricula became the
foundation for master/assessor trainings, trainings of trainers and roll-out trainings to the eco-tour
guides and green homestay owners, i.e. the final beneficiaries. Certification was also provided for the
competency standards to the graduates of the trainings. In a next step potential green tourism products
and services were developed together with the local communities and marketed in cooperation with
national and international tourism networks.
The outcomes of the project are beneficial to the local economy, helped to gain a competitive
advantage,
created
green
jobs
and
helped
to
improve
livelihoods.
a) Through the green skills enhancement the local tourism sector in Bromo gained a clear competitive
advantage, which has led to a strong market position in the national and international tourism market.
The people possess the knowledge and green skills to develop and successfully market green products
and services which make them stand out among the conventional tourism providers.
22
b) New green jobs were created, existing jobs were greened and new green businesses emerged on the
market.
c) The green skills and the competitive advantage of the businesses lead to a better economic outlook
for the firms and the region, which attracted investors and enabled access to finance for the local
green businesses.
d) The national government (MoMT, MoTCE, BAPPENAS) local government (various DINAS), the
private sector and the local communities together with the ILO collaborated in the planning and the
implementation of the project and together developed and rolled out the successful skills enhancement
program.
CONCLUSIONS
Greens skills are the fuel of the transition to a green low carbon economy in Indonesia. A
shortage of green skills and skills gaps on the other hand represent a bottleneck impeding this
transition. Indonesia as emerging market has embarked on the path of greening its economy and now
faces the challenge of restructuring of the labour market. The greening of existing sectors and the
emergence of new green sectors and occupations demand new green skills and qualifications profiles.
New and updated skills and re-skilling training and education programs will be required to prepare
workers and employers for the new labour demand to be able to utilize new green technologies and
processes.
However, green skills shortages and gaps still prevail in important and high potential green
economic sectors such as renewable energy, sustainable construction and energy efficiency,
sustainable agriculture, water and waste-water management, solid waste management and
manufacturing.
Indonesia is missing a long-term green skills development strategy and systems to map,
measure, monitor and evaluate green skills needs and gaps. However, BAPPENAS with the assistance
of the ILO has commenced with the preparation of such a green skills development strategy.
The national government across ministries, local governments, the private sector, employers
and workers associations, sectoral organizations and the local communities have the responsibility to
develop and implement comprehensive and updated green skills training programs that integrate green
skills in their curriculum. The programs must be tailored to the needs of the trainees as future workers
in green sectors and at the same time meet the industry‟s demand for green jobs and green skills.
In conclusion, green skills enhance the competitive advantage of green businesses, green
industry sectors and drive the transition to a green economy as a whole. As shown by the case of EcoTourism in Bromo, green skills development can lead to a competitive advantage of the local
businesses and the industry sector, the establishment of new green businesses and green job creation.
23
Providers of new green products and services can increase their revenue and market share and become
competitive also in a challenging international market.
REFERENCES
Cedefop (2012): “Green skills and environmental awareness in vocational education and
training”. Luxembourg.
Gunawan, M. and Ortis, O. (2012): Strategic Plan for Sustainable Tourism and Green Jobs
for Indonesia. ILO Publishing, Jakarta.
ILO (2011): “Green Jobs in Indonesia.” ILO Jakarta.
ILO (2013d): “Green Jobs Mapping Study in Indonesia.” ILO Jakarta.
OECD (2014):” Greener Skills and Jobs”. OECD green growth studies, Paris.
OECD (2014b):”OECD LEED-Cedefop 2nd Green Skills Forum 2014”. Paris.
Ortis et al. (2015): “Green Jobs for Youth in Asia-Pacific”. ILO Publishing, Geneva.
Strietska-Ilinia et al. (2011): “Skills for Green Jobs – A global View”. ILO Publishing,
Geneva.
UNDP (2013): “Green Jobs for Women and Youth – What can local governments do?”.
Zaituni et al. (2010): “Skills for Green Jobs in Indonesia”. ILO Jakarta.
24
Develop Self-Reliance Of Village Government Based On Management
Of Communal Land
Rozidateno Putri Hanida1, Bimbi Irawan2, Syamsurizaldi3
1
2
3
Andalas University, Padang, Indonesia [email protected]
BKPM Sumatera Barat Province, Padang, Indonesia [email protected]
Bappeda Solok Selatan Regency, Padang Aro, Indonesia [email protected]
Abstract: Desa or village or other terms is the lowest government pattern in the hierarchy of
government in Indonesia. In Sumatera Barat Province, it is called nagari. Nagari in Minangkabau
was built with a spirit of self-reliance. This is reflected in the physical requirements that must be
owned by a region so that it appropriately referred to as nagari. Physical requirements that must be
owned by a nagari are basasok bajarami, barumah batanggo, bakorong bakampuang, balabuah
batapian, basawah baladang, bapandam bapakuburan, and babalai bamasajid. The requirements
state ability of an area to be a self-reliance village, especially in the economic, social, culture, and
politic. Nagari with its self-reliance makes it is often referred to as the village republic. Different
shades is showed by the mandate of Law No. 6 of 2014 on the village, where the village or nagari is
pampered with amount of government allocation of funds from the central, province, regency and
municipality government. Research conducted by the method of qualitative research aims to describe
how the best practice of the village in an effort to build its self-reliance. This research was conducted
by case study in Nagari Lubuak Malako, Solok Selatan Regency, Sumatera Barat Province. Nagari
Lubuk Malako has build its self-reliance with management of nagari asset or nagari communal land.
One of the nagari communal land managed by the nagari government is oil palm plantation. Oil palm
plantation provides earned income for nagari government of Lubuk Malako, so that Nagari Lubuk
Malako is not dependent on government assistance. With its self-reliance, Nagari Lubuk Malako can
operate and carry out physical and non-physical development which is based on nagari earned
income itself.
Category: Developing local competitiveness
Keywords: self-reliance of village/ nagari, communal land, asset, nagari earned income
25
INTRODUCTION
Nagari is Minangkabau original government form where the population of nagari is a group
of society that has the same culture and geneology. Some of the smallest groups of Minangkabau
kinship system that are called suku or clan settle in a nagari land. Minangkabau as a cultural unity is
essentially a federation of hundreds of nagari.
A territory can be called a nagari when it qualifies the requirements both custom
requirements and physical requirements. If both of these requirements have not been qualified, it is
not feasible territorial referred to as a nagari. Custom requirements of a region be a nagari is the
existence of at least four clans or suku in that region. Each clan or suku is equipped with its
customary functionaries that consist of penghulu, tuo kampuang, and tungganai.
Besides the custom requirements, physical requirements of an area legally valid to be a nagari
should have the following aspects [1]:
 Basasok bajurami, its meaning is a nagari must have clear boundaries with neighboring nagari,
both natural and artificial boundary.
 Balabuah batapian, nagari should has road infrastructure for transportation and sanitation
infrastructure such as river, water fall, springs, and well.
 Barumah batanggo, each nagari should has house and families or households who inhabit the
house.
 Bakorong bakampuang, a nagari has some of settlements groups that have the same customs and
institutions so as to create a sense of camaraderie.
 Basawah baladang, nagari should has rice paddies and fields. The existence of rice paddies and
fields become a source of economic life for the community.
 Bapandam bapakuburan, villages have a tomb or cemetery for people and clan member in nagari.
 Babalai bamusajik, a region can only be regarded as a nagari if it has at least one balai adat or
custom hall and one mosque.
NAGARI COMMUNAL LAND
Land in nagari consists of communal land and privately owned land. Principally, communal
land composed of three types of communal rights consists of kaum/ sub clan communal land, suku/
clan communal land, and nagari communal land [2]. Kaum communal land and suku communal land
are owned jointly by all members of a kaum/ sub clan and a suku/ clan. While nagari communal land
is owned jointly by all the penghulu or clan leader in nagari. The majority opinion mentions that
communal land is called as high inheritance and private property as low inheritance. Private land is
actually a deviation form from Minangkabau cultural concept where the philosophy of Minangkabau
culture is which is essentially a more communal. Low inheritance can be obtained from land clearing
of no owner land or from the sale and purchase by each individual. Actually, land that can be sold or
26
bought in Minangkabau concept is low inheritance treasure, one of the results of land clearing by
himself, or from the sale of assets of high inheritance. Both of these forms is actually a form of
irregularities on Minangkabau cultural concept due to the decrease in the role of mamak (mother's
brother), the increasing role of the father, and the influence of money economic system. The land
clearing of the territory was originally not in the interests of the individual but worked for the interests
of clan or suku, as well as sales high inheritance happens not only due to no girl in the clan or suku to
continue the land heritage, a lot of it is also due to economic factors.
There is no clear divisions between the kaum/ sub clan, suku/clan, and nagari communal land.
In some cases, there are parts of kaum and suku communal land customary submitted to nagari to be a
place for interest nagari, for example terrain, market, mosque, and others. There is also the opposite
case where kaum or suku communal land is actually derived from nagari communal land. A kaum or
suku/ clan who manage nagari communal land, later developed into villages and settlement gradually
be into kaum or suku communal land. There are also cases in some nagari there is a separate real
terms between nagari communal land with kaum or suku communal land. Nagari communal land is
owned jointly by all the clan leader that includes rivers, pasture, forests, hills, mountains, beaches,
lakes, and ponds [3].
We will not discuse the division or the pattern of the communal land, this paper will tell more
about how Lubuak Malako society manage their communal land for the improvement of people's
welfare. Robert Nasi [4] explain at least there are three obstacle factors in forest management in South
America:
a. Economic: high opportunity costs of maintaining forests as compared to other land uses;
substantial up-front investments needed for improved forest management; lack of financial benefits
from adopting improved forest management versus the use of conventional practices; and,
consumers are mostly unwilling to pay premium prices for timber from well-managed or certified
operations.
b. Governance: government policies are biased against improved forest management (e.g., lack of
credit and high transaction costs to process permits); lack of serious governmental commitment to
enforce forestry regulations; lack of tenure security or unclear tenure and resource rights; and,
weak institutional capacity to enforce the adoption of forestry regulations and avoid encroachment.
c. Knowledge and technical guidance: inadequate understanding of the benefits of adopting improved
forest management practices; technical prescriptions perceived by forest users as too complicated
or not practical; perceptions of forest abundance by the private sector (timber industries and local
communities); lack of trained staff; and, inefficiency and waste in the forest and along the market
chain.
Community of Nagari Lubuk Malako with their indigenous leaders trying to overcome the
three things mentioned above in an effort to establish the self-reliance of their village/ nagari by
handing over of communal land to third parties to be planted by oil palm, and then there is a special
27
section in oil palm plantation area that should be managed by the nagari government and in
optimizing its result to encourage self-reliance of village/ nagari.
THE USE OF NAGARI COMMUNAL LAND
Communal land right is the highest right in the Minangkabau culture that is hold by penghulu
or clan leader, nagari, or a federation of several nagari. No owner land in nagari area is hold by
penghulu or clan leader such as jungle, mountain, hill, meadow, brackish, mire, valley or canyon,
river, and lake. All resources available at the surface or in the communal land is owned by all clan
leader in nagari, so the clan leader or penghulu or nagari may get benefit over these lands.
The rules on gains related clan leader or nagari against the communal land are[5]:
a. Adat bungo kayu. When people want to cultivate, manage, or make a profit on communal land, he
must pay fee or tax to the clan leaader or penghulu who have the communal land. This fee or tax in
Minangkabau culture is known as bungo. Bungo or fee or tax that is charged over use communal
land is named according to the results issued from the forest such as rattan fee (bungo rotan),
candlenut fee (bungo damar), rubber fee (bungo gatah), wood fee (bungo kayu), and others.
b. Adat takuak kayu. If someone wants to make the fields in the jungle that has not been opened and
cultivated, he must ask permission at the clan leader or penghulu who has communal land. The
forest that will be opened and cultivated is given sign boundaries by the clan leader or penghulu.
Sign boundaries is given by providing a notch on some trees on boundaries. Providing a sign on
the tree in Minangkabau language is called takuak, so that fee that must be paid by the people who
want to opened and cultivated is called takuak fee (adat takuak kayu).
c. Adat bungo tanah. It is a tax or fee given by the miners on the communal land. The communal
land owner or clan leader (penghulu) get fee or tax of 10% of the mine production.
d. Adat tanam batu. If someone makes a new rice fields on the communal land, he should ask
permission of penghulu or clan leader who has communal land. The clan leader implant the stones
as boundary mark. Because of implanting stone, fee or tax that is paid by land opener or land
cultivator is named the stone implanting fee (adat tanam batu).
In addition to the land from its ownership beginning was the status of nagari communal land,
there are also cases where there is a clan or suku communal land donated to nagari is used for the
benefit of nagari. In some cases can also be obtained because it was purchased by all clan leader or
penghulu in nagari, then is used as nagari property. Markets, terrain, customs hall (balai adat), and
the mosque are the examples of nagari property gained from this case.
USE OF COMMUNAL LAND NAGARI LUBUK MALAKO
Lubuk Malako is a nagari in Sangir Jujuan Distric, Solok Selatan Regency. Nagari Lubuk
Malako is typical rantau territory located in the forefront of Sumatera Barat Province. This nagari
28
usually has characteristic with large territory and little population, so that there are many communal
land that is not able to be cultivated by the communities themselves.
There are some communal land owned by Nagari Lubuk Malako such as market, river,
forest, and hill, as well as plantation. All of these communal lands be assets for Nagari Lubuk Malako.
Only market, sand and stone quarry, and oil palm plantation that are managed by nagari government
of Lubuk Malako were able to provide nagari earned income for Nagari Lubuk Malako. Nagari
communal lands that have been utilized or managed by Nagari Lubuk Malako are :
a. Plantation Land.
Nagari Lubuk Malako handed over the nagari communal land to investor PT. Sumatera Jaya
Agro Lestari (PT. SJAL) in 1998. Nagari Lubuk Malako handed the land about 2000 Hectare to be
planted with palm and nagari get oil palm plantation about 170 Hectares. Oil palm plantation for
nagari is called smallholdings.
At the time, although some nagari leaders wanted smallholdings was managed by village
government, community of Nagari Lubuk Malako wanted to devide smallholdings to whole
families or households in Nagari Lubuk Malako. The result of dividing was not profitable where
every household only get 16 palm trees. This condition is called by Robert Nasi p;23 as economic
obstacle, high opportunity costs of maintaining forests as compared to other land uses; substantial
up-front investments needed for improved forest management. To solve this problem, all of
community leaders find the better solution where smallholdings was created as nagari property.
Unplanned decision which in fact gives a great advantage for Nagari Lubuk Malako later. By
choosing this way, the land is managed jointly and belong to nagari government, so that the profit
of land can be utilized to realize self-reliance of nagari.
In 1999, PT. SJAL started planting communal land that handed over Nagari Lubuk Malako
with oil palm trees. Four years later, since 2003 this plantation has produced and started to provide
benefits to Nagari Lubuk Malako. However, due to the planting of oil palm plantations is done by
debt at Bank, smallholdings of Nagari Lubuk Malako also subject to the obligation to pay the debt.
Given the debt period until 2017, the nagari government of Lubuk Malako regard to pay off the
debt in 2011. This action was hoped it would provide a greater benefit to nagari. Since 2011 after
the repayment of debt to Bank, Nagari Lubuk Malako has started its nagari earned income from
smallholdings in large numbers. It is as stated by Burns, Danny 2000, p; 971 [6] that something
will be changed, according to who the stakeholders are. Power and Local Political Participation
Hierarchical democracy is likely to be replaced not only by self-steering organisational networks,
but also by local negotiation, the outcome of which will depend on the power of the different
stakeholders. In Nagari Lubuk Malako, the results of the negotiations has been able to change both
the conditions and the planning process of expenditure in nagari.
b. Bancah Kampeh Market
29
Bancah Kampeh market is the largest market in Sangir Jujuan District and it belongs to Nagari
Lubuk Malako. Although Nagari Lubuk Malako was divided into 3 nagari (Lubuk Malako, Padang
Air Dingin, and Padang Gantiang), Bancah Kampeh market still belongs to Nagari Lubuk Malako
in accordance with the agreement with new nagari that all properties existing within their
respective
nagari territory belong to their respective nagari. This agreement make Bancah
Kampeh market still belongs to Nagari Lubuk Malako because it lies in Nagari Lubuk Malako, not
in new nagari.
Bancah Kampeh market is managed by nagari government with appoint competent people to
manage the market. From the results of the levy and the rental shops and stalls, Bancah Kampeh
market can generate gross income of about IDR 90 million annually. But from the year 2011 2015, Bancah Kampeh market only has required to deposit cash income to nagari as much as IDR
12 million. The rest was used for operational purposes including the construction and maintenance
of stalls, shops, and market by manager.
c. Sand and stone quarry
River and hill in Nagari Lubuk Malako also nagari communal that can provide income for
nagari. Potential quarry (sand and stone quarry) in Nagari Lubuk Malako is located in Batang
Sangir river and the hills. Sand and stone quarry that have contributed to nagari is quarry at Bukik
Gadang Hill where nagari government has taken retribution of IDR 1000 on every truck that take
sand, soil, and stone at Bukik Gadang Hill.
d. Timber logging by PT. Andalas Merapi Timber (PT. AMT)
PT. AMT is a logging company that operates in forest production in forest areas which are at
the limit all districts in Solok Selatan Regency. Every year PT. AMT submit their contributions on
nagari which has a forest with forest limit their production.
THE ROLE OF COMMUNAL LAND PROFIT FOR ACTIVITIES OF NAGARI
GOVERNMENT AND DEVELOPMENT
Income obtained Nagari Lubuk Malako on management of communal lands or assets in
Nagari Lubuk Malako, both managed by nagari government of Lubuk Malako and managed by a
third party or investor, is very high. Nagari earned income from management of communal land has
showed an increase every year. Compared with the income earned from government assistance consist
of the government of Solok Selatan regency and Sumatera Barat Province, the proportion of nagari
earned income in Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) or Anggaran
Pendapatan dan Belanja Nagari (APB Nagari) dominates so much. Data in BIE Nagari of Lubuk
Malako of the year 2005-2015 shows that only in 2005 where government assistance that dominated
the proportion Lubuk Malako BIE Nagari. Government assistance in income Nagari Lubuk Malako
30
composed of Nagari General Allocation Fund (NGAF) or Dana Alokasi Umum Nagari (DAUN),
fixed income for Head of Nagari and staffs, block grant fund, financial assistance from the province,
village funds, and grants. From all of the government assistance, only NGAF and fixed income for the
head of nagari and staffs relatively continuous throughout the year are given by the Government of
Solok Selatan regency. The magnitude of the proportion of BIE Nagari of Lubuk Malako from nagari
earned income and government assistance can be seen in Fig 1.
Nagari earned income contribute about 80% in the income formation of Nagari Government
of Lubuk Malako annually. Four nagari properties have given significant nagari earned income every
year since 2005. They are Bancah Kampeh market, oil palm plantation, sand and stone quarry, and
grant from PT. AMT.
Bancah Kampeh market has given nagari earned income throughout the year ranging from
2005 to 2015, but with relatively small quantities. Bancah Kampeh market has potential to increase
nagari earned income because gross income that is reached by market each year IDR 90 million.
Unfortunately, the nagari government has only targeted nagari earned income from Bancah Kampeh
market about IDR 12 million annually from 2011 to 2015. Income from market is managed by
market management that is appointed by nagari government of Lubuk Malako. The market
management use income from market for both market cleaning and construction or maintenance of
stall, shop, utilities and infrastructures in the market. It will be better, if income from market is
become income in BIE Nagari, then expenditure for cleanliness, development, and maintenance of the
market is earmarked in BIE Nagari although that activity is still done by market management.
31
2,773,591
Value (IDR Thousand)
2,508,492
2,380,700
2,019,564 2,025,700
1,944,600
1,973,400
1,542,300
942,010
809,140
764,000
747,891
750,050
673,440
456,211
621,700
402,300
488,928
407,300
332,600
163,633
123,611
102,583
61,050
142,300
191,960
135,700
2005 2006 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Nagari Earned Income
Government Assistance
Total
Fig.1. Incomes of Nagari Government of Lubuk Malako 2005-2015
Nagari smallholdings or oil palm plantation has provided a very significant contribution in
Lubuk Malako income since 2011 after the settlement of debt in Bank. Before the year 2011, the
smallholdings was managed by PT. SJAL and it contributed for nagari income as third-party
contribution. Nagari earned income derived from oil palm smallholdings dominated obtaining of
nagari income for the management of communal land so much. In 2012, the nagari income only were
obtained from the Bancah Kampeh Market and oil palm smallholdings.
Two other nagari earned income sources are forest management and sand and stone quarry.
Donations from PT. AMT as a fee on exploration of nagari forest also provide income to Nagari
Lubuk Malako. But donations from PT. AMT is not routinely throughout the year and its value is also
not high in range IDR 7.5 million - IDR 20 million. Sand and stone quarry also provide income for
nagari but it is not routinely throughout the year. The value of nagari earned income of the four
income sources from management of communal land can be seen in Table 1.
Table 1. Nagari Earned Income of Lubuk Malako from Management of Communal Land 20052015
32
Source of Income and its Value (IDR 000,-)
Year
Bancah
Smallholdings/
Donation
Sand and
Kampeh
Oil Palm
from PT.
Stone
Market
Plantation
AMT
Quarry
Total
2005
2 000
-
-
-
2 000
2006
2 500
200 000
11 000
6 700
220 200
2009
-
650 000
20 000
-
670 000
2010
5 000
600 000
10 000
-
615 000
2011
12 000
725 000
-
-
737 000
2012
12 000
1 500 000
-
15 000
1 527 000
2013
12 000
1 900 000
7 500
10 000
1 929 500
2014
12 000
1 950 000
10 000
15 000
1 987 000
2015
12 000
2 000 000
-
-
2 012 000
Note: No Data Obtained in 2007-2008.
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year
2005-2015
Besides the management of communal land, nagari earned income of Lubuk Malako also
sourced from nagari retribution, third-party contributions, and other legitimate incomes. Two other
nagari earned income sources from management of communal land are forest management and sand
and stone quarry. From 2006 to 2010, the largest contribution of nagari earned income came from the
profit of smallholdings. But, nomunclature of this income from the profit of plam plantation was
called as the third party contribution. This was caused by the management of oil palm plantation was
managed by PT. SJAL. After nagari government of Lubuk Malako paid the debt at the Bank, the
profit from smallholdings was called as original nagari earned income, not third party contribution. In
2015 the nagari government of Lubuk Malako does not target nagari earned income from retribution,
so that there is no retribution on the administration of public services in the nagari government of
Lubuk Malako. The amount and proportion of nagari earned income can bee seen in Table 2.
Table 2. Nagari Earned Income of Nagari Govern-ment of Lubuk Malako Year 2005-2015
Income from
Year
Third-
Management of
Nagari
Party
Other
Communal
Retribution
Contribu-
Incomes
Land
tions
IDR
IDR (million)
Total
IDR
% (millio % (million %
n)
)
IDR
(million)
%
IDR
(Million)
33
8.2
2005
2
3.28
5.05 7
88.4
54
2.2
2006
14.20 4.27
7.40 2
0
0.00
3.44 1
311
5
0.80
6.70 8
1
670
9
0
2
0
737 98.26
7.05 4
0
1 527 99.01
6.30 1
6 0.80
0
1 922 97.40 16.40 3
0 0.00
1 977 97.89 10.06 0
2 012 99.32
0 0
809.14
764.00
0
942.01
1 944.60
0.0
35 1.77
0
0
2 380.70
0.0
32.50 1.61
0
0.0
2015
0
9 8
0.5
2014
0
0.5
0.8
2013
456.21
0.0
0.4
2012
0
0.0
0.9
2011
163.63
0.0
98.1
610
0
0.0
99.4
1.0
2010
0
93.5
0.5
2009
5
0.0
0
2 508.49
0.6
1.20 0.06
12.50
2
2 773.59
Note: No Data obtained in 2007-2008.
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 20052015
The amount of nagari earned income also affect the nagari expenditure in BIE Nagari. BIE
Nagari of Lubuk Malako is not only able to support the operations of government activity but also
able to carry out the physical and non-physical development that is directly felt by the community.
With great nagari earned income, at least two government services are perceived by the society
namely:
a. Nagari government has paid the entire of society‟s Land and Building Tax or Pajak Bumi
Bangunan since 2010.
b. In 2015, the nagari government of Lubuk Malako eliminate nagari retribution in BIE Nagari.
This retribution is eliminated because of the low income of the sector. In order to get closer to the
public service is also be a reason to eliminate nagari retribution for
the society that get
administrative services in the office of nagari government. Income from the nagari retribution can
be seen in Table 3.
34
Table 3. Income from Nagari Retribution in BIE Nagari of Lubuk Malako Year 2005-2015
Nagari
Value (IDR million) in Year
Retribution
20052006 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Correspondence
Livestoct Fee
Letter
-
-
0.5 0.3
-
-
-
- 8.2 5.03
-
- 0.75 0.3 0.25 0.5 0.25
-
for
Married
0.6
1 0.72
1
2 1.6 1.8
1.5
-
-
-
-
1 0.22 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.5
1.5
-
Card of Identity
and Family
Legalization
2.7 4.5 1.62 0.5
1 0.1
of
Purchase Land
1
Letter of Good
Behavior
0.2 0.25 0.13 0.5
-
-
-
-
-
Letter for Birth
Certificate
- 0.25
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Recommendation 0.05 0,1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 0.48 0.3 0.6 0.16
-
Certificate
of
Domicile
-
- 0.32
Business
-
-
- 0.5 0.72
SKN
-
-
Other certificate
Certificate
Retribution
of
1 1.2
0.5
-
-
- 0.25 0.2 0.1 0.07
-
-
- 0.44
- 0.6 0.75 0.5 0.55
-
-
-
- 0.75 0.2 0.3
1
0.5
-
-
-
- 1.5
-
-
-
5.05 7.4 3.44 6.7 7.05 6.3 16.4 10.06
0
of
business place
Other
Retribution
Jumlah
-
-
Note: No Data obtained in 2007-2008
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 20052015
Large income provides a great opportunity for the nagari government to allocate funds for the
nagari development activities. With the amount of nagari earned income, nagari able to operate and
build without waiting for regency or province government funding. Funds allocated for development
increase throughout the year. The increase of nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako of the year 2005 2015 is expained as follows:
35
a. In 2005
Level of dependence on government assistance in BIE Nagari was very high in 2005. In this
year, only Bancah Kampeh market that was able to provide nagari earned income, and its value
was very small. As a result, the proportion of development was very little compared to the
expenditure for the activities of nagari government. Nagari earned income contributed about
44.37% in nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako. Nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako can be seen
in Fig 2.
Value (IDR)
94,819,871
NGAF
NEI
Total
61,549,871
57,525,500
33,270,000
37,009,000
32,054,000
20,516,500
11,537,500
20,516,500
Post of BPN Expenditure
Post of Government
Expenditure
Post of Development
Expenditure
Type of Expenditure
Fig.2. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2005 Based on Source of Funds
b. In 2006
There was shifting of the proportion of nagari earned income and government assistance in BIE
Nagari of Lubuk Malako in 2006. Although in the form of third-party contributions from PT.
SJAL, smallholdings of Nagari Lubuk Malako started giving nagari earned income significantly
for nagari government of Lubuk Malako. Increasing of nagari earned income from smallholdings
made the budget on development expenditure in BIE Nagari increasingly, as shown in Fig 3. The
proportion of nagari earned income in the nagari expenditure increased nearly doubled compared
to the previous year, with a percentage of 72.96%. Government assistance only contributed 27.04
% in nagari expenditure.
Value (IDR)
203,967,104
178,636,311
179,245,000
104,470,000
74,607,104
49,885,000
24,722,104
74,166,311
Post of BPN Expenditure
Post of Government
Expenditure
24,722,104
Post of Development
Expenditure
Expenditure Type
NGAF
NEI
Total
Fig.3. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2006 Based on Source of Funds
36
When sources of funding in development expenditure post is analyzed, it will be visible how
high proportion of nagari income in compiling expenditure of nagari government. 87.88% of nagari
earned income contributed on the construction of the development expenditure post. The number of
activities that are funded by nagari earned income and government assistance (NGAF) can be seen in
Table 4.
Table 4. Development Expenditure Post in BIE Nagari 2006
Government Nagari
Programs and Activities
Assistance
Earned
or NGAF
Income (IDR)
(IDR)
Total
(IDR)
Development of government administration facility
- Repairing of village office
of Padang Air Dingin
4 000 000
- Repairing of village office
4 000
8 000
000
000
15 000 15 000
of Lubuk Malako
-
000
000
Developmnet of socio-cultural facility
- Operational assistance to
YPI Lubuk Malako
-
5 000 000
Preparation
establishment of
20 000 25 000
Junior
10 000 11 500
1 500 000
- Aid for the construction
-
Purchasing
Elementary
School
000
000
52 000 52 000
of the mosque
Land
000
of
High Scholl
-
000
000
000
for
of
22 500 22 500
Taratak Baru
-
000
000
5 000
7 000
000
000
5 000
6 600
000
000
Development of institutional support
- Operating cost for KAN
- Operating cost for MTTS
2 000 000
1 600 000
- Aid for coaching of PKK,
BKMT,
and
Bundo
7 500 13 000
5 500 000
000
000
37
Kanduang
- Aid for coaching of youth
7 500
9 500
000
000
2 000 000
Unexpected Cost
- Provision of funds to
9 745 11 867
tackle emergencies
2 122 104
000
- Replacement of the home
1 000
due to clashes in Pidang
- Payment of
104
1 000 000
-
land and
000
21 000 21 000
building tax
-
Total
000
000
179
245 203 967
24 722 104 000
104
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2006
c. In 2009
Expenditure in BIE Nagari of Lubuk Malako in 2009 was divided into programs and
activities. There were 6 programs in nagari expenditure. The proportion of nagari earned income in
the nagari expenditure reached 82.92%, while government assistance (NGAF) only accounted for
17.08%. Increase of expenditure was supported by increase in nagari earned income obtained from
smallholdings or nagari oil palm plantation in the form of third-party contributions from PT. SJAL.
The amount and proportion of nagari earned income and government assistance in nagari expenditure
in 2009 can be seen in Fig 4.
Value (IDR)
326,700,000
322,400,000
168,640,000
195,000,000
195,000,000
123,720,000
54,135,500
47,755,500
6,380,000
45,100,000
43,800,000
1,300,000
4,300,000
Service of Improvement of Government
office
utilities for
Services
administration employee of
nagari
government
44,920,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
-
-
Improved Development of
discipline of
nagari
employee of infrastructure
nagari
government
Improved
discipline of
employee of
nagari
government
Type of Expenditure/ Program
NGAF
NEI
Total
Fig.4. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2009 Based on Source of Funds
d. Year 2010
Expenditure of BIE Nagari of Lubuk Malako in 2010 was divided into direct and indirect
expenditure. With the nagari earned income of IDR 650,000,000,- which was sourced from thirdparty contributions from PT. SJAL on the management of oil palm smallholdings, the proportion
38
of nagari earned income and government assistance in the structure of expenditure in 2010 was the
Value (IDR)
same relative to 2009, as shown in Fig 5 and Fig 6.
NGAF
542,000,000
494,700,000
NEI
Total
234,800,000
140,000,000
94,800,000
47,500,000
Direct Expenditure
Indirect Expenditure
Type of Expenditure/ Program
Fig.5. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2010 Based on Source of Funds
Value (IDR)
396,100,000
374,120,000
51,600,000
49,200,000
21,980,000
41,500,000
18,380,000
23,120,000
53,000,000
53,000,000
2,400,000
-
Expenditure of
employee of nagari
government
Expenditure of Goods/
Services
Capital Expenditure
Expenditure Post for
Bamus Nagari
Type of Expenditure
NGAF (IDR)
NEI (IDR)
Total
Fig.6. Direct Expenditure in BIE Nagari Lubuk Malako in 2010 Based on Source of Fund
e. In 2011
In 2011, there was a change in the management of oil palm smallholdings. If previously under
the control of PT. SJAL, after the repayment of the debt to Bank by the nagari government of
Lubuk Malako, profit from nagari smallholdings was no longer included in the post of third party
contributions but included in the post of nagari business profit. Nagari earned income and the
proportion of government assistance (NGAF) in nagari expenditure in 2011 was relatively similar
Value (IDR)
to the pattern in 2010 and 2009, see Fig 7 and Fig 8.
579,800,000
462,850,000
354,050,000
287,200,000
116,950,000
66,850,000
Direct Expenditure
Indirect Expenditure
Type of Expenditure
NGAF
NEI
Total
Fig.7. Nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2011 based on source of funds
39
Value (IDR)
354,050,000
287,200,000
198,100,000
167,950,000
54,500,000
47,500,000
47,300,000
53,950,000
27,450,000
44,500,000
30,150,000.00
3,000,000
26,500,000
7,200,000
Expenditure of
employee of nagari
government
Expenditure of
Goods/ Services
Capital Expenditure Expenditure Post for
Bamus Nagari
66,850,000
Total
Type of Expenditure / Program
NGAF (IDR)
NEI (IDR)
Total (IDR)
Fig.8. Direct Expenditure in BIE Nagari Lubuk Malako in 2011 Based on Source of Fund
f. In 2012
In 2012 there was an increase of nagari earned income from palm smallholdings with the value
twice than of the previous year, with a total of nagari earned income of IDR 1.5 billion. Increase
of nagari earned income had a positive impact on increase of nagari capital expenditure that would
be used in nagari physical development. The proportion of capital expenditure was equal to 60% of
the value of nagari earned income from oil palm smallholdings. The amount of direct expenditure
and capital expenditure nagari Lubuk Malako in 2012 can be seen in Table 5.
Table 5. Nagari Direct Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2012
Expenditure
Value (IDR)
1. Expenditure of honorarium
employee
2. Expenditure of
29 000 000
Goods/
Services
149 462 500
3. Capital Expenditure
911 000 000
- Purchasing laptop and
printer
6 000
000
20 000
- The bridge to MA
000
20 000
- The road to Pangian
000
490 000
- Tractor dan trailer
40
000
20 000
- Drainage of Koto Tuo
000
20 000
- Drainage of Koto Gadang
-
Repairing
of
000
road
30 000
“Pangian - T. Baru - Bkt
000
Tampui - Kt Gadang Bancuang - B. Iku”
- Repairing road from Koto
Gadang to Sei Dahan
- Custom Hall or Balai-Balai
Adat
20 000
000
250 000
000
- Contructing of new road
Pembukaan Garinggiang P. Sibasa
35 000
000
4. Expenditure post for Bamus
Nagari
69 250 000
- Expenditure of honorarium
employee
5 000
000
- Expenditure of
Services
Goods/
36 250
000
28 000
- Other expenditure
000
1 158 712
Jumlah
Source:
500
Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year
2012
Similarly in indirect expenditure, the increase of nagari earned income from nagari oil palm
smallholdings was also able to increase the grant expenditures, social expenditure, and financial
assistance to institutions in nagari such as LPMN, TP-PKK, KAN, Youth Organization, BKPMT, and
cooperative, as shown in Table 6. Even nagari government of Lubuk Malako could also provide
assistance to other nagari. Nagari that receive assistance were Padang Air Dingin and Padang
Gantiang. Both of these nagari are a division of Lubuk Malako Nagari area and still have a traditional
41
attachment. In 2012, there was an increase in income from oil palm smallholdings with value doubled
previous year.
Table 6. Indirect Expenditures of Nagari Lubuk Malako in BIE Nagari in 2012
Expenditure
Value (IDR)
1. Expenditure of Employee /
Fixed Income
247 200 000
2. Expenditure of Grant
85 000 000
50 000
- Oil palm seed
000
- Payment of Land and
Building Tax
000
- Rent cost for Wali Nagari
House
3.
Expenditure
30 000
5 000
000
of
social
assistance
- Financial assistance to
religious activity
127 500 000
50 000
000
5 000
- Other financial assistance
000
72 500
- Others
000
4. Expenditure of Financial
Aid
- Financial assistance to
LPMN
- Financial assistance to
TP-PKK Nagari
213 500 000
5 000
000
11 000
000
37 500
- Financial assistance to
- Financial asssistance to
Youth
- Financial assistance to
HIPPELMA
- Financial assistance to
BKMT
42
000
50 000
000
20 000
000
10 000
000
- Financial assistance to the
nagari cooperative
- Financial assistance to
other villages
5. Unexpected Expenditure
65 000
000
15 000
000
30 000 000
20 000
- Emergency Condition
000
10 000
- Natural disasters
000
6. Indirect Expenditure for
Bamus
93 400 000
Total
796 600 000
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2012
g. In 2013
Expenditure patterns that was shown in BIE Nagari in 2013 relatively the same as in 2012.
Expenditure was still divided on direct expenditures and indirect expenditures which their proportions
can be seen in Table 7. The difference is the source of the funding on the capital expenditure can be
traced its source of funding, both from nagari earned income and from government assistance.
Table 7. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2013
Expenditure
Value (IDR)
1. Direct Expenditure
- Expenditure of
honorarium employee
10 400 000
- Expenditure of goods/
services
111 425 000
1 491 200
- Capital Expenditure
000
- Expenditure Post for
Bamus Nagari
- Expenditure of goods/
services
- Capital Expenditure
2. Indirect Expenditure
- Expenditure of Employee
17 625 000
2 000 000
728 350 000
269 500 000
43
/ Fixed Income
- Expenditure of Grant
78 000 000
- Expenditure of social
assistance
86 500 000
- Expenditure of Financial
Aid
161 250 000
- Unexpected Expenditure
25 000 000
- Expenditure Post for
Bamus Nagari
- Expenditure of Employee
/ Fixed Income
106 900 000
- Expenditure of social
assistance
1 200 000
2 361 000
Total
000
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2013
In 2013, government assistance was not only NGAF but also coupled with blockgrant fund.
This blockgrant fund was used for the physical development in nagari. Details of the activities and
sources of funding can be seen in Table 8.
Table 8. Sources of Financing on Capital Expenditure of Nagari Lubuk Malako 2013
Activity
- Land Puchasing for
Source
Value
of Fund
(IDR)
NEI
425 000
Campus of AK Solok
000
Selatan
- Land Purchasing for
NEI
public burial site
- Land Purchasing for SMP
000
NEI
28 Solsel
- The addition of electric
30 000
25 000
000
NEI
current and power
3 000
000
installation
- Construction of Nagari
Head Office
44
NEI
650 000
000
- Construction of bridge to
MA
- Construction of bekafer at
BG +
20 000
NEI
000
BG
20 000
Jorong Padang Darek
- Construction of Plat
000
BG
Beker Jalan at Lubuak
20 000
000
Batuang
- Construction of culverts to
BG
the public cemetery/ burial
- Construction of new road
20 000
000
NEI
50 000
000
- Construction of culverts
NEI
at road T. Baru - Durian
40 000
000
Ampiang
- Purchasing of two-
NGAF
wheeled vehicles
- Repairing of traditional
000
NEI
house (rumah gadang)
- Construction of fencing
15 500
125 000
000
NEI
and rehabilitation of yard
25 000
000
of Custom Hall (Balai)
- Construction of drainage
NEI
at SDN 02 Jorong Koto
20 000
000
Tuo
- Procurement of batik
NGAF
uniform
1 800
000
- Procurement of
NEI
900 0
sportswear
Total
1 491 200 000
Note: NEI = Nagari Earned Income, BG = Blockgrant,
NGAF = Nagari General Allocation Fund
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2013
45
Approximately 94% of capital expenditure was derived from nagari earned income, while the
remaining 6% of government assistance (see Table 9). It means that nagari earned income obtained
from oil palm smallholdings can provide fund for nagari development optimally.
Table 9. Nagari Direct Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2013
Type of Source of Fund
Value
on Capital Expenditure
(IDR)
- Nagari General Allocation
%
17 300
Fund (NGAF)
000
1.16
1 393 900
- Nagari Earned Income
000 93.48
60 000
- Block grant
- Block grant + Nagari
Earned Income
000
4.02
20 000
1.34
000
1 491 200
Jumlah
000
100
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2013
h. In 2014
The pattern shown in nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako was the same when it was compared
to 2013. With nagari earned income from oil palm smallholdings, value of income and expenditure
was not much different from previous years. The composition of expenditure in this year was not
much different from the year 2013 (see Table 10).
Table 10. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2014
Expenditure
A. Direct Expenditure
1. Expenditure of Honorarium
Employee
2. Expenditure of Goods/
Services
3. Capital Expenditure
Value (IDR)
1.455.852.800
10.400.000
139.652.800
1.269.550.000
4. Expenditure Post for Bamus Nagari
- Expenditure of Honorarium
Employee
46
9.000.000
- Capital Expenditure
23.750.000
- Belanja Modal
3.500.000
B. Indirect Ependiture
1.032.900.000
1. Expenditure of Employee /
Fixed Income
2. Expenditure of Grant
387.100.000
50.000.000
3. Expenditure of Social
257.500.000
Assistance
4. Expenditure of Financial
Aid
199.500.000
5. Expenditure Post for Bamus Nagari
- Expenditure of Employee /
Fixed Income
- Expenditure of
Social
Assistance
- Expenditure of Financial
Aid
Total
122.600.000
1.200.000
15.000.000
1.488.752.800
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2014
In 2014, there was a decline in the value of capital expenditure compared to previous years.
Source of funding still came from nagari earned income and government assistance (NGAF and
block grant), as shown in Table 11.
Table 11. Nagari Capital Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2014
Source
Activity
of
Funds
- Land Purchasing and certificate
NEI
management for AK campus
- Land Purchasing and certificate
- Construction of agricultural road
(IDR)
75 000
000
NEI 350 000
management for 12 Ha
- Construction of new road
Value
000
NEI 120 000
000
BG
20 000
000
47
- Construction of concrete rebates
BG
at Lubuak Batuang Road
- Construction of Plat Decker at
000
BG
Koto Gadang Road
- Construction of Plat Decker at
20 000
20 000
000
BG
road from Taratak Baru to
20 000
000
Pangian
- Construction of road from
BG
Taratak Baru to Padang Darek
- Construction of Plat Decker at
000
BG
Padang Darek Road
- Construction of Plat Decker at
BG
NEI 325 000
000
BG
channels at Koto Tuo
- Construction of fencing and gate
NEI
- Procurement of table and chair at
NEI
- Procurement Infokus
- Procurement Dust Suction
NGAF
NEI
- Repairing of rumah adat
48
25 000
000
NGAF
2 100
000
NEI
5 500
000
NEI
2 250
000
NEI
cylinders
- Procurement engine generator
5 000
000
Machine
- Procurement of cookers and gas
25 000
000
office and meeting room
- Procurement filing cabinet
30 000
000
rehabilitation of Balai Adat
- Procurement uniform clothing
20 000
000
of the Wali Nagari office
- Construction of fencing and
20 000
000
administrative
- Construction of irrigation
20 000
000
Taratak Baru
- Purchase of ambulances and other
20 000
1 200
000
NEI
3 500
000
NEI
50 000
000
- Construction of Pembangunan
BG
20 000
pos ronda di guard post in Pasar
000
Banca Kampeh
- Construction of the gate and
NEI
50 000
garden
000
- Construction of drainage at Koto
BG
20 000
Tuo MatoAir
000
Jumlah
1 269 550 000
Note: NEI = Nagari Earned Income, BG = Blockgrant,
NGAF = Nagari General Allocation Fund
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2014
Nagari earned income proportion in capital expenditures decreased compared to 2013, as well
as the NGAF. While block grant fund increased compared to 2013. However, the proportion of nagari
earned income in capital expenditure was still high (see Table 12).
Table 12. Sources of Funding on capital expenditures in BIE Nagari Lubuk Malako in 2014
Type of Sources of
Funding on Capital
Expenditure
Nagari
Value
(IDR)
%
General
Allocation Fund
7 100 000
0.56
1 062 450
Nagari Earned Income
000
83.69
200 000
Block grant
000
15.75
1 269 550
Total
000
100
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2014
i. In 2015
Expenditure in BIE nagari Lubuk Malako in 2015 is no longer divided into direct expenditure
and indirect expenditure, as shown in BIE Nagari from 2010 to 2014. Expenditure at BIE Nagari in
49
2015 is divided into five sectors in which each sector consists of a number of activities. If in 20102014, only capital expenditures are described funding sources, in the BIE Nagari of Lubuk Malako
in 2015, all activities are described where the source of its funding. These five sectors of
expenditures can be seen in Table 13
Table 13. Nagari Expenditure of Lubuk Malako in 2015
Value
Expenditure
(IDR)
Expenditure of Sector of Nagari 1 048 820
Governance
900
Expenditure of Sector of Nagari 1 008 426
Development
715
Expenditure
of
Sector
of
Development of Society
Expenditure
of
607 209
900
Sector
of
Community Empowerment
60 636
500
22 000
Expenditure of Unexpected Sector
000
2 747 094
Total
015
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
Expenditure on nagari government administration is budgeted from government assistance
(NGAF and provincial government assistance) and nagari earned income. The activities in this
sector, funding more dominated by funds from government assistance. This is can be seen in Table
14.
Table 14. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Sector of Nagari governance in 2015
Activity
Fixed
income
Sources of
Value
Funding
(IDR)
and NEI/NGAF/
allowances
Provincial
500 550
000
assistance
Operational
cost
office
Operational
50
cost
of
374 426
NGAF/ NEI
000
of NGAF/ NEI
51 144
Bamus Nagari
900
2 000
Musrenbang Nagari
NGAF
000
105 700
Election of Wali Nagari NEI
000
Preparation of Spatial
and Social Map
15 000
NEI
000
1 048
Total
820 900
Note: NEI = Nagari Earned Income, NGAF = Nagari General
Allocation Fund
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
The proportion of government assistance is predominantly used to finance the nagari
governance sector compared with nagari earned income funds (see Table 15). When compared
with the total of nagari income that is derived from the government assistance, it appears that
government assistance is budgeted to finance the activities of nagari governance sector. Funding
from nagari earned income only budgeted to complete for funding of such activities.
Table 15. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Nagari Governance Sector
Type of Sources
Funding
Value (IDR)
%
Nagari General Allocation
Fund (NGAF)
2.000.000
0,19
(NEI)
120.700.000
11,51
NGAF + NEI
425.570.900
40,58
NEI/ NGAF/ Provincial
500.550.000
47,73
Nagari
Earned
Income
Assistance
Jumlah
1.048.820.900 100,00
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
In contrast to the activities of nagari governance, expenditure of sector of nagari development
are even more dominated by funds from nagari earned income. Government assistance is budgeted
to finance the activities in this sector is derived from block grant and village fund. This is in
51
accordance with the mandate of the disbursement of the aid to finance the nagari physical
development (see Table 16).
Table 16. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Sector of Nagari Physical Development
Sources
Activity
of
Funding
- Construcyion of pavement road
NEI
from Spg 4 to Garinggiang
Value
(IDR)
30 000
000
20 000
- Repairing of MAS building
NEI
- Construction of new road from As
to football field
- Continued of construction of
000
20 000
NEI
000
NEI
20 000
agricultural road at Lereng Bukik
000
Suwek
- Construction of bridge at Batang
Sungai Dahan
30 000
NEI
- Construction of ring road at Lubuk
Betung
30 000
NEI
- Construction of culverts at Lubuk
Betung Ring Road
- Construction of new road from Sei
BG
NEI
000
NEI
20 000
000
- Construction of new road from
20 000
NEI
- Construction of drainage at Jorong
Koto Tuo Mato Air
NEI
NEI
52
000
25 000
NEI
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. Patia
000
25 000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. B Panai
000
40 000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. Bando Ajo
000
20 000
Gadiang 2 to Bibitan 3
Sei Gadiang to Paninjauan
000
20 000
- Construction of toilet at MAS
Lubuk Malako
000
000
25 000
NEI
000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat St. B Jolelo
25 000
NEI
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. M Marajo
25 000
NEI
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. R Intan
NEI
NEI
NEI
NEI
NEI
BG
- Construction of new road from Sei
BG
BG
000
NEI
20 000
000
NEI
Bancuang to Sei Dahan
10 000
NEI
- Construction of new road from Sei
Limau to Sei Dahan
NEI
NEI
NEI
000
50 000
VF
- Continued of construction of
Mushallah MTsN
000
20 000
- Construction of drainage at Sawah
Padang Alau
000
20 000
- Construction of new road at Bukik
Tampui
000
20 000
- Safeguarding of road from Sungai
Dahan to Alahan Tigo
20 000
000
- Continued of Construction of
MIN sport building
000
15 000
Gadiang to Lbk Lintah
- Construction of new road from Sei
000
20 000
- Construction of plat decker at
Jorong Padang Darek
000
20 000
- Construction of plat decker at
Jorong Koto Gadang
000
15 000
- Construction of drainage at Jorong
Koto Tuo
000
25 000
- Construction of culverts at Jorong
Koto Gadang
000
25 000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Pusuan
000
25 000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Bgd Basau
000
25 000
- Continued of repairing of Rumah
Adat Dt. Ajo Mangkuto
000
000
30 000
NEI
000
53
- Construction of concrete rebates of
31 826
Pdg Darek ring road
VF
- Construction of new road from
715
30 000
Spg Tigo to Sei Bt Putiah
VF
000
20 000
- Safeguarding of embung nagari
VF
- Construction of drainage at Sawah
000
50 000
Padang Darek
VF
000
28 000
- Management of Posyandu
VF
- Management of PAUD
NEI +
000
53 600
VF
- Safeguarding of bridge at Batang
Ekor
000
10 000
NEI
000
30 000
- Cleaning of nagari
NEI
Jumlah
000
1 008 426 715
Note: NEI = Nagari Earned Income, BG = Blockgrant, VF = Village
Fund, NGAF = Nagari General Allocation Fund
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
On this sector, nagari earned income is more dominating the financing of activities than
government assistance. Government assistances that finance the activities in this sector
significantly are village fund and block grant. NGAF does not finance the activity in this sector, as
can be seen in Table 17.
Table 17. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Sector of Nagari Physical Development
Sources of Funding
Nagari
Value
%
(IDR)
General
Allocation Fund
0
0.00
670 000 000
66.44
Block grant
75 000 000
7.44
Village Fund
209 826 715
20.81
Nagari Earned Income
(NEI)
54
NEI + Village Fund
53 600 000
5.32
1 008 426
Total
715
100
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
The large proportion of nagari earned income is also visible in financing of activities in the
sector of the community development, as shown in Table 18. These activities can be said funded
from nagari earned income and added to the NGAF. NGAF is used to facilitate village institutions
whose establishment is based on local regulations such as LPMN, TP-PKK, and KAN.
Table 18. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Sector of Community Development
Source
Activity
of
funding
- Facilitation of LPMN
activities
- Facilitation of TP-PKK
Nagari activities
- Jambore PKK Nagari
NGAF/
NEI
NGAF/
NEI
NGAF/
NEI
- Facilitation KAN activities
- Facilitation of Youth
activities
9 310
000
000
NEI
20 000
000
NEI
15 000
000
NEI
40 000
000
NEI
20 000
000
NEI
Day activities
- Facilitation of Guru Mengaji
000
132 800
activities
- Facilitation of Islam Great
35 700
NEI
Mushallah activities
- Facilitation Pondok Al-Quran
000
900
Nagari activities
- Facilitation Mosque/
8 000
NEI
Activities
- Facilitation HIPPELMA
(IDR)
NGAF/ 103 399
Activities
- Facilitation of BKMT Nagari
Value
20 000
000
NEI
15 000
000
55
- Facilitation of MTQ Nagari
NEI
30 000
activities
000
- Facilitation of Scholarship
NEI
25 000
for poor and achievement
000
student
- Facilitation of school/
NEI
50 000
madrasah activities
000
- Facilitation of YPI activities
NEI
50 000
000
- Facilitation of cultural / art
NEI
8 000
nagari activities
000
- Facilitation of Isbat Nikah
NEI
25 000
activities
000
607
Total
209 900
Note: NEI = Nagari Earned Income, NGAF = Nagari General
Allocation Fund
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
Proportion of nagari earned income in financing of the activities in the sector of social
development is more than 75% as shown in Table 19. Other government assistance that also funds
the activities in this sector comes from the NGAF.
Table 19. Sources of Funding on Expenditure on sector of Social Development
Sources of
Value
Funding
(IDR)
Nagari
Earned
Income (NEI)
%
450 800
000
74.24
156 409
NGAF + NEI
900
25.76
607 209
Total
56
900 100.00
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year
2015
Only financing of community empowerment activities are not funded from the nagari earned
income. The activities of this sector are fully financed from government assistance or Village Fund
(see Table 20).
Table 20. Sources of Funding on Expenditure of Sector of Community Empowerment
Sources Value
Activity
- Improving of quality of
nagari planning
- Improving of capacity of
community groups through
of Fund (IDR)
Village
34 354
Fund
Village
500
10 650
Fund
000
group
- Operation of Clean and
Healthy Life Movement
Village
15 632
Fund
000
60 636
Total
500
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2015
Based on the description of nagari expenditure of Lubuk Malako along one decade (2005 2015), it appears that the nagari income derived from management of communal land able to deliver
real results for the physical development in village or nagari. When other nagari have limitations in
development expenditure because it is only dependent on NGAF, Nagari Lubuk Malako able to fund
the expenditure for nagari physical development. Halim (2001) [7] explain the main characteristic of a
region that is capable of implementing autonomy and self-reliance are (1) the financial capacity of the
region, it means the region must have the authority and the ability to explore the sources of finance,
manage and use their own finances that is sufficient to finance the organization of the government,
and (2) dependence on upper government assistance should be as minimal as possible, so that earned
income may be part of the largest financial resources. This condition will make the role of local
government becomes bigger.
The proportion of nagari earned income to finance development expenditure is very high, above
80% of total development expenditure (see Table 21). Under reviews these circumstances, we would
be able to predict how other nagari in Solok Selatan Regency have difficulties to finance physical
development with only rely on government assistance especially NGAF.
57
Table 21. Proportion of Nagari Earned Income in the Structure of Development Expenditure and
BIE Nagari Lubuk Malako
% Nagari Earned
Year
Income in
Development
Expenditure
% Nagari
Earned Income
in BIE Nagari
2005
64,33
44,37
2006
87,88
72,96
2009
-*
82,92
2010
-*
81,69
2011
-*
80,32
2012
-*
78,88
2013
93,48
83,58
2014
83,69
81,15
2015
66,44
73,74
Note: -* no data
Source: Budget of Income and Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year
2005-2015
THE SELF-RELIANCE OF NAGARI VS LAW N0. 6 OF 2014 ON THE VILLAGE
The genesis of Law No. 6 of 2014 on the village is a new history in the state administration and
be the hope of many parties which it will have a significant impact on the improvement of
accountability of governance, accelerated implementation and equalization of development, and
ultimately improve people's welfare. Conceptually, these expectations can be termed as an effort to
realize the self-reliance of the village, and in Sumatera Barat Province is called self-reliance of nagari.
Past history of nagari, indeed show that nagari self-reliance according to its potentiality, though not
seriously taken care of by the government of the upper level. Nagari self-reliance was at least visible
of the requirements of an established of a nagari, which it should have a potential for natural
resources, human resources, and other social resources, so that nagari with its resources will be able to
autonomy and self-relieance.
In the past, the nagari self-reliance was demonstrated by low dependence on high-level
government and high community participation. In its journey, self-reliance and a sense of belonging
of nagari began to decline when the territorial part of nagari that is called jorong was been desa, then
introduced to the Village Presidential Instruction Fund for rural development, as the implementation
of Law No. 5 of 1979 on the village. The condition lasted long enough at new order era (era of orde
58
baru) and the policy of dependence is still continued in the reform era in which the government still
lures village with various forms of financial aid. This assistance is not wrong, but the financial aid or
assistance that is given by government is not only limited in how to meet consumer needs for
operational cost of village. For example, while government and legislation was discussing of Law No.
6 0f 2014, as well as mass media enshroud more focuss in the demands of how to improve welfare of
village employee than how to keep the aid more directed to activities that can improve the
productivity of the village, and be source of income for the village, so that village can bring down its
dependence on top-level government.
In contextual, the desire to realize village self-reliance or "nagari self-reliance" at the level of
national policy is already visible on the principle of a village setting in Law No. 6 of 2014 which
confirms that the "self-reliance" to be one of principles in a village setting (article 3, point j). This
principle is in line with the purpose of setting the village itself that encourages initiative, movement,
and participation of village communities for development of village assets to the commonweal (article
4, point d). Management of asset and village wealth is one of the keywords in realizing the selfreliance of the village. Village asset is the property of the village derived from the village original
wealth, purchased or obtained at the expense of village budget (article 1, subsection 11). Furthermore,
in article 76 subsection 1, it is described in more detail that the village assets can be such as rural cash
land, communal land, the village market, animal market, boat mooring, village building, the fish
auction, the auction of agricultural comodity, forest belongs to the village, springs, public baths, and
other assets belonging to the village [8].
To manage the village assets, the provisions of Law No. 6 of 2014 also gives back the
confirmation of the existence of village-owned enterprises or Badan Usaha Milik Desa abbreviated
BUM Desa. It is a business entity that all or most of the capital is owned by the village through direct
investments originating from the village wealth separated to manage the assets, services, and other
businesses for the welfare of the village community (article 1, subsection 6). Furthermore in article 87
subsection 3, it is explained that BUM Desa can engage in the economic and or public service in
accordance with the legislation in force. The results of management of asset and village wealth by
BUM Desa become one of the sources of village income in the administration and development as
well as provide services to the community. Clearly, it is stipulated in article 89 point b, it is arranged
that the results of operations of the BUM Desa are utilized for village development, rural community
development, and the provision of assistance to poor communities through grants, social assistance,
and activities revolving fund set out in the village budget. To improve the results and benefits in
management of asset and village wealth, the village government is allowed to cooperate with other
villages or with third parties. Article 93 subsection 1 provides that the village cooperation with a third
party is done to accelerate and improve the implementation of village government, the
implementation of rural development, Rural community development, and community empowerment
village [9].
59
In the explanation of Law No. 6 of 2014 is also outlined that the village self-reliance is a process
conducted by the village government and village communities to perform an activity in order to meet
their needs on their own [10]. This spirit, has been tried poured in 2015-2019 RPJMN known as
"Nawa Cita", where one of the indicators of the gains of the national government is to realize 5,000 of
self-reliance villages in 2019 [11].
CONCLUSION
Minangkabau communal land in the common concept is controlled by all of the penghulu or clan
leader in the nagari. Penghulu or clan leader in the nagari are entitled to benefit over use of their
communal land in the form of payment of fee or tax, in terms of Minangkabau called bungo. This fee
or bungo is earned by the penghulu is not used for his personal gain, but used for the benefit of either
clan or nagari, depending on the form of communal ownership. There are many forms of nagari
communal land such as mosque, custom hall or balai adat, terrain, market, spring, river, lake, ponds,
beach, forest, hill, and mountain. Basically, all of communal land can be utilized for the welfare of
society and is managed by the penghulu in the nagari or the nagari government.
In the current constitutional system, nagari is not only the form of indigenous government, but
also one of the lowest form of government in Sumatera Barat Province. Basically, the administration
area of nagari government is still refers to the area of indigenous government. As an institution that
has the resources and budget, some nagari government in Sumatera Barat Province manage communal
land and make it a source of income for the nagari government. Market and springs are the form of
communal land which currently provides income for some nagari in Sumatera Barat Province.
Nagari Lubuk Malako in Sangir Jujuan District, Solok Selatan Regency, is a typical frontier
nagari that are in the forefront of Minangkabau region. Characteristic of this nagari type is a large area
with a small population. As a result, a lot of land that are not manageable by its inhabitants. This
factor makes a lot of nagari hand over its idle land or forest land to investor to be oil palm plantation.
Nagari Lubuk Malako also handed over its area of 2,000 hectares to investor PT. SJAL and PT SJAL
had duty to give 10 % of oil palm plantation to nagari government of Lubuk Malako as smallholdings.
Smallholdings that was given by investor when he managed Lubuk Malako communal land was been
Village Cash Land by nagari government, so that the profit from oil palm smallholdings has flowed to
the village government as nagari earned income. Total income obtained from oil palm smallholdings
is much larger than the government assistance especially Nagari General Allocation Fund (NGAF).
Besides nagari plantation or oil palm smallholdings, Bancah Kampeh market, sand and stone quarry
are other communal lands that are managed to give income for nagari.
When operating of other nagari is highly dependent on the government assistance such as
Nagari General Allocation Fund, nagari government of Lubuk Malako can budget both operational
cost of nagari government and implementation of nagari physical development, because its income
from management of communal land is so high. Many physical developments related to the livelihood
60
and community needs conducted by the nagari government such as construction of road and bridge,
construction of school building, construction of custom hall or balai adat and the nagari government
office, and construction of drainage channels. Even with the nagari government-owned funds, Nagari
Lubuk Malako can provide grant of 10 hectares of land that will be used as Campus of Community
Academy. In addition, support for community activities and operational assistance for the nagari
institutions that exist at the nagari level may also be given by nagari government. With its the great
fund, Nagari Lubuk Malako is be able to provide scholarships, ambulance for the public, public
burial, repairing of traditional house, paying of the Land and Building Tax, and freeing of the
administrative service fees in the nagari government office.
Communal land is one source of nagari earned income, if it is managed by the right. Income from
management of communal land make nagari be able to achieve its self-reliance, especially in the
financial aspect. Besides to adhere the rule of communal land in Minangkabau culture, management
of communal land can also provide benefits to the owners of land. In this case, management of
communal land as that implemented by Nagari Lubuk Malako also realizes self-reliance of nagari.
REFERENCES
Amir MS, 1997. Adat Minangkabau Pola dan Tujuan Hidup Orang Minang (Minangkabau Culture,
Pattern and Goal of Minangkabau People Life). Jakarta, PT. Mutiara Sumber Widya.
Pador, Zenwen, 2002. Kembali ke Nagari: Batuka Baruak jo Cigak? (Come Back to Nagari: Batuka
Baruak jo Cigak). Padang, Lembaga Bantuan Hukum (LBH) Padang.
Pador, Zenwen, 2002. Kembali ke Nagari: Batuka Baruak jo Cigak? (Come Back to Nagari: Batuka
Baruak jo Cigak). Padang, Lembaga Bantuan Hukum (LBH) Padang.
Robert Nasi, Francis E. Putz, Pablo Pacheco, Sven Wunder and Salvador Anta, 2011, “Sustainable
Forest Management and Carbon in Tropical Latin America: The Case for REDD+” Forests 2, p:
200-217; ISSN 1999-4907
Datoek Toeah Payakumbuh H. 1985. Tambo Alam Minangkabau. Bukittinggi. Pustaka Indonesia.
Burns, Danny, 2000. “Can Local Democracy Survive Governance?” Urban Studies; Vol 36-37 No 5-6
p; 963-973
Halim, Abdul. 2001. Akuntansi Sektor Publik - Akuntansi Keuangan Daerah (Public Sector
Accounting - Regional Financial Accounting). Jakarta: Salemba Empat.
Undang-Undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2014 Tentang Desa (Law No. 6 of 2014 on the Village).
Undang-Undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2014 Tentang Desa (Law No. 6 of 2014 on the Village).
Undang-Undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2014 Tentang Desa (Law No. 6 of 2014 on the Village).
Rencana Pembangunan Jangka Panjang Nasional (RPJMN) Tahun 2015 – 2019 (Document of
Medium Term National Development Planning, Year 2015 – 2019).
Anggaran Pendapatan dan Belanja Nagari Lubuk Malako Tahun 2005 – 2015 (Budget of Income and
Expenditure of Nagari (BIE Nagari) of Lubuk Malako Year 2005-2015).
61
LAND SERVICE INNOVATION (INTAN) LAND OFFICE IN DISTRICT
PEMALANG
Sri Suwitri
Abstract: Limitations of the quantity and quality of human resources (brain ware) in the District Land
Office, hardware and software limitations, since not all applications are provided by the central
office, encourage leadership development office implement Service Innovation Land abbreviate as
(INTAN).
There are two types of innovation implemented namely SMS Service Centre and Web GIS
applications. Both types carried out by innovation steps as follows: a) Creation Process; b)
Implementation Strategy; c) Development; d) Identification of barriers; e) Learning; f) Replication.
In innovate implement replication apply in other areas with mimetic or imitation, and the
aspect of the law (normative) and coercive. Imposing conditions innovation is the implementation of
the commitment, consistency and continuity.
Keywords: Innovation, Public Service, Imitation.
A. INTRODUCTION
Land services were first impressed long and convoluted that people are lazy to do their own
land matters and representations (power) to others. The impression this is to be removed by the Land
Office in Pemalang district. The desire for all people can taking care of its own needs on land services
and served as well as possible and to monitor the process of service without having to come
repeatedly to the Land Office, which is the purpose of the Land Service Innovation or abbreviate as
(Intan).
INTAN in Pemalang Land Agency is the application of information and communication
technology in the administration of public services in the area of land which is support for the public
information disclosure to society Pemalan district. Information and communication technology tools
used in Pemalang District Land Board is INTAN program which is access to land information system
managed by the SMS Center 62 821 3561 3561 with the support of the system Computerized Land
Office (NOA) -based web applications that are reliable. Information Service land or complaints
submitted electronically (or paperless) and answered in a short time.
INTAN purposes encourage researchers to ask a few questions following research as follows:
1. How does the process of creating innovation land services in Pemalang District Land Office?
2. How do the implementation and development of innovative strategies simplification of the
service enacted?
62
3. What do the obstacles and found in order to improve the learning or innovation of the land?
4. What does the chance of replication innovation this land on units of land of similar services?
Innovation theory and analysis used to answer research questions. Innovation is an idea,
practice, or object that is considered to be a new individual of the other adoption unit. Understanding
innovation can be something tangible (tangible) or something intangible (intangible). So that the
dimension of innovation very broad. Interpret innovation as appropriate only synonymous with
technology alone will be narrowing the context of real innovation. (Rogers, Everett M. 2003 12).
Albury (2003) more simply defines innovation as new ideas that work. This means that
innovation is closely linked to the new ideas that are useful. Innovation with the nature of the novelty
should have a value of benefits. Meanwhile, according to Suwarno, cycles of innovation as follows:
Picture 1
Innovation Cycle
Source: Suwarno, 2008
Innovations bring change organization or institution (institutional isomorphism) which
according to Meyer Rowan (Jaffee, 2001), is a single form that focuses on the mechanism of
organizational similarities in the field or the same population. The success of an organization to make
an example of an institution that successfully innovate the necessary mechanisms mimetic, normative
and coercive.
Mimetic mechanisms is a tendency to imitate the organization of procedures and
organizational structures that serve as models, which reach high achievement or having success
received by the environment. Normative behavior mechanisms are mechanisms and procedures that
the organization has a clear directions, it is hoped and trusted, follow a norm or regulation. Coercive
mechanisms are formal mechanisms that show the consequences if it does not comply with the
procedures established by the institution.
63
This research uses qualitative descriptive method because they are explaining the phenomena
descriptively then analyzed so as to find answers to the research questions and conclude and suggest
improvement.
The focus of this research is the new public administration (Public Administration) public
management concentration with conditions of service, and search efforts of the fix (New Public
Service).
The subject of research is the head of the Agency's Land staff in Pemalang district: service
with information technology and service users.
The source of the data consists of primary and secondary. Primary data obtained from
informant interviews conducted with the main based interview guide to the subjects of research.
Secondary data is derived from the documents. Leaf lets, banners and boards and the web in the
monograph Land of Pemalang District.
The technique of data collection is done with the interview and focus group discussion (FGD)
which involves the offender management services in the Office land: land of Pemalang. Technique of
data analysis uses techniques from Miles and Huberman (2014).
B. DISCUSSION
The innovation has to be implemented in the Land by reason of the Pemalang Regency
aspects influenced among others as follows:
1. The limitations of the quantity and quality of human resources (brain ware) in BPN Pemalang
which only amounted to 52 people CIVIL SERVANTS to settle 30,000 application services
in a year, so that the average monthly settlement should be 2,500 petitions. Where the time of
completion determined.
2. Number of hardware availability limitations.
3. Limitations because not all software applications provided by Headquarters.
Overcoming the limitations of efforts by implementing the development INTAN since
September 2014, i.e. by way of changing the desktop computer operating system platform is
becoming the operating system of the web server. Early in the year 2015, under the leadership of Mr.
Deni as the head of BPN BPN Pemalang, Pemalang launched the INTAN BERKILAU into
development (innovation of land Provide Availability Information for public service). There are 2
types of INTAN BERKILAU, namely: Sms Service Centre and GIS Web applications.
With regard to providing the best service, at the Office of the National Defense Agency of
Pemalang innovating land with support system supporting the Ministry named INTAN (innovation of
land). INTAN is a breakthrough which was developed by the Office of the National Defense Agency
of Pemalang in late 2012. At the beginning of this breakthrough, developing a form of land
information access service via mobile phone by using SMS Center Pemalang Office of the National
Defense Agency with phone number 0821 3561 3561. INTAN is a form of service support system
64
user's interface system connected with a reliable system backend of the system services, namely
Computerized Land Office based desktop application. At the beginning of the release, INTAN has
content in the form as follows:
1. Service information service via SMS Center
2. Complaint via SMS Service Center
3. Information services value of land information services
4. Thematic mapping
Based on the policy of centralized services initiated by the Ministry of Agrarian and
Spatial/national land Agency, the Office of the National Defense Agency of Pemalang should make
changes to the system of the Ministry of the CTF the CTF becomes Web-based Desktop internet. This
change requires that all data of land recorded in the Office of the National Defense Agency server
Pemalang mandatory CTF servers have been migrated to the Web that was in Office the Ministry of
Spatial/Agency and national defence headquarters in Jakarta. With the service system changes,
encouraging the Office of the National Defense Agency of Pemalang to develop DIAMOND became
a support system services that can be run on a computerized system in the cloud. DIAMOND District
of Pemalang process is as follows:
1. Information Service innovation of service via SMS Center 0821 3561 3561
a. Creating Process
The existence of the human behind the system, machine made by Kantah Pemalang
b. Assembling Strategy
Do the internalization of the concepts and methodologies of service to employees of the
Office of the National Defense Agency of Pemalang
c. Developing
- Service Information Centre
- Complaining Service
- Applicant Notification
- Notice of Deficiency of Service Requirements File
- Notification of timetable the measurement plots of land.
- Notification Services product retrieval.
d. Obstacles
- The existence of a limitation of the hardware
- Software Limitations
- Limitations of brain ware
e. Learning Process
How to use these human resources in order to effectively and efficiently
f. Replication
65
Their processes already applied in several land offices in Indonesia
2. Innovation Web GIS (Geographical Information System) Service that is directly in front
of the counter
a. Creating Process
Generation I: desktop application (back office)
Generation II: web-based applications (front office)
b. Assembling Strategy
Changing the desktop computer operating system platforms into operation the web server
c. Expanding
• Original:
- Information service of the value soil
- Thematic information service
• Current:
-land values
-Information service thematic Information
-Information check plots (if there are any disputes, etc.)
-Information service of land engineering consideration
-Information field of the land against the spatial
d. Obstacles
- Not all web-based services, for payment should still be waiting for the results of the trial counter
to Deni Indriyana due to enforce payment (gateway).
e. Learning Process
- Ministries of regulations that govern. The process of the settlement is still a manual, then done
in innovative.
- Dynamic Changes when changing system then it should be changed in order not to be left
behind to follow the changes. If this system modify follow SDLC (System Development Life
Cycle).
f. Replications
Replication generation of two will be implemented in the city of Semarang, Pekalongan, Tegal
district, and Jambi. Replication implemented mid-2015.
C. CLOSING
C.1 CONCLUSION
C.1.1. the process of creating innovation the Ministry of lands in the Land District of Pemalang
started from the desire of serving the community in the field of Pemalang land, with the aim to
meet the openness of information systems. The head of the Agency's Land that happens to be an
66
expert in information technology make groundbreaking use of information technology in the
Ministry of lands.
C.1.2. Strategy implementation and simplification of innovation development service that is
enforced with two 2 types of DIAMOND GLISTENING in the Office of the National
Defense Agency of Pemalang, i.e. SMS Service Center and WEB applications of GIS
(Geographical Information System).
Besides these two strategies, there are the others should be implemented consistently applied.
Because of the human are the behind system. People are running. Commitment is very
important. Not only is owned by the leadership but the entire element.
C.1.3. there is consists of obstacles and learning found in the effort to repair or innovation land as
follows:
a) The weakness of human resources in the use of information technology skills is good for the
defense agency officials and community national in district Pemalang.
b) The downside of this GIS web application is still over the counter payment that can‟t be through
the online system. This is because innovation can‟t be separated from the legislation that the
legislation doesn‟t allow the online payment system.
C.1.4. Opportunities replication innovation this land on units of land of similar services can be
implemented as long as there is a commitment that is consistent and continuous leader despite a
change of leadership. Management commitment takes evaluating the completeness of the data base,
the installation data. Web GIS should the client settings and user control.
C.2. SUGGESTION
C.2.1. INTAN service program should be implemented consistently. Commitment to implement
consistently is very important. Not only the commitment of the leadership, but all elements of the
Land Board.
C.2.2. Training for human resources skills required in the use of information technology for both
national defense agency officials and community in district Pemalang.
C.2.3. Necessary supporting regulations issued by the Government so that innovation does not violate
the norms or rules like regulations on online payment systems.
C.2.4. Rules about the opportunities this land replication innovation in service units of land that need
to be issued by the Government similar to that existing commitments are consistent and continuous
leader despite the change of leadership in the application of the INTAN program in other areas.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Albury and Mulgan, 2003. Innovation in the Public Sector. NAO The Stationery Office, London
Caiden, Gerald, 1991.Administrative Reform Comes of Age. Walter De Gruyter Inc: Boston
67
Damanpour, Fariborz , 1991. Organizational Innovation: A Meta Analysis of Effects of Determinants
and Moderators. Rutgers University.
Mayer, John dan Rowan, Brian, 1991. Institutional Organizations: Formal Structure as Myth and
Ceremony in Powell and Di Maggio, 1991, The New Institualism in Organizational
Analysis, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London
Rogers, Everett M. (Fifth Edition) 2003. Diffusion of Innovation. Free Press of Glencoe, 1962
Sinambela, Poltak, 2006. Reformasi Pelayanan Publik. Bumi Aksara: Jakarta
Suwarno,Yogi, 2008. Inovasi Di Sektor Publik. Lembaga Administrasi Negara Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu
Administrasi STIA-LAN Press: Jakarta
Tyran, Jean-Robert 2003. Diffusion of Policy Innovation. University of Vienna, University of
Copenhagen
United Nations, 2005. Innovations in the Public Sector: Compendium of Best Practices. UNDESA.
New York
Materi Kuliah Umum Menteri Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara Dan Reformasi Birokrasi di FISIP
Undip Semarang, 26 Mei 2014
Peraturan Presiden Nomor 81 Tahun 2010 Tentang Grand Design Reformasi Birokrasi 2010 – 2025
Peraturan Menteri Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara Dan Reformasi Birokrasi Nomor 20 Tahun 2010
Tentang Road Map Birokrasi 2010 – 2014
Surat Edaran Menpan RB No 09 tahun 2014 Tentang Kompetisi Inovasi Pelayanan Publik Tahun
2015
68
Surabaya Single Window As Pilot Project Of Virtual Integrated Services
Unit
Eva Hany Fanida, Fitrotun Niswah
Public Administration Department,
State University of Surabaya
Tel: +62-31-8280009
E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract: Improvement of the quality of public services will increase in line with the government's
efforts in the use and development of technology-based electronics. Therefore, virtual integrated
service is a form of the latest breakthroughs in realizing the improvement of public services. One form
of virtual unified service is Surabaya Single Window (SSW). SSW is an integrated service licenses in
Indonesia's first virtual integrated service that combines physical and information technology.
The purpose of the establishment of Surabaya Single Window is to facilitate the people both
citizens, foreign residents and businesses who wish to obtain licenses online at Surabaya. Public
service in Surabaya Single Window is also an implementation of One-Stop Integrated Service Unit
(OSISU) virtually. Technological developments and innovations in the areas of governance, making
the implementation of Single Window services Surabaya are viable alternatives are developed. It
would also see the development of Electronic Government (E-Government) which includes one of the
city Surabaya in Indonesia which is considered quite successfully develop, both in terms of technical
infrastructure and human resources administration apparatus.
Keywords: Surabaya Single Window (SSW), Public Service
Introduction
Responds to the principles of public services such as accountability and transparency, the
government began to develop the concept of Electronic Government (e-Government) in running the
affairs of government as mandated in Presidential Instruction No. 3 In 2003, one of which is the city
of Surabaya. Many achievements and awards obtained Local City of Surabaya in the field of
Government Innovation and Electronic Government, including:
1. Special Achievement and Leadership in the
implementation of e-government (2009).
2. E-Procurement Award of Institution of Policy of
Procurement of Government Goods/Services
(IPPGGS) category "Service Innovation" (2012).
69
3. Future Government International in Asia-Pacific
2013 in the category of data center through the
Media Center and the data inclution via Broadband
Learning Center.
4. Electronic Procurement Services (EPS) award EProcurement Award 2013 (Farid, 2015).
Not only there, local government of Surabaya continue to develop the E-Government by
adopting one of the programs that are owned by the central government, namely Indonesia National
Single Window or called INSW. INSW Indonesia is a national system which allows the delivery of a
single data and information, processing the data and information in a single, synchronous and single
decision making for granting customs clearance and release of goods, as it has been regulated by
Presidential Decree No. 10 of 2008. Referring to the rules, Local Government of Surabaya launched a
program Surabaya Single Window. The program is based on the Surabaya Mayor Regulation No. 28
Year 2013 on Procedures for Licensing Services and Non Licensing in Electronics in Surabaya. Based
on that regulation, it is explained that in order to improve the licensing and non-licensing services to
communities that are effective, efficient, and transparent, including businesses in the city of Surabaya
then implemented licensing services electronically. Surabaya Single Window is the first virtual
integrated services in Indonesia. The program is intended to facilitate good community citizens,
foreign residents and businesses who want to manage licenses online at Surabaya. Public service
through Surabaya Single Window is also an implementation of One-Stop Integrated Service Unit
(OSISU).
Technological developments and innovations in the field of government grew rapidly, making
the implementation of Single Window Surabaya (SSW) services are viable alternatives to be
developed. It is of course also look at the development of the E-Government where Surabaya
including one of the cities in Indonesia which is considered quite successful in developing eGovernment application, both in terms of technical infrastructure and human resources administration
apparatus. However, in every application and development of E-Government, of course, will be
followed by the obstacles or challenges are complex.
Through Presidential Instruction No. 03 of 2003 the government has begun to develop the EGovernment or the so-called rule-based communications and information technology. E-Government
is a government effort to improve efficiency and effectiveness. Moreover, the presence of EGovernment, can improve transparency and accountability of public service delivery. According
Komarudin (2008), the transparency referred to above are: "Execution of tasks and activities that are
open to the public, ranging from the process of policy planning, policy implementation, policy
monitoring and control, which is easily accessible by all parties, both public and stakeholders who
need the information". The Opinion was also strengthened by Law No. 14 of 2008 on Public
Information stated that transparency in public service primarily includes ten elements. The ten
70
elements, namely, management and public service delivery, service procedures, the details of the cost
of services, the completion time of service.
The next element is, the competent authorities and responsible, the location service, service
appointment, the standard of public services, and information services. While the notion of
accountability as expressed by Komarudin (2008) are:
"Public service accountable, both to the public and to the leadership in accordance with the
legislation. Accountability of public services includes accountability for performance, cost, and
product public services. Accountability of public service performance can be seen by the process
include the following precision (accuracy), professionalism of personnel service providers,
completeness of facilities and infrastructure, the clarity of the rules (policies) and discipline".
From the brief description above could conclude that the value of transparency and public disclosure
was motivated public organizations to innovate in public service, one of which is embodied in the
program SSW.
Discussion
In general, the E-Government can be defined as the use of information technology or
computerization as a tool to help run the government effectively and efficiently. Through EGovernment, the whole process related to governance e.g. two-way communication from the
government to the public, or otherwise until the transactional between community and government or
government with the private sector via the Internet. While Indrajit (2002) E-Government defines as
follows:
"Electronic Government refers to the use by government agencies of information technologies
(such as Wide Area Networks/WAN, the Internet computing) that have the ability to transform
relations with citizens, business and other arms of government".
From the above opinion can be concluded that E-Government is the use of information and
communication technologies by government agencies. The goal is to connect with the community in
terms of public service, the private sector (in terms of business) and other government agencies. The
use of E-Government can be a Wide Area Network (WAN), the use of internet or web sites and so
forth. Related to the benefits of E-Government in the government also presented Al Gore and Tony in
Indrajit (2002) that the implementation of E-Government has many benefits for a government or a
country. That benefits include:
1. Improve and enhance the quality of public services
to the public and private sectors.
2. The application of the concept of Good Government.
3. Efficiency
4. Provide an opportunity for the government to obtain new sources of revenue through
interaction with stakeholders.
71
5. Creating a new community environment that can quickly and accurately answer the various
problems faced in line with a variety of existing global changes.
6. Empowering communities and stakeholders in a variety of public policy-making process.
The benefits of E-Government are also applied by Local Government of Surabaya through Surabaya
Single Window services. This system is one form of services of One-Stop Integrated Service Unit
(OSISU) of Local Government of Surabaya in electronic form. The system is integrated between the
internal systems at some working units (WU). This system was developed to allow a submission of
data and information in a single, data processing and information singly and in sync, decision-making
in accordance with the duties and functions of each working units. Through Surabaya Single Window
portal, it will be the integration of information related to the process of licensing and non-license
services online which ensure the security of data and information, as well as workflow and process
information between internal systems can be integrated automatically.
Surabaya Single Window (SSW) is designed as licensing service of Local Government of
Surabaya that integrated online, thus simplifying licensing service for the community. In the system
of the Office of Human Settlement and Spatial Planning (OHSSP) are connected with a Management
Information System (MIS) in several WU or work units are coordinated by the Office of
Communications and Information Technology (OCIT) and OSISU as a place to conduct verification
for the applicant.
Processing mechanism of SSW program can be done in parallel, the applicant filed several
permits can be processed simultaneously, are not mutually wait between each other permissions
permit. Another advantage of SSW is faster turnaround time. With a parallel mechanism, which
automatically cut the time of the licensing process. As an illustration, the series system, such as taking
care of five licenses each of which takes 5 days, then all the permits recently completed in 25 days.
This happens because the license will be processed one by one. During permission of the unfinished,
the process cannot proceed to the next permit. However, through SSW the entire license can be
processed simultaneously. time span Completion of SWW licensing is diverse, ranging from 14 days
to 30 days depending on the type of permit application. There are 16 licenses that can be administered
through the SSW include: Job Seeker Identity Card, New Permits of Courier Services, Permit
Extension of Courier Services, New Permits of Telecommunications Services, Extension Permit of
Telecommunications Services, Trade Permit, Practical Permit of Medical Person, Permit Bleaching of
the Use of Land, Permit Inauguration of the Use of Land, Extension Permit of the Use of Land,
Behind the Name Permit of the Use of Land, Permit for Construction Services, Interference Permits,
Building
Permit,
Certificate
of
City
Plan,
and
Recommendation
Licensed
of
Tower.(http://www.kompasiana.com/albusthomy/perizinan-online).
The existence of Surabaya Single Window aims to further accelerate the process of service.
Permit processing mechanism of Surabaya Single Window can be done in parallel. That is, some of
the proposed permit applicants can be processed simultaneously, are not mutually wait between each
72
other permissions permit. While the previous system still uses the serial method (manual), i.e., by a
parallel mechanism then automatically cut the term of the licensing process. As an illustration, the
series system, if an applicant takes care of five licenses, each of which takes five days, then all the
permits recently completed in 25 days. If the Surabaya Single Window it is possible fifth such
permission can be completed at the same time. This is different from the old method (manual/series)
that will process permit one by one. During permission of the unfinished, the process cannot proceed
to the next permit. However, through the SSW, the entire permit can be processed simultaneously.
Span of completion of licensing in Surabaya Single Window is diverse, ranging from 14 days to 30
days depending on the type of permit application. Surabaya Single Window also a system that is
connected between WU, so that relevant agencies are connected and can speed up the process of
service. The purpose of the establishment of Surabaya Single Window is also to reduce direct contact
between the officer and the applicant's permission. Thus, the potential for the emergence of the
practice
of
nepotism
and
corruption
can
be
minimized.
(http://www.kompasiana.com/albusthomy/perizinan-online).
From the brief description of the mechanism of action related SSW as described above, such a
program is one part of the implementation of E-Government at the level of local government. The use
of media and information technologies by local governments will be able to maximize the public
service to the community. By this one-stop the licensing system, the positive impact that will be
caused, among others:
1. The efficiency and effectiveness of the performance of the bureaucrats. It is well known when
dealing with bureaucracy in Indonesia. Then the unthinkable is slow process, time consuming and
not cost you a little. Therefore, the presence of such program, then the negative community
perceptions about the bureaucracy can be
eliminated step by step.
2. The creation of a good relationship between the three elements of good government (state, public,
and private) which with the use of information technology by local governments are then generate
new forms of relationships such as: G2C (Government to Citizen), GTB (Government to Business
Enterprises) and G2G (Government to Government/interagency relationship), G2E (Government
to Employees).
3. Reducing fraudulent practices in the bureaucracy SSW programs created by the government of
Surabaya one of which is intended to reduce fraudulent practices within the government
bureaucracy. For example, to reduce corruption, collusion and nepotism (CCN) that often occur in
the permissions management. So people who want to take care of licensing would be treated
equally regardless of economic status or kinship with the officers.
4. Can increase local revenues. If licensing is the people in the country and abroad will be vying to
invest in the area. So that the impact is the economy of the region will be more crowded than ever.
By the implementation of E-Government practices through Surabaya Single Window program
is then to be used by people (especially people in Surabaya) as good as possible. In addition, SSW
73
program can also be examples of flagship programs for other local governments so that equitable
economic capacity of local communities will be realized and most importantly fraudulent practices in
the bureaucracy can be minimized. (http://www.kompasiana.com/albusthomy/perizinan-online).
As a pilot project, of course SSW program is not independent of the existence of barriers, in
accordance with the submitted Rokhman (2008) there are three obstacles or challenges in the
implementation of E-Government, among others: peopleware, hardware, organoware of which can be
summed up as follows:
"1. Peopleware, a human resource capability in using Internet is still very limited. It is characterized
by the lack of ability of the human resources (HR) of several user communities Surabaya City
Surabaya Single Window. Most people still do not understand and get used to using the internet to
access online systems such as Surabaya Single Window is still considered difficult.
2. Hardware, infrastructure and limited technology. Lack of hardware and software in government;
3. Organoware, a government bureaucracy to operate the EGovernment encountered obstacles in this aspect of the
organization. "
On the other hand, there are some steps that delivered Indrajit (2002) that in doing the EGovernment project management, project members the ability to perform certain innovations must be
considered. Innovation here is not limited to the ability to create certain new products, but those
involved in the project should have a sufficient degree of creativity, for it is formulated eight elements
of successful project management E-Government:
a. Political Environment, is a state or a public atmosphere in which the relevant projects
implemented. Based on the research results, there are two types of projects, first; "Top Down
Projects" (TDP) in which the existence of a project is determined by the environmental initiatives
of the executive as the highest authority of government. Second, the "Bottom Up Projects" (BUP)
carried out because of the idea or initiative from the head unit or employee who is in an institution
or the demands of society. Political Environment of definitions that have been submitted Indrajit
above can be taken aspects of important aspects of the TDP and BUP. TDP has two aspects,
namely the promotion or dissemination to the entire community about the program E-Government
will develop and prioritize the implementation of E-Government program
as a development of
the State. While BUP has three important aspects that must be considered is the support of
stakeholders, clarity will be the implementation of E-Government program and the impact that will
be felt by stakeholders will be the implementation of the E-government.
b. Leadership, leadership greatly affects the implementation of a program because the leader has the
authority and is responsible for executing a project from beginning to end in accordance project
cycle being run. The scope of the project E-Government boils down to the ability to manage
diverse political pressure occurs, the resources needed and the amount of interest from various
parties (stakeholders).
74
c. Planning, is the first activity carried out in the application program. Planning is used to measure
the extent to which the results to be achieved, the necessary resources and methods used in the
implementation of a program. Indrajit (2002) defines planning as an important step because it is a
thorough and detailed overview of the planned presence of an E-Government initiative is
projected. Basically, a good planning will have a very large contribution to the overall project
implementation. This is because what is being implemented in the next cycle is actually a
manifestation of a basic plan that has been agreed upon. Most of the E-Government project must
involve more than one department. Therefore, all stakeholders involved must approve the plan
drawn up by the project manager along with other interested parties.
d. Stakeholders, the parties involved in the implementation
of a program for each stakeholder has an interest. According to Indrajit (2002) stakeholders are
those who have an interest in the implementation of E-Government. Is the task of leadership to be
able to understand the interests of the respective stakeholders and unite, so that the whole
difference in the interests of each stakeholder can lead to a one-way vision and mission of the EGovernment. Meanwhile, the parties are considered as the major stakeholder E- Government
projects are: government, private, community, Non Governmental Organizations (NGOs),
companies and others. Regardless of stakeholders will vary, it should be borne in mind that in the
end will benefit or success of the project E-Government is the customer.
e. Transparency/Visibility. Transparency is one of the important things in the implementation of EGovernment as stakeholders require any information on the implementation of a project.
According to Indrajit (2002) E-Government project is closely associated with the presence of
stakeholders. With a sense that the availability of data and information and can be freely accessed
by stakeholders. Availability of access to information such as project status, resource allocation,
evaluation per project stage and so forth, aiming to create a good credibility and legitimacy to the
project organizers and stakeholders as party monitoring.
f. Budget, is a major resource in the application program. With the funds or adequate budget and
according to plan, then the implementation of a program can be realized well. According to Indrajit
(2002), the financial resources budgeted in the project E-Government is one of the strategic
elements and determine the success or failure of a project. Based on the facts, the magnitude of the
budget provided by the government is very dependent on the level of priority given by the
government.
g. Technology, is the most important element in the implementation of E-Government program
because the technology is the basis for the formation of government based technology.
Furthermore, Indrajit (2002) defines technology as: spectrum of information technology that is
used in the E-Government is very wide. From the simplest and cheapest to the most advanced is a
fact that the choice of technology that will be implemented in an e-Government project is very
dependent on the available budget. The greater the existing budget, the more sophisticated
75
technologies that can be selected and used, which tends to increase the probability of success of a
project.
i. Innovation, the last element that affects the implementation of E-Government program is the ability
of human resources in developing programs that have been implemented. Element of innovation is
the ability of managers to operate Surabaya Single Window applications, as well as the handling of
the obstacles and challenges of the program.
Eight elements of success over the consequences that any development of the need for
dissemination to the public understanding and awareness of the importance of the accuracy of the data
entered (data entry/upload files) in any filing service licensing and non-licensing online via Surabaya
Single Window system. Errors in the upload file will further prolong the process of licensing and nonlicensing proposed. To that end, the need for periodic repair either of the system (hardware and
software) to Surabaya Single Window is always up to date. The database system should be improved
considering the number of licenses that come in every day so we need to watch out for the power and
capabilities of existing databases. Likewise, the human resource capacity needs to be increased, along
with the development of information and communication technology. It is intended to facilitate
cooperation among working units (WU) that process better services can be realized. As well as the
need for provision of facilities and infrastructure Surabaya Single Window so that the public can use
the facility more easily. Facilities and infrastructure are mainly provided in all WU related to
Surabaya single window, so that people who are not connected to the internet will be more easy to use
Surabaya Single Window at reasonable costs.
Conclusion
Technological developments and innovations in the areas of governance, making the
implementation of Single Window services Surabaya are viable alternatives are developed. It would
also see the development of E-Government which includes one of the city Surabaya in Indonesia
which is considered quite successfully develop, both in terms of technical infrastructure and human
resources administration apparatus.
The existence of Surabaya Single Window is expected to further accelerate the process of
service due to the mechanism of Surabaya Single Window clearance processing can be done in
parallel. That is, some of the proposed permit applicants can be processed simultaneously, are not
mutually wait between each other permissions permit. By the implementation of E-Government
practices through Surabaya Single Window program is then to be used by people (especially people in
Surabaya) as well as possible for fraudulent practices in the bureaucracy can be minimized. In
addition SSW program can also be examples of flagship programs for other local governments.
But in fact, in every application and development of the E-Government will appear obstacles
or challenges are complex. It relies on our shared commitment to be able to take advantage of joint,
because the implementation of E-Government through SSW program's many benefits for the
76
government and society in general. Because indirectly with easier access that any remedial measures
and improving the quality of public services to the public and private sectors have been realized. So it
is in line with the value of Good Government which of course it provides an opportunity for the
government to obtain sources of new revenue through interaction with stakeholders, increase the
efficiency in performance and will be able to create an environment new society that can quickly and
accurately answer problems encountered, where this is in line with various global changes there, and
then it would be able to empower communities and stakeholders in a variety of public policy-making
process.
References
Dwiyanto, Agus. 2011. Achieving Good Governance through Public Service. Yogyakarta: Gadjah
Mada Press.
Heryudho, Dwi A. 2013. Application of Good Government Through the Electronic Government
(Studies in Media Center Surabaya). Journal of Public Administration Vol 1 No. 7. Malang:
Brawijaya University.
Indrajit, Ricardus Eko. 2002. "Electronic Government: Development Strategy for Public Service
System Based Digital Technology" Yogyakarta: Andi Offset.
Komarudin, Achmad. 2008. Basics and Portfolio Investment (Revised Edition). Jakarta: Rineka
Reserved.
Farid, Miftakhul. 2015. Implementation Surabaya Electronic Government Through Single Window In
Integrated Service Unit One-Stop Surabaya. (unpublished minithesis)
Regulations:
Minister of Administrative Decision No. 63 of 2003 on the General Guidelines for the Implementation
of Public Service. 2003. Jakarta.
Indonesian Presidential Instruction No. 3 of 2003 on
of E-
National Policy and Strategy Development
Government. 2003. Jakarta.
Presidential Decree No. 20 of 2006 on Information and Communications Technology Council
National. 2006. Jakarta.
Law No. 14 of 2008 on Public Information. 2008. Jakarta
Law No. 25 of 2009 on Public Service. 2009. Jakarta
East Java Provincial Regulation No. 8 of 2011 on Public Services. 2011. Surabaya
http://ssw.surabaya.go.id (downloadable Wednesday, March 4th, 2015.
http://uptsa.surabaya.go.id (downloadable Wednesday, March 4, 2015.
http://www.kompasiana.com/albusthomy/perizinan-online.
77
THE IMPLEMENTATION OF REGULATIONS MAYORNO. 3/2012 IN
SOUTH TANGERANG CITY (A STUDY OF THE MANAGEMENT
OPERATING TIME FOR HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES IN THE AREA
OF SOUTH TANGERANG)
Evi Satispi 1) , Hermansyah 2)
e-mail: [email protected]
HP : 081219009888
Faculty of Social Science dan Politic Science
University of Muhammadiyah Jakarta
ABSTRACT: This research is aimed to analyze the problems in the implementation Regulations
Mayor No. 3/2012 in South Tangerang, a study about management of operating time of heavy goods
vehicles in the area of South Tangerang. This is a qualitative study describing how this regulation is
being implemented and what are some problems happen in its implementation. The data were
collected thorugh interview and in the field observation. The results of this study show that this
regulation still needs to be revised, added clear information related to its sanctions to those who
break the regulation and added another policies to overcome the traffic over the whole South
Tangerang City.
Keywords: Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012, Dimension of Disposition, Dimension of Bereaucracy
INTRODUCTION
South Tangerang is part of Indonesia‟s capital which has 3 main gates, i.e. BSD – Pondok
Indah Toll, JORRII Cinere-Kunciran Toll and Mono Rail Transport (MRT). In general, the access
among Jakarta, Tangerang City, Tangerang District, South Tangerang City and other areas in the
western part South Tangerang City (Depok City and Bogor District) is characterized by its terrible
traffic especially in the busy hours. In the morning, the traffic has its movement to the downtown and
to Jakarta and vice versa in the afternoon. The increasing number of vehicles; both personal and
public (with limited occupancies), and the limitations of the roads, cause a a very long jammed.
Besides, the segment along the road also causes the decreasing of the road function. Totally, the
length of street facility in the area of South Tangerang City is ±195,76 km, consists of national street
9,16 km, the width of province street is 48,9 km and the width of all city streets is 137,7 km.
As a city that has just been being established for 4 years, South Tangerang City has a
relatively big society, so that the government should think of the society‟s welfare. Its establishment is
78
aimed to improve the services in the field of governance, development, and society also to maximize
the potentiality of this region. Through the Constution No. 51/2008, the government of this city has
already done several significant changes to handle any policies related to society‟s welfare with law
stuff in order to get a better South Tangerang City.
The serious problem faced by the government of this City is traffic. Traffic and vehicles play
strategic roles in supporting the development in the efforts to improve public welfare. As parts of
national transportation system, the roles and potentiality of traffic and public transportation should be
developed in order to set up safety, security, discipline, and smoothness in order to increase the
economic and region development.
Thus, the goverment of South Tangerang City officially issued Regulations Mayor to
overcome the condition of the traffic which is getting worse day by day. Besides, many heavy goods
vehicles pass the roads in this area also cause broken spots at some locations. The regulation is South
Tangerang City Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 about Operating Time for Heavy Goods Vehicles in
this area from 05.00 a.m to 10.00 p.m.
But this regulation still has many limitations both in its content and implementation. In
substance, it is weird if the regulation regulates those heavy goods vehicles to pass the main road of
Serpong in which it is located in the elite area in this city, while there are still many spots such as in
the area of Ciputat and Pondok Aren (Bintaro) which suffering from this serious traffic. From other
perspectives, it can be seen that the issued of this regulation was being interferred by some parties
with different intentions. Besides, it is also questionable knowing that only those big trucks are being
governed under this regulation while they are one of the facilities owned by big companies in South
Tangerang City which also means giving contribution to the economic growth both inside and outside
the city.
The writers also anlyzed another factors from this regulation. The implementation of this
regulation is not being socialized well to the society especially to the companies that governed by the
regulation, so that many of them do not know this. Besides, there is no fine for the those that break the
regulation, even they are provided with parking lot. Then the limited space of this parking lot creates
another problem in which it occuppies part of the main street of Jalan Raya Serpong.
Based on the background above, it is interesting to do a research dealt with “The
Implementation of South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 about Operating Time for Heavy
Goods Vehicles in South Tangerang City” in detailed. This research is aimed to:
1. Analyze the implementation of South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 about
Operating Time for Heavy Goods Vehicles in South Tangerang City;
2. Find out any obstacles in the implementation of the opearting time for these vehicles in South
tangerang City.
79
METHOD AND PROCEDURES
This research was done in the Department of Transportation, Communication and
Information, South Tangerang City, located on Jl. Raya Puspitek Kecamatan Setu. The research
was conducted from November 2011 until March 2012.
This is a qualitative study involving 5 main informants, 5 supporting informants, and 4
other sources. The data were collected by interviewing all informants. Even it was very hard to
get the time from the main informants since they are all government officials assigned in
different offices of Department of Transportation, Communication and Information, in South
Tangerang. These 5 main informants are Head of Department of Transportation, Communication
and Information, Head of Division, Head of Divisions, law enforcement officers, society as the
users of Jalan Raya Serpong, drivers of vehicles, business men and the society who live in the
area of South Tangerang. It is expected that the infomation given by these informants will be
valid. The data were being analyzed by using Triangulation technique.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
In the beginning of this Regulations Mayor, most of the societies especially those with heavy
goods vehicles did not know since it was lack of socialization, so that many heavy goods vehicles
which could not pass the road in the area of South Tangerang parked their cars in the entrance gate of
this city and created terrible traffic. It was reported that the condition of the traffic in this city before
and after the Regulation considered changed. Eventhough in some spots, the traffic still happens. In
relation to this, the writers will describe the information collected from Department of Transportation,
Communication and Information.
The South Tangerang Regulations Mayor no. 2/2012 about Operating Time for Heavy Goods
Vehicles in the Area of South Tangerang is also part of Central government about the implementation
of public discipline and safety so that the implementation of this policy should concerns with the
safety, discipline, smoothness, and security of the traffic and vehicles and to anticipate any broken
road spots in the area of South Tangerang. Based on this, the wrtiers propose an analysis that these
considerations are already good even there are many other policies needed to support this Regulations
Mayor.
The implementation of South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 about Operating
Time for Heavy Goods Vehicles in this area automatically influences economic condition of the
society. Its impacts does not directly effect economic condition but more to the companies which
minimize the mobility of the operating of their vehicles to pass the main road of Jalan Serpong. These
companies feel aggrieved. Thus, the government should take a solution to overcome this polemic.
Policy makers are also expected to keep their integrity. It is suspicious finding horrible traffic
still happens. Survey proved that during the rules of operating time, many vehicles still passed the
80
road and created traffic. This is a condition that should be solved . The evaluation of this Regulations
Mayor should be reviewed soon.
Lack of socialization of the regulations was indicated as the main cause of this problem.
While lack of sanction from the government towards those who do not obey this regulation is
considered as the weakest trigger.
To make this analysis becomes clearer, the writers describe the research of the
implementation of South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 in 4 dimensions as follows:
Dimension of Communication
In this dimension, the writers collected the data by addressing several questions based on the
indicators of this dimension, i,e. communication, message, media, and effect. The data analysis
showed that the dimension of communication is good. Socialization is always done by the government
to socialize any new policy related to the necessaties of the society. Socialization will be very
effective when the government directly convey any policy to society face to face. Because by doing so
the government will get direct feedback also from the society such as complaint and others. Silalahi
(2009, p. 228) explained that: “An effective communciation is a communication with feedback
mechanism.” It means that if the process of communication does not give any fededback then
obstacles and problem happen in its process, because feedback gives channel to the receivers of a
message so that communicators will be able to determine whether or not their message has been
received and get intended feedback.
Dimension of Sources
In order to collect the data related to the sources, the writers addressed 6 questions to the law
enforcement officers of the Regulations Mayor suitable with the scopes of this dimension, i.e. human
resources and facilities. The results of the interview showed that mostly the human resources are still
low. The most obstacles in the implementation of this regulation are in the quality and quantity of
human resources.
It is known that human resources are very important in an organization since they are the
planners and implementers of any organization activity. Having no good quality of human resources,
the implementation of one policy cannot be successful.
Without human resources, it is impossible that one policy can be implemented to the
objectives. Besides, the maintenance of facilities in the Department of Transportation,
Communication and Information is not effective yet. There are many old facilities used in this
department including the building used as this department office. In relation to the availability of
facilities, Wahab (2008, p. 84) said that: „The unavailability of needed facilitites to run new programs
of the institution will create new obstacles toward the succeed of their implementation to achieve the
objectives”.
81
Further, Iskandar (2005, p. 222) explained that” “Resources does not only involve human
resources/ officials but also other resources supporting the implementation of a policy”. Thus, the
successfulness of a policy is not only supported by human resources but also adequate facilities to
implement it”.
Dimension of Disposition
In collecting the data related to dimension of disposition, the writers proposed several
questions based on the indicators, i.e. in the scope of cognitive, affective, and psychomotoric. The
interviewee were officials of Department of Tansportation, Communication, and Information. Based
on the results, it was found that in the dimension of disposition, the officials have not really
implemented the policy of the regulation yet. Thus, it is expected that the superiors in this department
able to handle and supervise any policy stipulated by the government of this City because there are
reports from the society that traffic is still terrific even after the issue of the regulation. The
procedures to implement this regulation should be made clearer
so that the users of the road
especially those heavy goods vehicles will not break the rules. On the other side, the efforts of
minimizing any deviation done by the officials of Department of Transportation, Communication and
Information can be used as the guide to run their tasks. The implementation rules are defined by
Winardi (2000:360) as:
“In public organizations, types of organizationers reactions are commonly called by “standard
operating procedure (SOP). Through these procedures, the members of the organization get
certain guarantee that other parties will behave in a predictable ways related to their
responsibilitites.”
Based on his opinion, it can be seen that a Standard Operating Standard (SOP) or the
Regulation of South Tangerang Mayor No. 3/2012 about the Time Operating for heavy goods vehicles
in the City of South Tangerang should be understood by the officials of the Department of
Transportation, Communication and Information and also by the road users in order to support the
implementation of this regulation. Because the implementation of a policy can be used as the indicator
for the implementers in running their tasks.
Dimension of Bereaucracy Structure
In order to get the data related to this dimension, the writers proposed several questions to
Head of Department of Transportation based on the indicators of this dimension, i.e. : authority,
cooperation, and coordination. It was found that in the dimension of bereaucracy structure, tasks
delegation from superior to inferiors in the Department of Transportation, Communication and
Information of South Tangerang City was based on the standard already with all its sanction for those
that forbid it. One of the obstacles in this delegation is the limited officials at this government body.
82
In the scope of „cooperation‟, this government body still does not build its relationship with police
body of this area since there is no police sector yet in this city. Overall, it can be cocluded that in this
dimension task delegation focused in the traffic scope still faces many problems since it is not widely
socialized yet.
Iskandar (2005, p.222) gave his ideas that: “structure in bereaucracy gives impacts to the
implementation towards the implementation of policy in which that policy will not be successful if the
structure of bereaucracy is not firm yet”.
Saffie, et.al. (1999, p. 87) added that: “coordination holds important role in which the overlapped of the works will be found if it is lack of cooordination, even it can be being synchronized,
managed for the sake of the goals and needs of all”. This statement emphasizes that coordination as
one of management functions is important in order to achieve the goals of the organization.
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the findings discussed previously, the writers concluded the following points:
1. Overall, the opinions of South Tangerang City‟s society towards this Regulation Mayor No.
3/2012 is good since it shows the seriousness of the government to reduce the traffic in this
area.
2. The implementation of this regulation only reduces ±5% of the vehicles passing the road in
this area, thus, the traffic is still considered as serious problem.
3. There are many obstacles in the implementation of this regulation such as the limitation of the
officials from Department of Transportation, Communication, and Information.
4. The essence of this regulation is still lack to overcome the traffic in this area since the scope
only covers Jalan Raya Serpong.
5. The socialization of this regulation is still not optimum yet, thus many of the society do not
understand this regulation and its sanction.
REFERENCES
Dwijowijoto, RN. (2006). Kebijakan publik: Formulasi implementasi dan evaluasi, Jakarta : PT. Elex
Media Komputindo.
Dunn, WN. (2003). Analisis kebijakan publik. Yogyakarta : Gadjah Mada. University Press.
Dye, TR. (1995). Understanding public policy. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
D.
Koswara.(2001). Otonomi daerah untuk demokrasi dan pemberdayaan. Jakarta: Yayasan
Pariba..
Friedrich, CJ. (1963), Man and his government. Newyork: Mc Graw-Hill.
Iskandar,J.(2005). Metode penelitian administrasi. Bandung,Puspaga.
Islamy,M.I.(2004). Prinsip-prinsip penyusunan kebijakan negara : Jakarta : Bumi Aksara.
83
Lexy, J. M. (2004). Metode penelitian kualitatf. Bandung: PT. Remaja Rosdakarya.
Mazmanian, D.A and Paul, A.S.(1983) .Implementation public policy. USA: Scott Foresman and
Company.
Prasetya, I. (2000). Logika dan prosedur penelitian. Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu Administrasi. Lembaga
Administrasi Negara,Jakarta.
Ripley, RB. and Grace A.F. (1986). Policy implementation and Beeraucracy, Second ed, ChicagoIllionis: The Dorsey Press.
Sugiyono, (2009). Memahami penelitian kualitatif. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Silalahi,U. (2009).Studi tentang ilmu administrasi, konsep, teori dan dimensi, Bandung, Sinar Baru
Algesindo.
Van, M dan Van, H. (1975). The policy implementation Process.USA.
Wahab, AS.(1997) .Analisis kebijaksanaan. Jakarta: Bumi Aksara.
Wibawa, S. (1994). Kebijakan public: proses dan analisa.Jakarta:Intermedia.
Regulations:

South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 3/2012 about Operating Time for Heavy Goods
Vehicles in the area of South Tangerang.

South Tangerang Regulations Mayor No. 12/2011 about main job description, function and work
structure of Department of Transportation, Communication and Information.

South Tangerang City Local Regulatin No. 5/2011 about Running Transportation.

The Constitution No. 32/2004 about Local Government.

The Constitution of Republik Indonesia No. 38/2004 about Roads
84
LAPEMAS (COMMUNITY SERVICES AGENCY) AS EFECTIVENESS
MODEL OF RAYON IN TASIKMALAYA CITY
Bambang Sudaryana
Study Program of Busienss Administration
Polytechnic LP3I, Bandung, West Java, Indonesia
Tel: +62-085 222 533 132
E-mail: [email protected]
ABSTRACT: To overcome the problems of development and the level of public confidence on
government which is still low, is necessary to change the paradigm. Public services model for society,
the government institutions and the way of thinking of officials which is no more relevant, must be
changed. Then, is very important to do a research on institutional model of development and
government officials in order to show the real dedication and good government. In this way the
government of Rayon will be able to give satisfaction to the people. The goal of this research is to
change the mindset of government institutions. In order to reach this goal, the action research
method is used, action research followed by implementation.. The conclusion is : the Lapemas model
can be implemented according to the political will and the ongoing policies.
Category : Government Science
Keywords : effectiveness, institutions, public services
INTRODUCTION
The Rayon
is the base of the smallest government unit of the government community.
Could be said that the success in development depend on the participation of society and government
officials at Rayon in planning of this development.
The main problem comes when the development program which involves the Rayon elements is
not optimal and did not satisfy the public. This is because the has the limited power , the quality of
human resources is low, with the low level of education, does not have the operational and
development budget (all are arranged by the mayor/ vice mayor trough governmental section) and
seems that the Mayor does not want to give the power to Rayon government, because the existing
regulation arrange the power of Rayon , also the technical section has no willing to give a part of its
power which by the regulation must be given to Rayon government.
Except this,the Rayon could not yet become the spear head services in its Rayon field.
That‟s why the effort to empower the institution and human resources of Rayon governmentis a very
important step in order to accelerate the prosperity of society as the goal of program development.
85
In order to accommodate the society aspirations which develop more and more and to anticipate the
changes happened both in national and international environment which directly influence the
government and the implementation of the development program, is needed a new model in order to
increase the effectiveness of institution and the quality of human resources of the Rayon government
good and professionalin giving the services to the society. The government of the Rayon must be
ready and could to conduct every potential in this environment in order to realize the welfare of the
people. The Rayon must quickly understand and pay attention to all things which become the need of
its society.
Data and Research Methode
2.1. Data
Since we aware that the government of Rayon has the potential and a big role in the effort to
develop the Rayon , some efforts for developing the ability of government and human resources of
this institution, it seems, are already done. A lot of aspects it seems to become the weakness of Rayon
: its limited power , the quality of human resources and the level of education which is not enough, the
Mayor‟s and technical section lack of willing to delegate the power which is mentioned by the rules
of Rayon Government and also the lack of operational and development budget.
The effort to develop the institution and human resources of Rayon governmentis donenot
only by Rayon government, but also by the province government and central government. In reality,
the government of Rayon is still the work unit which did not offer the optimal services to the public
and does not have the ability to become the prestigious and independent power of development in its
Rayon .
According to Article 15 Indonesian Government Regulation No.73/2005 the Rayon head manis the
working area as a working device state / city in the working area ofthe District.
Indonesian dictionary by Poerwadarminta (1998: 615) defines that the Rayon is an area (office,home)
Headman. Mean while, article 3 ofthe Indonesian Government Regulation No.73 of 2005 argues that:
a. Urban Rayon is the Regency / City located in the District led by the Rayon Headman and
responsible to the Regent/Mayo rthrough the District Head.
b. The headman is appointed by the Mayor upon the recommendation of District Head of the
Civil Service.
The Rayon as the smallest territorial unit within the District area, may serve as an unit of
community service based on delegation of partial authority of the district head to the Rayon chief.
So, the duties and functions of the Rayon government performing government duties, development
and community service within the scope of the Rayon within the limits of the authority delegated to
sub-district.
Terms Establishment of Rayon is
86
1. Population factor; at least 2500 people or 500 heads of household, and maximum 20,000
people or 4,000 heads of household.
2. Factorwide area; must be aff or dable to implement effectively int he provision ofservices to
the community.
3. Layout factors related to aspects of communication, transportation and the distance to the
center of government and center of development activities should be such, so as to facilitate
the provision of public services.
4. Infrastructure Factors; related to transportation infrastructure, marketing, social and physical
government which must be able tomeet the various needs of the community
5. Socio-cultural factors, religion and customs will be able to develop properly.
6. Factors of community life; both livelihood and other characteristics of life will be increased
2.2. Research Methods
The method used in this study is a descriptive survey research method-analytic form using
data from respondents. Data are obtained through the questionnaire, interviews, and field
observations. The process of development of research instruments for collecting data were: (a).
Employment Guidelines; (b). Observation pre-study; (c). The results of discussions with the lecturers,
organizers of Rayon Government of Tasikmalaya City West Java, and (d). References related to this
research.
Then the data analysis in this study, using correlation and regression analysis techniques path analysis
(path analysis). (Sitepu, 2004)

XI
y

y
Y
X2
87
Result and Discussion
3.1. Multiple Regression Analysis
Based on the multiple regression test, the expected model is:
Y = f (β1X1 + β2X2 + β3X3)
Public Services = 9.355 + 0.017X1 + 0.067X2 + 0.638X3+ ε
This test highlights that the value of determinant coefficient which is 59.3% employees‟ performance
at the two Islamic banks can be explained by the variables of job stress, motivation and
communication, while the remaining of 31.7% are describable by other factors. The F-test has shown
that Institution Effectiveness (X1), Offials Performances (X2) variables simultaneously influence
Public Service of Rayon Government.
Table 1 Coefficient Determination
Model Summaryb
Mode
R
l
1
R.
Adjust
Std.
Durbin-
Squa
ed
Error
Watson
re
R.Squa
of the
632
re
Estim
593
ate
795
a
1.910
2.642
74
Predictors: (Constant), Effectiveness,, Officials Performance
b. Dependent Variable: Public Service Service
Table. 2 Multiple Regression
Coefficientsa
Model
Unstandardi Standardi
zed
zed
Collinearity
t
Sig
Statistics
Coefficients Coefficie
nts
B
Std
B
Vip
Error
Toleran
ce
Constant 9.355 6.253
88
1.496 ..146
Intitution .017
102
0,25
164
..871 .578
1.730
.067
147
0,63
453
..654 .673
1.486
638
149
747
4.287 000 .433
2.308
al
Effective
ness
Officials
Performa
nce
Public
Services
a. Dependent Variable: Public Services
As the T test shows (Table 4.2) that Institutional Effectiveness
(X1) and
Officials
Performances (X2) variables have no partial effect on the Public Services . From these equations, it
can be concluded that if the Officials Performance variables are ignored, then the Publ;ic Services
has a value of 9.355. If there is an additional value of 1 on the Officials Performance variable, then it
is followed with the improvement in public Services with a value of 0.638.
Conclusion
This study concludes that the variables of Institution Effectiveness, The Officials
Perrformance do simultaneously affect the Public Service at Rayon Government 0f Tasikmalaya
City . It also states that the partial test shows that both Institution Effectiveness and Officials
Performance variables respectively do not partially affect the Public Service of Rayon Government
of Tasikmalaya city, while the Institution Effectiveness variable has partial effect on Public Service of
Rayon Government of Tasikmalaya City
REFERENCE
[1]. AgusHadiawan ,2012,
the ability of administrative staff at Rayon
in doing the
government administration in Bandar Lampung, Jurnal Ilmu Pemerintahan UNLA (2012)
[2]. Bogdan& Biklen,1992, Action Research, Prenbtice Hall, USA.
[3].Bambang,Sudaryana ,2012, Performance analysis of village officials in governance at
sub-district in the Rayon of Sukamanah Cipedes Tasikmalaya City , STIE Cipasung
[4].Hidayat, 2004, Delegation of authority from the district head to the Rayon , JURNALI
lmu Administrasi | No. 1 | Volume 2 | 2004.
[5].Kurniawan Dan Sayuti Abdullah (2012), Implementation of Public Services
89
Strategies To Reduce The Urbanization While Improving The Quality Of
Human Resources In The Hinterland In Order To Develop Local
Competitiveness at Batam City
Meri Enita Puspita Sari
Faculty of Social Science and Political Science
University of Riau Kepulauan, Batam City, Indonesia
Mobile Phone : +62-852-2055-0571
Email : [email protected]
Abstract: The Batam city which is famous industrial center that many open jobs for every person in need,
regardless of what educational background, but along with the times, the phenomenon is getting lost, Batam
still the main attraction for the working place into a place that will be creating unemployment which annually
will increase, due to the strict selection made by companies located in Batam, giving rise to strong competition
among job seekers. Although, it is increasingly difficult to get jobs because of high competitiveness,
Urbanization persists, apart from the outer city area of Batam, also occurred in the city of Batam island
regions, lack of skills and formal education Batam City native, making competitiveness a complex issue.
This reserach aims to look at the factors that influence urbanization in the Hinterland area of Batam
and find the right strategy to reduce urbanization in Batam. Methodology used in this research is qualitative
research methodology, using primary data sources, observation and interviews with snowball sampling
technique and secondary data derived from the documents related to the research are taken
The Result of this research that pull and push factors which led to the urbanization in the Hinterland.
Because of the jobs available did not promise, access and minimal facilities in the hinterland, such as electrical
problems, lack of education facilities through college and not optimal role of local government in carrying out
its duties and functions to lessen urbanization is the problem most complex each year.
Meanwhile, strategies to reduce urbanization is providing skills training directly implemented on the
island. Such training may directly implement the program and provide assistance in the form of physical
facilities, so that the villagers do not lack the facilities, and not have to seek out the island. In addition, the need
for assistance on a regular basis in the case of non-governmental or empowerment community.
Category: social science.
Keywords: Urbanization, Human Resources, Local Competitiveness
90
INTRODUCTION
Urbanization is a phenomenon experienced by large cities in Indonesia in particular.
Urbanization is happening because of the uneven growth among regions inland areas, especially urban
areas. The expectation of greater income level is still very promising for perpetrators urbanization,
although the urbanization would increase the population of the city of destination. Further the
population will increase some problems for city purposes, especially big cities who do have jobs are
many and varied.
Urbanization process consists of two aspects: the changing of rural communities into urban
and migration from rural to urban areas. However, the movement of people merely cast about a job or
education, no settling or shifting domicile. Because the urbanization or rural to urban migration
occurs because of the attraction (pull factors) of urban and thrust (push factors) of countryside.
Urbanization brings both positive and negative impacts for the village was abandoned and the city
inhabited.
The positive impact of urbanization for the village (place of origin) as follows:
1. The urbanization can be increased welfare of the population through remittances and the work
in the city. For people who already work in urban areas will provide remittances to families in
the village. That, They can be improve the welfare of the family.
2. The urbanization can be encouraging rural development because people have to know the
progress in the city. For people who have little knowledge many will develop in the area of
the island, that it will progress.
3. The urbanization decrease the number of unemployed in rural areas. For the people of the
island who do not have jobs will reduce unemployment when working in urban areas.
While, the negative impact of urbanization to rural namely:
1. Rural labor shortages for agricultural processing. So that many abandoned farms and villages
will increasingly flourish.
2. Behaviors that do not fit local customs passed from city life. Partly as a result of the
movement of people into the city, where one associate will transmit the negative influence
brought to the island.
3. Rural many residents losing quality. Because so many educated people looking for a job
outside, the village will automatically shortage of qualified people to enhance the progress of
the village.
The impact of urbanization to the town consisted of negative and positive impacts. The
positive impacts for city are:
1. The city can meet the demand for labor. With so many people will make the company or
institution is able to meet manpower quotas
2. With many villagers who moved to the city to increase the progress of the city. Because a lot
of qualified people in the village moved to the city
91
The negative impact of urbanization for urban areas, namely:
1. Urbanization creates an enormous amount going on unemployment in the city. Villagers who
come to the city without having the skills, become unemployed in the city
2. Urbanization resulted in the emergence of homeless and illegal shacks in the center of city. If
the people who come do not have the ability to work and unable to pay for life in the city so
that more bums.
3. Urbanization can cause traffic congestion in the city. With the increasing density of the
population of the city may cause traffic congestion.
4. Urbanization led to increased crime, prostitution, gambling, and other forms of social issues.
Due to inadequate employment opportunities and lack of ability to work, so they commit a
crime.
Currently, the many people in the district Galang particularly in the hinterland (Air Raja,
Subang Mas, Abang Island, and Karas) to leave their homes in search of better job that is capable
of generating more money for sure. Most of these people go to the cities to find work. Most of
them are who have the skills (ability) and the youth / young women to find jobs in urban areas.
They moved to urban area is not to settle and move residence status, but only just moved
domicile. However, their residence status are still people in the regions of the island. The average
city that their goal is the city of Batam. This is due to Batam is an industrial city and is easily
reached by the public because a nearby location.
Basically the people who caused the displacement to urban areas, namely infrastructure
that support in urban areas and quite a lot of jobs that can generate revenue for example, a
Limited Liability Company (PT), which can accept employees with at least high school education.
Therefore, many people who move in search of work are certainly making money. In addition,
they are very rare hometown promising work income every month.
On average people living in the area of the island merely rely on livelihood as fishermen
although there is also a farmer. In general, as the fishermen's livelihood depends on the season,
weather and natural conditions.
In addition, the lack of facilities and infrastructure is the reason for people to leave their
home areas, for example students who received his undergraduate education in urban areas, do not
return to their home areas and choose to keep working and looking for a new life.
Particularly in the area of Air King, the society is a transmigration society of the various
regions dominated by the Malay community. Supposedly, the presence of this transmigration will
assist minimize the population explosion in urban areas. However, most of these people to move
back to urban areas looking for work reasons. This course will provide positive and negative
impacts on local and regional left attended.
92
THEORITICAL FRAMEWORK
1.
Urbanization
Urbanization can mean the urban level or the percentage of the population living in
cities compared with the number of people living in cities compared to the number of
population as a whole and also means a process toward urban form. There are two meanings
contained in terms of urbanization, namely: First, refers to a process of formation of the
characteristics of the city complex due to the migration or migration of an area which is
homogeneous (village or small town) to areas with heterogeneous (city). Secondly, referring
to the development of an area that originally homogeneous turned into a heterogeneous
region.
Thus, urbanization can be interpreted as a change in a society at a particular region of
the nature of homogeneous to heterogeneous, both due to the development of the society of
the region itself as well as the process of migrating from other regions.
Grunfeld in Daldjoeni, explaining that there are two kinds, namely urbanism
urbanism urbanization or physical and mental urbanism. Physical urbanism means
development of the city in terms of acreage, the number and density of population, the
construction of buildings (horizontal or vertical) variations in land use that is non-agricultural.
While mental urbanism means the development orientation of values and habits mimic what
is found in big cities.
The migration of population to leave the village or small town to the larger cities
because of the presence of something more interesting and more profitable to live in big cities
compared to rural or small town areas of origin. Factors puller in this great city called pull
factors. While the factors that exist in the village or small town that encourages residents
meningglkan native region called the driving factor.
The migration of population from rural to urban areas as the population moved it
wants to achieve something better in life. The decision to migrate is a response to
expectations of a better poenghasilan obtained in the city compared to that received in rural
areas.
2.
Human Resources
Humans are always active and dominant role in any organization because of human
activity becomes planners, perpetrators and decisive realization of organizational goals.
Human Resources or often abbreviated as HR is one factor that is extremely important and
can not be separated from an organization, whether institutional or corporate. HR is also a key
determinant of the company's development. In essence, the human form of human resources
employed in an organization as the driving force to achieve the goals of the organization.
93
Hasibuan (2003, p 244) explains that the definition of Human Resources is an
integrated capability of the intellect and physical power of the individual. Perpetrators and
nature conducted by heredity and environment, while his performance was motivated by a
desire to meet his satisfaction.
RESERACH METHODOLOGY
The research methodology is a set of rules, activities, and procedures used by the researcher.
The methodology is also a theoretical analysis about a way or method. Research is a systematic
investigation to increase the amount of knowledge, is also a systematic and organized effort to
investigate the particular problems that require answers.
This research will apply qualitative methodology. Moreover, in order to answer the questions
in this research, multiple methods will be applied. Multiple means more than one methods. In this
sense, method corresponds with the type of data that will be used in the research. There are number of
methods that will be used to answer the questions.
The first method is discourse analysis. This method is preferable to answer questions that
need data that are mostly based on text. At first, discourse analysis has been used widely in the field
of linguistics and psychology. But, recently, it is also used by other social fields such as sociology,
politics, anthropology, management and organization studies, communication studies and social
psychology (Tonkiss, 2001:246). Literally, discourse analysis rests upon text and document.
However, it then develops further to social and political context. As Tonkiss argues, discourse
analysis is not only interesting about language that seems to be understood in more transparent and in
a direct interpretation, but also relevant to understand on how social reality is constructed and
reproduced (ibid.). Thus, it is useful using discourse analysis to understand strategies to reduce the
urbanization while improving the quality of human resources in the hinterland in order to develop
local competitiveness at batam city. In doing discourse analysis, the types of data vary. Not only text
and document, but relevant newspapers articles, political speech, and government policies are also
useful sources (Ibid: 252).
The second method that will be used in this research is observation. This particular method is
commonly used in qualitative methodology. In related to the research on urbanization and department
of manpower, the observation method will be used for following reasons:
1. The domain of this research is on the social interaction in the urban. To unfold the changing
interactions in local community, the researcher needs to be in location in order to observe, get
involve and participate on day to day basis.
2. Doing observation, the shared of norms, culture and beliefs in community can be explored not
only from the perspective of the researcher but also from „the eyes‟ of the researched. This
argument is supported by Bryman. According to Bryman, he argues that qualitative method
94
has five distinct components. They are seeing through the participants; description and
context; process; flexibility and lack of structures; and concept and theory as the results of the
research process (Bryman, 2004:266).
3. Observation enables researcher to observe facts about particular community whereby the facts
are unlikely explored. This gives researcher a chance to be “insider” rather than “outsider” as
many communities are often reluctant respond stranger. Being part of community produces
more facts about the community (Walsh, 2001:218; Donge, 2006:180).
The third method that will be used in this research is semi-structured interview. In order to get
information, most researchers who are dealing with qualitative methodology apply interview to
obtain such information which is relevant and important. Interview is meant to be a tool to achieve
personal‟s view about such event or phenomena. It is about subjective opinion by persons towards
their experiences and opinions (Kvale and Brinkmann, 2009:1). Although, doing interview is
sometimes understood as a simple and straightforward process, but conducting a good quality
interview is an uneasy task. Interview is widely used to get information in many sectors from highlevel bureaucrats in government agencies through Department of Manpower to low-level scale like
people in hinterland . It also contains much information about life history, perception, opinion and
shared experiences. In relation to the research, interview will be applied. As this research recognize
two different layers namely local government officers and batam society, thus, interviews are
conducted to correspond with the layers.
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
The indicators and variables that can be viewed in the problems researchers are:
1. The phenomenon of urbanization
Urbanization phenomenon often occurs in the hinterland. Many factors underlying the
community to urbanization. Among them are:
a. Lifestyle changes / rural communities into urban communities.
Technology advanced cannot be separated from public life. One of the most
influential technology is information technology. With the advances in information
technology, a variety of information that occurred in various parts of the world can
immediately know. People can communicate with others within the air-miles away. A
technological advance in the field of information has led to globalization.
Currently, in Indonesia we can see so much influence of technological progress on
cultural values adopted by society, both urban and rural communities (modernization).
Advances in technology such as radio, television, telephone and internet even not only hit the
urban communities, but also can be enjoyed by people in outlying villages. As a result, all the
valuable information both positive and negative, can be easily accessed by the public. And
95
recognized or not, is slowly beginning to change the lifestyle and mindset of society,
especially rural communities with any image that characterizes them.
One of the changes seen in rural communities is a lifestyle patterns. In this case, teens
are the ones most rapid in responding and adapting all the changes that occur primarily in
terms of lifestyle. The term lifestyle (lifestyle) have a more limited sociological sense to refer
to a lifestyle typical of various groups of a certain status, in contemporary consumer culture
this term connote individuality, self-expression, and self-awareness are apparent.
Lifestyle is a meeting place between the point of self-expression needs and
expectations of the group against a person in the act, as stipulated in the norms of decency.
There are norms of decency that are internalized within the individual, as a standard in
expressing himself. Aesthetic significance behind the style which is also driven by the
dynamics of the modern market with a constant quest to be the new model, new style, new
sensations and experiences.
Lifestyle can be identified with an expression and symbols to reveal identity or group
identity. Lifestyle is affected by certain values of religious, cultural, and social life, for the
sake of show identity through specific expression that reflects the feelings. This lifestyle has
eliminated cultural boundaries of local, regional, and national levels since the current wave of
global lifestyle easily moved around the place through the intermediary of the mass media.
Lifestyle grown more diverse, not only owned by a society only. This is because the lifestyle
can be transmitted from one community to another through communication media.
With globalization and the shift in lifestyle, as now, to make people think more
developed and continues to grow. Moreover, increasingly sophisticated technology capable of
reaching out to remote areas. In Galang District, Many shifts lifestyle of fishing community to
implement urbanization City, promising revenue and ever-increasing demands of life not only
needs but also the needs of primary secondary and tertiary.
However, education is a key to obtaining decent work. Not infrequently the influence
of modernization to make people change their ways of thinking to send their children to
college. This is a good start will thus improve the quality of human resources in the area of
the island.
b.
The migration of rural communities to cities (the pull and push factors)
1.
Push Factor
1.1. limited employment opportunities and lower wages as well as agricultural
land is not fertile.
Lack of employment opportunities that exist in the hinterland areas to make
people who are able and have the skills or the ability to choose to move to the city to
find a job that will make people more advanced than in the island very limited
employment or employment opportunities.
96
Communities in the area of the island, especially farmers is very difficult to
earn as prone to fail, for the vegetable farmers still less than the maximum because
the soil is not fertile, and the weather is uncertain, but for the fishermen can still
make ends meet, but also depends on the weather must support to fishing, this led in
the hinterland no steady job. And for people who are trying to open a small business
such as a grocery shop less buyers having problems because people are getting a
little while selling more and more. Unbalance buyers and sellers have an impact on
the income dwindling and losers.
As we know a lot of gains and losses experienced by the people when doing
urbanization. Can be seen for traders on the island cannot develop. It is seen more
and more people who want to trade However the less and less so as traders find it
difficult to make a profit. Moreover, if people were buying not to pay in full then it
could cause harm to people who trade them. If people do urbanization, the
development of the region will be hampered. However, if people do not do their
urbanization can not improve living standards.
With the income that is not fixed or even insufficient compared to urban
areas. Thus becoming the driving community to move to the city to earn more and
still.
1.2. Facilities were inadequate and more monotonous village life.
Facilities were limited and insufficient so many people are there in the
hinterland prefer to look for life in a city that has a complete infrastructure.
Examples for education, in the city of more complete education ranging from
elementary school to university so they can send their children and parents get a job
with a fixed income and large enough.
This has an impact on the number of people who moved to the city, in an
area increasingly deserted island residents, especially those with productive middle
age so that the island will be even less developed due to shortage of human
resources.
2. Pull Factor
2.1. Employment opportunities more than in the village
Urban areas have more jobs than in the area of the island. Especially in
Batam, which is one of the industrial city, Batam many jobs ranging from education
to jobs requiring persyratan diploma or a job that only requires power only without a
diploma requirements. While in the area of the island is usually as fishermen,
farmers or other odd jobs. Thus, it raises interest for villagers to relocate.
97
While in the village, is still very limited employment opportunities,
especially with people who still lack the ability and education. Thus, it is natural that
people do urbanization. Therefore, the development and innovation in the utilization
of natural resources of the area owned by increasing the human resource potential
which will mengelolahnya.
2.2. Wages are high
Wage employment in urban areas is higher than in the island. Area of the
island is usually income depending on the season. This is because the average of
their livelihood are fishing and agriculture. Therefore, many people who seek higher
wages and certainly every month.
Odd jobs also make public the wages or income is not fixed. The longer the
lack of modernization and globalization create demand needed by society also
increases. Therefore, the income is not fixed very influential and become a driving
force to carry out urbanization. So that urban areas become puller for villagers.
2.3. There are diverse facilities
There are various facilities of life, such as education facilities, health
facilities, transportation, recreation, and shopping centers. So as to make people
tempted to relocate with complete facilities especially with the increasingly changing
lifestyles. Society thinks that the more diverse the facilities provided, the more in
need of employees and would increase employment as well.
The above shows that pull factor is urbanization diverse urban facilities that
make a lot of people who do urbanization albeit with limited abilities and skills.
2. Reduction Strategies Urbanization
Strategies that can be done to reduce urbanization is the approach used in rural
development and the improvement of human resource potential. Among them:
1)
The approach used in rural development are:
a) Comprehensive multi-sectoral covering various aspects of the welfare and security
aspects, with the mechanism and the implementation of an integrated system between
the various activities of the government and various community activities.
b) Blend and regional targets with the essential needs of the community.
c) Equity and dissemination throughout rural development, including the villages in the
region of the town / village.
98
d) One unit of the national development pattern of regional and rural areas to urban areas
and between regions major development with the development of medium and small
regions.
e) Mobilize participation and self-help initiatives of mutual aid society and minimize the
elements
2)
of
personality
with
the
appropriate
technologies.
Improvement of Human Resources.
In this case, the government through the Department of Employment, it can do:
a)
Provide skills training directly implemented on the island itself in order to directly
implement the program of activities
b)
Provide assistance in the form of physical facilities so that the person of the island does
not lack facilities so must seek out the island.
c)
Assistance routinely in terms of non-governmental or community empowerment in this
case indispensable role of government, especially the Department of Manpower.
CONCLUSION
1. Factors affecting the urbanization are the pull and push factors that lead to rapid urbanization
occurred in the Hinterland. This is because the jobs available did not promise, access and
minimal facilities in the hinterland, such as electrical problems, lack of education facilities
through college and not optimal role of local government in carrying out its duties and
functions to lessen urbanization is the problem most complex each year.
2. Strategies to reduce urbanization is providing skills training directly implemented on the
island. Such training may directly implement the program and provide assistance in the form
of physical facilities, so that the villagers do not lack the facilities, and not have to seek out
the island. In addition, the need for assistance on a regular basis in the case of nongovernmental or empowerment community.
REFERENCES
1) Bauer, Jeffrey. Role Ambiguity and Role Clarity: A Comparison of Attitudes in Germany and the
United States. University of Cincinnati-Clermont. 2003.
2) Bryman, A. (2004), Social Research Methods 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
3) Donge J.K. (2006) 'Ethnography and Participant Observation', in Desai V. & Potter R.B. (ed.)
Doing Development Research, London: SAGE.
4) Hasibuan, Malayu. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia. Bumi Aksara. Jakarta
5) Soekanto, Soerjono. Sosiologi Sebagai Suatu Pengantar. Raja Grafindo Persada. Jakarta. 2009.
99
6) Sugiyono. Metode Penelitian Bisnis. Alfabeta. Bandung. 2014
7) Tonkiss F. (2001) 'Analysing Discourse', in Seale C (ed.) Researching Society and Culture
London: SAGE.
8) Welsh D. (2001) 'Doing ethnography', in Seale C (ed.) Researching Society and Culture London:
SAGE.
100
System Development Policy Formulation Approach Through Food Self
Sufficiency Of Conduct Local Government Bureaucracy
In Sidenreng Rappang Regency
Dr. Jamaluddin Ahmad, S.Sos, M.Si
Dept. of Public Administration, The Social and Political Science
College Muhammadiyah Rappang
Sidenreng Rappang-South Sulawesi, Indonesia
Tel: +6281241560777
E-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: Sidenreng Rappang regency is one area that has been designated as the Master Plan for the
Acceleration and Expansion of Economic Development Indonesia and national food self sufficiency, and the
main focus is food agriculture. The focus is expected to contribute positively in order to prop up the Indonesian
government's program to realize the national food self-sufficiency. National food self-sufficiency can only be
realized through a system of rational planning, efficient, and effective.
The consistency of regional government budget is actually reflected from adjustment planning and budgeting
program, which is really determined by formulating process of annual government planning every year.
Formulating process is bureaucracy responsibility, so most of behaviors of bureaucracy where dominated.
This research aimed at: (1) describing behaviors of bureaucracy types in formulating process annual
government planning, (2) describing external environment models interaction with behaviors of bureaucracy
types in formulating process annual government planning, and (3) explain the formulating process of annual
government planning principles with behaviors of bureaucracy types.
This type of research is descriptive qualitative data collection techniques through documents, questionnaires,
and informants. The data were then analyzed using qualitative descriptive analysis.
The results of the research showed that between behaviors of bureaucracy type consists of: career type,
politics type, professional type, and missioner type, which dominated by the career type in formulating process
annual government planning. This happens because of the perception, individual decision making,
communication patterns, unit leadership, internal organization and culture. While the external environment
interaction model bureaucratic behavior is a social model the determined the regency leadership factor, factor
structure, factor of bureaucratic authority, and cultural factors. While the application of the principles annual
government planning formulation based on the type of bureaucratic behavior has basically done but still needs
improvement.
Category: Public Administration
Keywords: Behavior bureaucracy and public policy formulation
101
INTRODUCTION
Implementation of the Medium Term Development Plan reflected in the annual government
planning. This has been mandated by Law No. 25 of 2004, Article 5 states that the substance contains
annual government planning elaboration of the regional government's draft framework includes
regional economy, regional development priorities, work plans, and funding, either directly carried
out by the government and taken to encourage community participation.
The high budget deficit last two years, namely in 2011 and in 2012 was one of substance annual
government planning overview of the funding aspect is still experiencing a change in the
implementation phase. This phenomenon even experienced almost all counties and cities across
Indonesia.
Occurrence it became one indication annual government planning not optimal formulation
process. Salusu (2008:443) emphasizes the decision-making activities, that the executive
(bureaucracy) need to pay attention to the correlation between the formulation and implementation of
a decision.
Therefore, the bureaucracy as the main actor is crucial annual government planning substance, in
particular the Regional Development Planning Agency (Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah).
So need a good strategy at the level of formulation process. Said (2007:433) states that there are three
strategies create good government bureaucracy is through a behavioral approach, the institutional
approach, and social approaches. Behavioral approach is placed as the main thing, because other
approaches would follow.
Behavioral approach meant Robbins (2008: 10) as a study investigating the effect of which is
owned by individuals, groups, and structure on behavior within organizations to improve the
effectiveness of an organization. Similarly, Davis & Newstrom (1993:5) and Thoha (2007:34)
considers bureaucratic behavior is a function of the interaction with the environment bureaucracy
itself. So that various types of bureaucratic behavior annual government planning formulation
process.
Consideration of thought and empirical background, this study formulates key issues that will
determine the type of bureaucratic behavior formulation process annual government planning
documents. So the purpose of the study was to determine the type of bureaucratic behavior, the
external environment interaction model, and describes the application of principles based on the type
of formulation process annual government planning bureaucratic behavior.
OVERVIEW OF THE LITERATUR ON THE BEHAVIORS OF BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC POLICY
FORMULATION
Salusu (2008:442) divides the type of behavior consists of employee career bureaucrats,
politicians, professionals, and missionary. Type of career employees who identify career employee
102
characterized and awards received by the organization where he worked. He did not think to move
and want to maintain a position within the organization. The type of politician that bureaucrats are
trying to pursue a career outside the organization, whether in the office or appointed through
elections. For him, the important thing is to keep maintaining relationships with a variety of power
sources outside the organization, with the hope of a future resources it offers a position for him. The
type of professional that bureaucrats who were satisfied with the professionalism of the award given
to him by the profession or the other based on the ability to demonstrate their competence as
professionals. Type missionary makes a bureaucrat maintaining loyalty to a decision or wisdom and
wish hard that decision was implemented in the manner intended, without thinking of his career, or
other positions outside of, or recognition profession.
Types are not likely to be found separately. In general, the type of which one to join another type.
Similarly, one type can last for a moment, then turned to other types at different times and occasions.
Behavioral change is desired or expected in the educational process, can occur through changes in
knowledge, attitudes, and skills or their respective direct impact on behavior change, although the
latter condition can occur with ease.
Bureaucrats might never think to move to another job, but if there is a chance, he would use it.
However we analyze the types of bureaucratic behavior, can not be denied the strengths and
weaknesses of each. It is important to know, as long as the bureaucrat to do his job, he should carry
out their duties in accordance with the criteria that have been expressed.
Thus, the types of behavior is what a lot of coloring process of public policy. As further proof of
assertion, then for the purposes of this type of search is conducted through a career employee, the type
of politician, professional type, and the type of missionary. Although Salusu (2008:442) asserts that
these types will not likely be found separately, so it could be concluded that the emerging type of
eclectic.
A wide range of government bureaucracy that can arise due to differences in the characteristics
and functions of bureaucratic actors, with an emphasis on administrative behavior, Bryant and White
(1989:106) divides three basic approaches models in explaining the behavior associated with the
analysis of the organization, namely the rational model, the model social-psychological, and
developmental model of human relationships.
Bureaucrats who are rational and well have a self-interest, he will not automatically be willing to
serve on the organization's objectives. Therefore, organizations must develop structures and
incentives that channeled his interests so aligned with the interests of the organization. Etzioni (1961)
described three forms of trade-services or three types of sanctions are used to gain compliance,
namely physical, symbolic, and material. If the purpose of the organization is to produce actual goods
or services, it is appropriate to use public bureaucracy material incentives and rewards such as peacematerial services.
103
Elements influenced by environmental organizations, which in turn conduct and management
roles. More explicitly described by Bryant and White (1989:112) that the various determinants that
influence administrative behavior. Determinant consists of the values, emotions, social structure,
roles, technologies, events and social environment, economic, political and wider.
Robbins & Judge (2008:224) also asserts that if you want to motivate someone, you have to
understand the hierarchy level where the person is at the moment and focus on meeting the needs
above that level.
Besides the need for humans, other ways that can be taken is to increase work satisfaction. One
theory that can be used in order to increase the job satisfaction is of Fredrick Herzberg (1950) in
Thoha (2009:230) to find the cause of dissatisfaction which consists of factors of wages and
conditions of employment, and the cause of the satisfaction of achievement, recognition, work itself,
the sense of responsibility, and advancement. Job satisfaction is always associated with the content
type of work (job content), and dissatisfaction with work is always caused by the employment
relationship with the aspects around occupational (job context). Satisfaction in the work named
motivator, while dissatisfaction called hygiene factors. Both designations when combined known as
Two Factor Theory of Motivation.
Another theory also describes the requirement is ERG theory (Existence need, realated need, and
Growth needs) of Clayton Alderfer (1972) in Thoha (2009:233) that will need presence, related needs
and evolving needs. Chris Argyris (1957) in Bryant & White (1989:124) further extend this argument
by noting that people would be more productive if it is in three conditions: First, if they feel that the
beneficial work for personal; Second, when people feel important to organization; Third, when people
feel valued by others.
Atmosudirdjo (1982:86) outlines the policy-making process are: (1) identification of the problem
rather than requiring policy, (2) analysis of policy-making positions, especially regarding strengths
and capabilities, (3) environmental analysis, (4) policy analysis by finding and formulate alternatives,
(5) policy formulation, (6) discussion with all relevant staff and subordinate leaders; (7) determination
of policy; (8) policy implementation; (9) supervise the implementation; (10) evaluation.
Wheelen and Hunger (1990) in Salusu (2008:269-270) makes the process of decision-making
phases, the first phase (1) Evaluate the results achieved so far; (2) Examine and evaluate the mission,
goals, objectives, and policies of the current organization; (3) Review conducted by the strategic
managers; (4)Scanning the external environment: choose the factors comprising strategic
opportunities and threats; (5) Scanning the internal environment: choose the factors comprising
strategic strengths and weaknesses; (6) Analyze strategic factors within the framework of the ongoing
situation; (7) Reviewing and revising, if necessary, the mission and goals of the organization; (8)
Develop and evaluate the best alternatives.
Osborne & Plastrik (2000:322-324) regarding the governance principles of entrepreneurship.
These principles consist of: (1) the catalyst rule, (2) the government belongs to the people, (3)
104
competitive government, (4) the mission-oriented government, (5) results-oriented government, (6)
government-oriented customers, (7) self-employment rule, (8) anticipatory governance, (9) a
decentralized government, (10) market-oriented government.
Denhardt and Denhardt, (2006:42-43) which is famous for the fundamental principles of the New
Public Service public service are as follows: (1) Serve citizens, Not customers: The public interest is
the result of a dialogue about shared values that the agregation of individual self interest. therefore,
public servants do not merely respond to the demands of “customers”, but rather focus on building
relationships of trust and collaborations with and among citizens. (2) Seek the public interest: Public
administrators must contribute to building a collective, shared nation of the public interest. The goal is
not to find quick solutions driven by individual choices. Rather, it is the creation of shared interests
and shared responsibility. (3) Value citizens over Entrepreneurship: The public interest is better
advance by public servants and citizens committed to making meaningful contributions to society than
by
entrepreneurial
manager
acting
as
if
public
money
were
their
own.
d. Think strategically, Act Democratically: Policies and programs meeting public needs can be most
effectively and responsibly achieved through collective efforts and collaborative process. (4)
Recognize that Accountability Is Not Simple: Public servants should be attentive to more than the
market; they should also attend to statutory and constitutional law, community values, political norms,
professional standards, and citizens interests. (5) Serve Rather Than Steer: It is increasingly important
for public servants to use shared, valued-based leadership in helping citizens articulate and meet their
shared interest rather than attempting to control or steer society in new directions.
Value People, Not Just Productivity: Public organizations and the networks in which they participate
are more likely to be successful in the long run if they are operated through process of collaboration
and shared leadership based on respect for all people.
Conceptualization of bureaucratic behavior as a function of the interaction of individual
characteristics with the characteristics of the environment in which power is run by officials to
improve the effectiveness of an organization. The emphasis is more directed at behavior as a set of
actions or actions of a person for responding to something and then become habits because of the
believed value. On this basis raises the types of bureaucratic behavior. These types of behavior are the
type of career employees, the type of behavior of politicians, professional behavior type, and the type
of missionary.
Meanwhile, the bureaucracy is enabled by a dynamic Human Beings. So each person has a
dominant type of behavior in him but such behavior can be said to be situational, conditional, and
temporal. This condition is associated with a value as something that is believed to have the truth, is
useful for a person, group or community. In addition, the value is also the one's perspective on
something that refers to the notion of good and bad or should and should not do.
Results emphasis on the principle of government regulation formulation of development plans in
a transparent, responsive, efficient, effective, accountable, participatory, scalable, equitable, and
105
sustainable. Then the type of employee behavior bureaucratic career, political, professional and
missionary associated with the formulation of planning principles that are considered as a value to be
achieved.
Associated with the realization of the effectiveness of the efforts of public policy formulation
process, then that becomes the value is the principles that must be considered regarding both serve as
guidelines or directives in carrying out its functions, treats its personnel, and interact with their
environment. Therefore exactly what is used as a reference in the principles of rational models, social
models, and models of development of human relationships. These models are used as the external
factors bureaucratic behavior in the process of formulating the Local Government Work Plan.
The bureaucratic behavior that is considered to dominate the policy formulation process were
answered after the research was conducted. Obviously with fixed based on the types that have been
described. By closing the discussion on the possibility of other types appear.
RESEARCH METHODS
This study uses phenomenological models because it is a model that describes the study of the
meaning of life experience of some individuals. For this purpose there are four techniques of data
collection in this study, namely: literature, observations, interviews, and documentation. The
technique of data analysis is the reduction, presentation and drawing conclusions. Conducted
technical examination of the validity of the data, especially examining the information obtained in the
field, based on the results of the planning documents and field data. Test confidence by extending the
observations, increasing persistence, triangulation, negative case analysis and use of reference
materials.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
4.1. Type of bureaucratic behavior in the formulation process
Type of bureaucratic behavior in the formulation process especially annual government planning
are Identical to the duties and functions are marked with a letter of assignment. Awards received in
the form of salaries and wages paid by rank in the hierarchical structure of the organization. Tend to
maintain a position in the organization that do not think to move.
Development medium-term plan not fully document referenced in preparing annual government
planning, Development medium-term plan document compiled each year based on experience, Type
of bureaucratic behavior are formed due to the perception of the document annual government
planning "fall liability" and "abstract", determining the choice between the alternatives tend to be less
free that just dominated a particular apparatus, communication patterns tend to be command, and
patterns of selection because the structure is accompanied by the experience.
4.2. External environment interaction in the formulation of bureaucratic behavior
External environment interaction in the formulation of bureaucratic behavior tend to be: Leadership
district as the center of government activity, sanctions mutation wait, the tendency of the bureaucracy
106
work better than relying on the leadership of the organization; Organizational structure tends to be a
tool for throwing responsibility, inhibiting coordination structure, demand structure routines.
Work plan the unit area include work experience program delays, there tends to be resistance to the
proposal every year, focusing on the draft budget is available on local revenues; Placing bureaucratic
culture in Bugis South Sulawesi has conducted deliberation and consensus (tudang sipulung), there is
no compulsion in expressing their opinions, work ethic (resopa natemmangingi Malomo naletei
pammase dewata), and law enforcement (getteng, lempu, ada tongeng) exist on government
bureaucracy.
4.3. The application of these principles in the formulation
The application of these principles in the formulation bureaucratic behavior by type: Access to
information about annual government planning dominant owned bureaucracy attached to the office
space; Service complaint mechanism for officials prepared through consultation on education for the
people tend to be closed while; Schedule annual government planning document determination by the
regents in the form of a decree passed in August every year with a budget, the document can only be
guided annual government planning approximately 70% of its content to the next planning stage;
Accountability mechanisms are not well to unit leader or to the public; Budget has provided a
definitive ceiling set by regional and sectoral, civil servants participated domination.
The series letter indicates that the task is drafting annual government plan identical to the duties and
functions of the Planning Agency as planners in local authorities. Awards received in the form of fees
paid activities based on grade levels. Employee turnover meant the absence of other sources of power
that can be promising another position outside the organization. According Salusu (2008:442), these
characteristics can be justified as a career employee behavior type dominance. Type of politician
behavior, professional behavior type, and type of behavior is less prominent missionary.
Type of employee behavior bureaucratic career apparatus formed by the perception that work based
on past experience, both in activities and in the preparation of the draft annual government plan. On
the basis of this perception makes documents annual government plan just a repetition thing.
Repetition of the previous year's activities. Besides the perception that planning activities are
activities that an abstract cause less interested bureaucrats. Perceptions of bureaucracy that sees the
process identical duties and functions that will tend to put themselves in the position of "origin fall
liability". Development Regional Planning Agency officers have less freedom to make choices, to
work on the basis of orders of the leadership. The circuit characteristics are justified Robbins (2009:
10) as a study investigating the effect of which is owned by individuals, groups, and structure on
behavior within organizations to improve the effectiveness of an organization.
Similarly, the interaction model of the external environment because of the district leadership.
Regent to run power to all levels of the organization, including the planning process. Head of
Planning (manager) is helping to create a climate for employees to grow and achieve things they can
do for the benefit of local government organizations to guide their behavior. It could even be
107
considered as a form of intervention. Development Planning Agency at Sub-National Level
organizational structure to make it as objective rules, while employees are required to follow the
existing rules, the decision becomes so routine that it is difficult doing creativity, and relationships
tend to be "impersonal" so that the organization was seen as a secure container that formal
hierarchical structure. Despite this advantage is the specialization of functions, duties, chain of
command is clear, unequivocal, and easy to understand. So that the performance of groups working
unit (SKPD) and guide the behavior of bureaucratic culture.
Last is the application of design principles based on the type of government bureaucracies that
implement behavior is driven by the mission planning will be more effective than government-driven
regulation. This thesis is in line with the concept of good governance, such as those offered by
Rondinelli (2007:9) and National Development Planning Agency. Implementation still needs to be
improved.
The principle of transparency appears to access the information available. Based on the data
obtained, the data access is still predominantly owned bureaucrats. Internet access is available is still
limited to the district as a whole profile. Bureaucrats are less open access to the external environment.
At the level of democratic principles tend to be status quo (less open access).
Such transparency when viewed from Max Weber's theory of bureaucracy (1947) in Blau & Meyer
(1987:28) viewed as the task is governed by a consistent system of abstract rules to ensure uniformity
in the task. System guidelines are designed to ensure uniformity in the implementation of each task
and to coordinate tasks varied. So that rules are made to be obeyed by officers bureaucrats in order to
construct annual government planning.
Rules are made in such a way, then placed on the official notice board that can only be reached by
certain circles. Stakeholders (communities) have less access to the existing knowledge. It is feared by
Osborne and Gaebler (1992) in Tjokrowinoto (2004:17) public organization that is run by the rules
will be ineffective and inefficient. Because it is performance will be slow and long-winded impressed.
But bureaucracy is driven by the mission as its basic purpose would be more effective and efficient.
Especially if it is not supported open access to information, for sure, and precise.
Similarly, the principle responsive responsiveness characterized by the availability of service
complaints procedure that is easily understood by the public and by the apparatus itself, a quick
follow-up on reports and complaint in the formulation process annual government plan. Based on
existing data, service complaint prepared by officials development regional planning agency is a form
of consultation mechanism for the proposed draft working plan on education the chance to experience
the difference with development regional planning agency design. While the document is being
corrected results can only be considered in the proposed plan next year.
Dialogue with stakeholders mechanism yet to be guarantees implementation of the principles
offered by Denhadt & Denhardt. Development Regional Planning Agency apparatus (bureaucracy)
still plagued by leadership factors, cultural factors, and the factor of working units (SKPD).
108
Complaints by the public and holds the product planning document is one indicator that shows that
the planning process has been implemented by the bureaucracy has not been able to maximize
stakeholder expectations.
Dwiyanto, et al. (2008:64) research findings support this argument, as many as 72 to 91 people out
of 100 people that bureaucracy exists in three provinces, namely North Sumatera, Yogyakarta, South
Sulawesi and can not provide services responsive to the user community services. Complaint filed
with the bureaucracy it is only accommodated, promised to be resolved, and most often is the officer
tossing
another
responsibility
to
the
officer.
Next is the principle of efficient and effective as two words that always be the goal of every public
administration. As part of the public administration, Annual government plan formulation process is a
process of public policy can not be separated from the values of efficiency and effectiveness. This
principle is reflected in the implementation of administrative governance quality and targeted with the
optimal use of resources. This value also requires continuous improvement. And reduced overlapping
administration functions on education or work units.
Not exactly the time spent causing a waste of resources, both human resources and other
organizational resources. Thus the argument Steers (1985:64) the possibility skip employees and
turnover of workers (waste of human resources) as a result of delaying the work.
Next is the principle of accountability is understood as the correspondence between the
implementation of standard operating procedure, because it will be accountable to stakeholders
(communities). Set of sanctions on any errors or omissions in the process of formulating annual
government plan also characteristic of this principle. What accountability means implemented by the
authorities in order to formulate development regional planning agency activities must be accountable
to the people, if you want to use the principles of democracy.
Based on the existing data in the District South Sulawesi no accountability mechanisms available to
stakeholders as a prerequisite for the principle of accountability. Similarly, there is no strict
punishment for mistakes and the mistakes committed by the so development regional planning agency
consultative program derived from input development deliberation plan likely less attention.
Last stage is the principle of participatory planning forums where community participation is a key
pillar to articulate their needs. Existing regulations have expressly guarantee public involvement in
the planning process. Lack of information on the budget or the indicative ceiling set by regional and
sectoral make people have great expectations and the public have adequate information base to
engage meaningfully in planning forums.
Real question is how the apparatus (bureaucracy) views community participation. According to
Arnstein (1969) in a paper contained in the Journal of the American Institute of Planners with the title
"A Ladder of Citizen Participation", that there are 8 levels of household participation rate is based on
the power of the community in the planning influence Manipulation, therapy / healing, informing
(information), Consultation, placation (referral), Partnership, Delegated Power (devolution), and
109
Citizen
Control
(control
communities).
If the theory is connected with the level of participation by Sherry Arnstein, then the District
Sidenreng Rappang already at the stage of community control, when traced through delegating control
funding in the form of the indicative ceiling on the level of participation is more likely placation. That
is, society as a party that eased approval by delegates.
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of research and discussion in the previous section, it can be formulated some
relevant conclusions as follows:
Bureaucracy in the process of formulation of the annual government planning dominated career
employee behavior type. This happens because of the perception, individual decision-making,
communication patterns, unit leadership, and the internal culture of the organization.
External environment interaction models in the process of formulation of bureaucratic behavior,
relation to the type of bureaucratic behavior of the type of behavior that is dominated by career
employees tend to occur because of the district leadership, organizational structure factors,
bureaucratic authority, and cultural factors, so it is still dominated by social models.
The principles of transparency, responsive, efficient and effective, accountable, and participatory
formulation process based on the type of behavior bureaucracy has basically done but needs to be
improved. The principle of transparency that characterized access to information still belongs to the
bureaucracy, the principle of involving the community is less responsive, efficient and effective
principle not optimal determination of the documents marked with annual government plan always
late, the principle of accountability is not optimal with the lack of accountability mechanisms, and
principles of participatory still tend to placation.
REFERENCES
Albrow, Martin, 2007, Bureaucracy (Translation). (Fourth Printing) Yogyakarta: Tiara Wacana.
Arnstein, Sherry. 1969. A Ladder of Citizen Participation. Journal of the American Planning
Association, Volume 35, No. 4, Juli 1969.
Atmosudirdjo, S. Prajudi. 1982. Several Overview About Decision Making. Jakarta: Ghalia Indonesia.
Beetham, David. , 1990. Bureaucracy (Translation). (First Edition) Jakarta: PT. Bumi Aksara.
Blau, Peter M. and Marshall W. Meyer. In 2000. Bureaucracy in Modern Society. Second Edition.
Jakarta: Indonesia University Press.
Bryant, Coralie and Louise G. White. , 1989. Management Development for Developing Countries.
Jakarta: LP3ES.
Davis, Keith & John W. Newstrom. , 1993. Behavior in Organizations. Seventh edition. Jakarta:
Penerbit Erlangga.
110
Denhardt, Robert B. and Janet V. Denhard. 2006. Public Administration An Action Orientation. USA:
Thomson Wadsworth.
Dwiyanto, Agus. , 2002. "Reform of Public service". Policy Brief. Yogyakarta: Center for Population
and Policy Studies, Gadjah Mada University.
Etzioni, Amitai. 1961. A. Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free Press.
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 32 Year 2004 on Regional Governance
Osborne, David and Peter Plastrik. In 2000. Bureaucracy slashed Five Strategies Towards
Entrepreneurial Government. Jakarta: Publisher PPM.
Robbins, Stephen P. and Timothy A. Judge. , 2008. Organizational Behavior (Twelve Edition) book 1.
Jakarta: Salemba Four.
Rondinelli, D.A. 2007. “Governtment Serving People: The Changging Role of Public Administration
in Democratic Governance” dalam Public Administration and Democratic Governance: Governments
Serving Citizens. New York: United Nations: Economic and Social Affairs.
Said, M. Mas'ud. 2007. Bureaucratic State bureaucracy. Malang: UPT. Penerbitan Universitas
Muhammadiyah Malang.
Salusu, J., (2008). Strategic Decision Making For Organizations Public and Nonprofit Organizations.
Jakarta: Grasindo.
Thoha, Miftha, 2009. Organizational Behavior Basic Concepts and Applications. Jakarta: PT.
RajaGrafindo Persada.
Tjokrowinoto, Moeljarto et al. , 2004. Bureaucracy in the polemic. Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar.
111
The Analysis Of Street Vendors Compliance Towards The Implementation
Of Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011 About Management and
Development Of Street Vendors in the Red Zone
Emanuela Simanjuntak, S.AP. & Kristian W. Wicaksono, S.Sos., M.Si.
Public Administration Department
Faculty of Social and Political Science
Parahyangan Catholic University, Bandung, Indonesia
Tel: +62818 0938 9336
E-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to discuss the level of compliance performed by street vendors
in the red zone area to the Implementation of Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011. The level of
compliance will be measured by using the theory of Compliance that introduced by Weaver. This
theory emphasizes six dimensions of target group compliance, which are: incentives and sanctions,
monitoring, resources, autonomy, information, attitude and objectives. The results of this research
show that the level of compliance performed by street vendors to the Implementation of Bandung
Regional Regulation No. 04/2011 are low.
Category: Public Policy Implementation
Keywords: compliance, incentives and sanctions, monitoring, autonomy; attitude and objectives
INTRODUCTION
Based on Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011, the definition of street vendors are
traders who perform informal sector trading businesses that use public facilities. Various problems
related to street vendors have been detrimental to the society and local government. The presence of
street vendor‟s are disrupting people's daily activities. In order to response these problems, the Local
Government of Bandung City made a policy to regulate the street vendors. The title of the policy is
Management and Development Street Vendors. Based on this policy, the trade area of Street Vendors
are divided into three zones, namely the red zone, the yellow zone and the green zone. At the red
zone, the street vendors are not allowed to carry any trade activity.
112
This paper will focus on the compliance of street vendors who are not allowed to carry any
trade activity in the red zone. The places which categorized as red zone are: worship place, hospitals,
military complex, national roads, province roads, and other places that have been specified in the
regulations. But based on our observation there are many street vendors who still doing trade activity
in the red zone. This indicates violation to the Implementation of Bandung Regional Regulation No.
04/2011.
Based on our preliminary studies there are three reason why street vendors still doing trade
activity in the red zone area. First, because they don‟t know the information about the regulation
which prohibit street vendors selling things in the red zone. Secondly, street vendors don‟t know that
they cannot do any trade activity in the red zone because there are no signs of the red zone, for
example banners which inform them not to do trade activity in several place which categorized as red
zone. Third, street vendors are still selling in the red zone because if they moved to the other place so
they will lose their customers. If they lose their costumers so they also lose their income to support
their families.
COMPLIANCE MEASURES
1.1. Data
The purpose of this research is to describe the compliance of street vendors in the red zone
towards the Implementation of Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011 about Management and
Development Street Vendors.
The approach of this research is a quantitative research. The method of this research is
descriptive analysis. The descriptive type is quantitative descriptive that also supported by qualitative
data to strengthen the results of field data and confirm if there is a difference between the results of
quantitative data and qualitative data results [1]. We have meet 155 street vendors who do the trade
activity in the red zone at Ganesha Street, Taman Sari Street, Cihampelas Street, P.H.H. Mustofa
Street, W.R. Supratman Street, in front of Padjadjaran University, in front of the Bandung Islamic
University, and in front of SMAN 5 Bandung. We use questionnaire to collecting data. We also
interviewed them to make sure about several things related to our research. The aims of interview is to
sharpen the analysis of compliance and non-compliance behaviour performed by street vendors.
1.2.Compliance Dimension
The main purpose of public policy is to resolve the public problems and to fulfil the public
needs. Public policy according to Dye is "What government do, why they do it, and what difference it
makes." [2]
To bring policy into impact we need the phase of policy Implementation. Policy
Implementation is a crucial stage in the public policy process. The definition of public policy
113
implementation according to Van Metter and Van Horn is "Those actions by public or private
individuals (or groups) that are directed at the achievement of objectives set forth in prior policy
decision." [3] The description from Van Metter and Van Horn can be interpreted as an actions taken
either by individuals or officials, or groups of governments aimed at achieving the objectives that
have been outlined in policy decisions. In the context of Policy Implementation, Ripley emphasized
the importance of compliance. [4] According to Weaver compliance is “the target groups behave in
ways that are consistent with the objectives of the policy", which means that they manner consistent
with the policy objectives. Weaver says that there are six dimensions of compliance and noncompliance, and they are listed below:
a. The problem of monitoring, which means the target compliance is difficult to monitor.
b. The problem of information, which means the targets groups have lack of information that
would make compliance more likely not to be occur.
c. The problem of incentives and sanctions, where positive incentives and / or negative is not
enough to ensure the compliance.
d. The problem of autonomy, where the target groups does not have the power to make
decisions that comply with the policies even if they want it.
e. The problem of resources, which targets groups lack of resources.
f.
The problem of attitude and objectives, where the target groups suspicious of the provider or
program.
According to Weaver, the six of compliance and non-compliance dimensions are needed to
determine the extent of compliance and non-compliance to the policy is done by the target group.
Below is the elaboration of each dimensions of compliance and non-compliance:
1.
Monitoring; a high level of compliance targets are also difficult to obtain when compliance is
difficult to monitor. Common response to the problem of monitoring is to find a monitoring
mechanism that is cheaper, more reliable, less obtrusive, and generate cost/risk is lower on the
target. Most of the monitoring mechanism is done without risk, particularly with respect to
personal problems.
2.
Information; another barrier for compliance is that the policy targets lack of information, even
though they are more likely to be adherent if they think about it. The most common problem is
the implementation of an information campaign information. The campaign can be done in
many ways. One example is a warning label on cigarette packs with pictures to remind buyers
about the dangers of smoking.
3.
Incentive and Sanction; a high level of compliance targets are not likely to occur, whereby
positive incentives and/or negative sanctions are inadequate or not sufficiently certain to ensure
compliance.
114
4.
Autonomy; target program can not comply with a policy because they lack autonomy over their
own decisions, the question is sort of demands of others against a target program so that the
target program can not comply with a policy, even when the target program wants to comply.
For example, children in developing countries may lack of autonomy in the decision if they
come to school or work at an early age. The respond to this type of non-compliance can include
(1) affect the party with decision-making powers, or (2) empower the target so that they gain
autonomy over their own actions.
5.
Resources; the problems of the target program is the lack of resources, they need to comply
with a policy and recognize the benefits when the target program comply. Various kinds of
resources that facilitate compliance with public policy can vary; these resources are not only
include assets in the form of cash, but also good things such as health, human resources, strong
social networks, and the ability to use existing public infrastructure with ease.
6. Attitude and objectives; attitude and objectives form a very wide influence on compliance
targets. Both of these factors include the beliefs associated with the legitimacy of the
government itself and the policies that create a policy. [5]
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Below is the elaboration based on the the six of compliance and non-compliance dimensions in
the Red Zone:
1.3. Monitoring
The intensity of monitoring that‟s done by the Special Task Force of Bandung Street Vendors
Management and Development may increase compliance vendors in the red zone. The main actor who
responsible to do the monitoring to the street vendors is the municipal police. Municipal police have
the discretion and authority sufficient to impose sanctions in the red zone. The municipal police have
to done the monitoring as often as possible.
3,23%
96,77%
Fig 1. Monitoring dimension
115
The table above describes that monitoring who‟s conducted by municipal police in the red
zone. It appeared that 3.23% street vendors answer that the municipal police did the monitoring only
several times. Otherwise, there are 96.77% street vendors answer who answer that the municipal
police never did the monitoring in the red zone. So, the results are entered into the category of low
compliance rate.
It shows that the municipal police discretion not have sufficient authority to determine
sanctions against street vendors because of the fact indicates that the municipal police never gave
sanction to the street vendors who do the trade activities in the red zone.
1.4.Information
The main assumptions that related to information is more about the local regulations socialized
to the street vendors in the red zone the more compliance street vendors to the regulations. The ideal
situation if the street vendors are informed about the Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04 year 2011.
Bandung local government have obligation to give the information to all street vendors in the red zone
as often as possible so they will know what kind of behaviour that they must perform and kind of
prohibited behaviour.
1,94%
98,06%
Fig 2. Information dimension
The figure above describes the information that socialized by Bandung local government to the
street vendors in the red zone. It appeared that as much as 1.94% street vendors answer that the
Bandung Government gave the information about Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04 year 2011 for
only several times. On the other hand, there are 98.06% street vendors who answer that the Bandung
Government never gave the information about Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011.
The data show that the Bandung Government rarely even never give socialization of Bandung
Regional Regulation No. 04 year 2011 to street vendors in the red zone so the street vendors didn‟t
know anything about the regulation and which area that allowed to be used as trade zone (green zone).
116
1.5. Incentive and Sanction
Incentives and sanctions by the municipal police will consistently strengthen compliance
vendors in the red zone.
100%
Fig. 3. Incentive and sanction dimension
The figure above describes the incentive and sanction that been given by municipal police in
the red zone. From the data that have been presented, it appeared that 100% street vendor‟s answer
that the municipal police never give them any ID cards or even warning letter so they think it‟s alright
to keep selling in the red zone, because there is no sanction.
The data show that the street vendors feel that the municipal police rarely even never give any
sanction to them so they keep selling in the red zone. Based on Bandung Regional Regulation No.
04/2011, every street vendors in the red zone should have an ID cards. This ID card will be revoked if
the street vendors received three times warning letter. But the fact is the street vendors never have an
ID card and they were never received any warning letter.
1.6. Autonomy
Flexibility for street vendors in the red zone will determine the course of action they will
performed to improve their compliance with the implementation of Bandung Regional Regulation No.
04/2011. Autonomy is related with the association of street vendors.
117
100%
Fig. 4. Autonomy dimension
The figure above describes the autonomy of street vendors to join the association. It appears
that they feels don‟t need to join the association of street vendors. All street vendors answer that there
is no benefit for them to join the street vendors association.
These results fit into the category of low compliance rate and shows that every street vendors
feel that they don‟t need to join the association of street vendors.
1.7.Resources
The availability of resources for street vendors in the red zone can improve their compliance to
Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011. Bandung City local government should provide new
strategic locations for the street vendors so they will moved from the red zone.
100%
Fig. 5. Resources dimension
The figure above describes about the resource. It appeared that all of street vendors answer that
the Bandung local government did not give the new strategic location for them so the street vendors
until now still do their trade activity in the red zone area.
Based on the results of interviews with some of the street vendors, they said with their own
awareness they moved to a new location, but the location is not profitable for doing a trade activity so
they return again to the red zone area.
118
1.8. Attitude and Objectives
Attitudes and objectives of the street vendors will strengthen compliance of the street vendors
in the red zone. Street vendors are willing to change their patterns in trade which is street vendors
usually went to the location of customers.
1,94%
98,06%
Fig. 6 Attitude and objective dimension
The figure above describes about the attitude and objective of street vendors in the red zone. It
appeared that 1.94% street vendors answer that they willing to change the patterns of the trade. On the
other hand there are 98.06% street vendor‟s answer that they do not want to change the pattern of
trade because they are scared to lose their customers.
CONCLUSION
Based on the results of research and discussion about street vendor‟s compliance towards the
implementation of Bandung Regional Regulation No. 04/2011, it can be concluded that the level of
street vendors‟ compliance are low.
In terms of the incentives and sanctions dimensions, the level of street vendors compliance is
low because there is a tendency that the street vendors in the red zone is not sanctioned by the
municipal police. The municipal police are not enforce the sanctions such as sending warning letters
to street vendors who still trading in the red zone, revoke the street vendors ID cards and closing the
store.
From the monitoring dimension, the level of street vendors‟ compliance is also low because the
street vendors in the red zone area tend to feel that the municipal police rarely even never conduct
surveillance and the street vendors feel that the municipal police do not have enough discretion or
authority to determine sanctions against street vendors.
119
From the resources dimension, the level of street vendors‟ compliance is in the low category
because Bandung local Government did not provide new strategic location so that the street vendors
are still trading in the red zone area.
In terms of the dimensions of the information is also in the low category because a lot of street
vendors in the red zone area that has not received the dissemination of these regulations so that they
do not know that the location where they trade in the red zone area.
REFERENCES
[1]. Creswell, John. W. 2009. Research Design Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods
Approaches, Sage Publications Ltd. London, England
[2]. Dye, Thomas R. 1976. Understanding Public Policy, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA
[3].
Van Meter, D. and C van Horn. 1975. The Policy Implementation Process: A Conceptual
Framework. Administration and Society 6, 4
[4]. Ripley, B., Randall. 1985. Policy Analysis in Political Science. Nelson Hall Publisher, Chicago,
USA.
[5]. Weaver, R. Kent. 2009 Target Compliance: The Final Frontier of Policy Implementation. Issues
in
120
Government
Studies.
27,
9
POLICY FORMULATION AND EXPLOITATION OF COAL MINE
(DELIBERATIVE POLICY ANALYSIS OF COMMUNITY BASED
LOCAL DAYAK MERATUS IN BANJAR REGENCY OF SOUTH
KALIMANTAN) ISWIYATI RAHAYU
STIA Bina Banua Banjarmasin
Tel: +62-813-999-444
E-mail: [email protected]
Introduction
Social conflicts that took place in South Kalimantan has been reminiscent of the hypothesis
Homer-Dixon (1994; 27) on social fury (violent conflict) caused by population growth that the higher
the number the faster time. Meanwhile, a process of environmental scarcity due to the exploitation of
natural resources which are renewable (renewable resources) are limited while the exploitation of
non-renewable resources in excess is very real and greater frequency, resulting in a decrease in the
production capacity of renewable resources. Consequently, there are two social phenomena. First, the
migration and refugee population from areas that have suffered environmental damage to urban areas
or other areas that allow them to obtain new resources. Migration to cities will pose a serious problem
in urban areas: increasing population density, access to resources that are small, the spread of the
informal sector, the proliferation of slums and so on. While migration to the area that would allow the
utilization of new resources, such as the upland areas and forests, will cause environmental damage
and add in the new area. The second social phenomenon is a decline in economic productivity or
economic marginalization. This occurs because the resources that become the foundation of life of the
population has been damaged as a result of the activities of companies who exploit the resource in
excess.
The process of economic marginalization in turn can cause two problems: First, the declining
economic income that followed the weakening of the capacity of local social institutions in solving
socio-economic problems. Secondly, the occurrence of symptoms relative derivation potential in
generating social unrest (social riot).
According to Scott (1976, 104), the farming community or the local community in general can
perform resistance or reactive attitude and in certain cases be defensive against the entry of outside
capital strength. Behind policy set, there are important roles of policy makers who turned out to have
different interests. So that the naked eye can be seen that the potential alignments have no advocate in
the lower classes (struggle from below), because of measures taken turns loaded with political policies
121
for the benefit of policy makers (the ruling class). Dayak circumstances that are the focus of this
research study looks far from ideal conditions in the human rights legal instruments such. It means
that there is a gap between what is supposed to be (das sollen) idealized by the legal order with the
implementation of the Dayak community life Meratus (das sein).
Based on the background of the problem and the reasons given above it can be seen that the basic
research question is why the dominant interests in the formulation of mining policies have not
managed to touch the local community, especially the Dayak Meratus in marginal conditions?
Analysis of Results
A. Policy Formulation Coal Exploitation in Banjar
Policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar district is limited to the concept of exploitation,
as regulated in article 14 of Law No. 11 of 1967 on the provisions of the basic types of mining.
Results presentation of data regarding the formulation of coal policy in Banjar Regency shows
several things.
First, the natural wealth of Banjar Regency, mostly in the bowels of the earth mountains Meratus,
many incarnated in a very dominant public perception. Coal to be excellent that can suck the attention
of public officials or businessmen (bureaucrats) and employers because of the treasure, especially coal
which is considered able to contribute revenue is extraordinary for the region. However, if
exploitation is not controlled carefully and wisely, that wealth will be demolished before time. Under
these conditions the background necessary policy formulation exploitation of coal mines.
Secondly, Act No. 11 of 1967 on General Provisions of Mining, which until now is formally still
in force. The law contains six forms of mining business permits, namely: 1). Mining Authority ; 2).
People Mining Permit; 3). Mining Permit ; 4). Mining Work Contract; 5). Work Agreement for Coal
Mining ; and 6). Assignment of Mining.
Broadly speaking, policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar district is dominated by the
power of local governments and entrepreneurs, starting from the licensing and exploitation approval
decision process is done. In the system of Banjar Regency regional policy, in particular the approval
of the investment policy of local entrepreneurs and foreign businessmen, concerning the exploitation
of the property controlled by the Dayak community Meratus, for this is still determined by the
strength of the government and employers.
Political scientists have developed various approaches or models that can help us to understand the
political life government policy processes and so on. Dye has put forward several typology with a
wide variety of analysis models of public policy, and by Nicholas Henry (2002) are grouped into two
(2) major classifications, namely: (1) the public policy is analyzed from the point of the process, and
(2) public policy analyzed from the corner of the result and effect.
Model formulation of policy is a model system introduced by David Easton (Nugroho, 2009). This
model is based on the concepts of information theory (inputs, process, outputs and feedback) and
looked at public policy in response to a political system against the forces of the environment (social,
122
political, economic, cultural, geographical and so on) are in the vicinity. Thus, public policy is seen by
this model as a result (output) of the political system.
Policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar district is described using a model system, as in
the picture below
Pic. 1: The exploitation of the coal policy formulation perspective of the political system
Policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar Regency at the start by the demands and support
from the community and relevant government regulation where the natural resources of coal in the
mountains Meratus. Demands and support a regional input for the political system to respond and
processed. This is in line with the concept of input dikemukan Islamy (2002), that the input consists of
demands (demands) that arise when the individual or the group after receiving a response from the
events and circumstances that exist in the environment trying to influence the process of making
public policy. These demands can be derived from the political system itself (eg from members of the
bureaucracy or government officials) or come from outside the political system (eg, from members of
the public, interest groups and so on).
After the input is clear, the political system Banjar regency will process the inputs made by the
Parliament and the Government of Banjar District. This is in line with the concept of a political
system that will absorb a wide range of demands (both inside and outside), and it can happen that
among these demands are not relevant or contradict each other. In such cases, the necessary
arrangements for these demands and imposing setting it to the parties involved or concerned that their
demands can be converted (processed) in the political system so as to produce a decision or a policy.
However, in the process of working of the political system Banjar regency does not always run
smoothly. The system will get interference from various parties who want to influence the policymaking process so that their interests can be accommodated. This also happens in Banjar regency,
where the process of policy formulation intervened by force employers and coal mines as well as the
interests of the bureaucrats. The conditions that led to the formulation of policies sometimes give birth
to a product which is in stark contrast to the public interest or the 'waste'.
123
Definition of 'waste' is a public policy that is detrimental to life together. Forumulasi conditions
dominated policy influence business and government interests create marginalization Meratus Dayaks
because the patterns do not implement policies that State relations and citizens. Position is what
causes conflicts occur due to the interaction of cognitive and behavioral differences between the
policies implemented by local governments and employers will create marginalization of the Dayak
community Meratus.
Most of the indigenous people living in poverty are not just limited to the lack of capital, but also
in the choice of a strategy for resources needed to sustain their lives. As a result, most of the resources
needed to meet public needs are precisely controlled by a small number of wealthy businessmen who
have large capital, advanced technology, political power and a strong organization.
Waste' policy of exploitation of coal is also reflected in the phenomenon in the mining area located
in South Kalimantan, which has a general mining permit for 228.556.25 ha and reclamation /
improvement of new mining areas is done by 6239.57 ha, meaning land that is left after the
exploitation mining amounted to 222.316.68 ha (Source: Mining Province South Kalimantan, 2012).
This figure is a fantastic figure and illustrates how the lower class that Meratus Dayak people who are
in the area mining who become victims of the environmental damage caused by such exploitation.
Products political system in the form of a policy on the exploitation of natural resources, both in
line with the demands of the community and which are not in line ('waste'), will be returned to the
political system environment to get a response (feedback). This is in line with the concept of public
policy as a result (outputs) of political activity. It means that public policy is a form of government
and what it wants to do and does not want to do anything that would authoritative allocation to all
members of society. Because it is authoritative, the public policy that legally enforceable
implementation to all members of society.
The allocation of values that are distributed to the parties who are subject to the results of the
policy. He stressed the government's decisions to members of the public to be sure there are
consequences. The consequences can be positive and expected impact (intended) by policy makers,
where public policy is beneficial and carried out by members of the public. In addition there is also
the negative impact is not expected to arise (un-intended) but it appears on the surface either been
realized or not realized by policy makers. Results of the feedback can be either support or vice versa
is a demand back into input for the political system to be processed again and so on.
On the essence of policy formulation is the earliest step in the process of public policy as a whole.
Therefore, what happens in this phase will largely determine the success or failure of public policies
that made it in the future. Keep in mind also that the formulation of good public policy is the
formulation oriented Implementation and evaluation, since often the policy makers thought that the
formulation of good public policy is a conceptual laden with messages of ideal and normative, but not
grounded (Contc, 2001).
124
In policy formulation, the ability to recognize the difference between problematic situation, policy
issues and policy issues are very important to understand the various ways in everyday experience
translates into a disagreement about the direction of government action both actual and potential.
Formulation of the problem is influenced by assumptions on stakeholder parliamentarians,
administrators, businesses and consumer groups-as a tool in understanding the problematic situation.
Instead, each formulation (the problem) policies determine how it is defined policy issues (Dunn,
1999)
Based on the discussion with the perspective model of political system can put forward some
conclusions.
First, the exploitation of coal policy formulation is designed in a centralized rule setting the new
order era. History of political and administrative developments within the new order has been
developing the process of drafting or formulation of policy and government management is
centralized, elitist, authoritarian, and relatively closed. In such conditions, the democratic process and
accountability system became apparent, the system of checks and balances is not growing, corruption
is rampant, and monitoring and enforcement ineffective. President Suharto from 1966 to apply the
concept of community participation in development programs and in accordance with the paradigm of
the new order that is centralized, all development policies carried out in a "top-down". Initiative in
setting development policy comes from the top (the authorities) without involving the public.
Second, the process of policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar Regency in intervention
by the economic and political power, especially political officials are chasing rent seeking rents, so
never count the various social and economic implications for the local residents. This is an example of
public policy that does not count the cost of long-term social and political. At a policy should include
consideration of aspects of externalities and policy analysis must also consider the various costs and
benefits that are not direct (indirect costs and benefits) that may arise later and difficult to measure, in
addition to attention a very intensive on the costs and benefits of direct and policies it is easily seen
and measured. It is intended that can be calculated with the conscious implication to be achieved or
would like to avoid. Generally a policy has always aimed to achieve goodness more and better or
prevent evils or losses as much as possible.
Third, policy formulation in the interferer by interests that are not aligned with the interests of the
Dayak community in Meratus to produce 'waste' policy, namely the marginalization of the Dayak
people Meratus of utilization of coal mines. This phenomenon reflects the formulation of policies that
ignore the plurality of elements, interdependencies and dynamics as well as the satisfaction of the
interests of stakeholders. Things to raised was the importance of agreement on what should be done,
who did it, and when it should be done, although it is not easy and can be quickly accomplished
because of many factors that influence in it.
Fourth, policy formulation exploitation of coal in the mountains Meratus also not accommodate
Meratus Dayak people to be involved in policy formulation, so that it becomes natural the final
125
product does not represent the interests of local residents. This phenomenon has become incompatible
with the essence of a democratic state. In a country with a democratic political system, governance is
always done through public policy. The policy process public in a democratic state constitutional
marked involvement of government, business and society at large, which is based on and inspired
value humanity and civilization are sublime, and organized with regard to the values and principles of
good governance (good governance) , In the system of public policy formulation democratic,
decentralized, open and participatory, where the role of the various stakeholders with diverse
backgrounds and different behavior, to consider each political stance and its influence on the choice
of a number of possible alternatives or policy options.
The fourth conclusion in the end increasingly emphasized the failure of the state to carry out its
obligations to fulfill and protect the rights of the Dayak Meratus and also encourage the possibility of
the loss of a generation (lost generation) as a result they are not able to sustain existence. Their
existence is threatened by rising diseases that result in powerlessness in accessing food, so that their
children are suffering from severe malnutrition has reached 2.3 million. Conditions such as these are
the principles of human rights violations caused by the formulation of public policy does not absorb
their aspirations. Then, the phenomenon of the exploitation of the coal policy is not in line with the
essence of a public policy. Public policy nature of the exploitation of natural resources, such as coal,
is one of the government's efforts to seek sustainability (sustainability) the lives of its citizens. For the
sustainability of this life, the policy of exploitation of natural resources has several prerequisites. First,
to reach a long-term perspective beyond one or two generations so that development activities need to
consider the long-term impact. Second, realize the enactment of the corresponding relationships
(interdependency) between the actors of the natural, social and man-made. Natural perpetrators
contained in the ecosystem, social actors present in the social system, and man-made actors in the
economic system.
Third, to meet the needs of man and society today without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their needs. Not vice versa, policies that threaten the future of the citizens, as well
as the condition of the Dayak people Meratus which threatened the continuity of his generation as a
result of the exploitation of coal policy.
Fourth, the policy implemented by using natural resources as efficient as possible, the wastepollution as low as possible, space-space as narrow as possible, energy updated as much as possible,
the energy not-updated as clean as possible, and with the benefit of environmental, social, cultural,
political and economic optimum,
Fifth, the development aimed at poverty eradication, equitable balance between social equity and
quality of life of social, environmental, and economic high. (Salim, 2003).
B. Community Access Dayak Meratus in Policy Formulation Coal Exploitation in Banjar
Meratus Dayak people were unable to access the ownership (property) that should be their right
and marginalized in the formulation of public policy that should be able to provide advocacy to the
126
Dayak people Meratus. This phenomenon has become a contradiction with the essence of the change
of government system in Indonesia from centralization to decentralization. The reason that drives
these changes are the problems of poverty and underdevelopment as well as the importance of
encouraging participation by local communities in the development process in the region.
The phenomenon of marginalization of the Dayak people access Meratus in policy formulation
exploitation of coal in the mountains Meratus is a phenomenon of public participation in the public
policy process. This phenomenon becomes interesting when discussed the theoretical perspective of
good governance. According to the theory of good governance, public policy process, including the
formulation of public policy, conceived as "the negotiation by all the stakeholders in an issue (or area)
of improved public policy outcomes and agreed governance principles, the which are both
implemented a and regularly evaluated by all stakeholders ". Referring to the concept, there are two
basic areas which can be used to measure. (Source: Governance International, 2003).
1. Repairs to the outcome of public policy (improvements in public policy outcomes); and
2. The principle of multi-stakeholder involvement in the process of public policy to the level of
practical implementation. (implementation by all stakeholders of a set of principles and processes
by means of the which Appropriate public policies will be designed and put into practice)
According to the theory of good governance, the phenomenon of restriction and neglect Meratus
access Dayak people in policy formulation coal exploitation is a form of conservative paradigm of
public policy makers. Policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar district showed that as if only
the politicians and the government who set up, do something, provide services, while citizens are
passive receivers. Governance merge the difference between "government" and the "ruled" because of
all the components of society is part of the process of governance. The characteristics of good
governance is a government that includes incorporating elements of civil society participation is very
broad. If the phenomenon of exploitation of coal policy formulation in Banjar Regency discussed the
theory of good governance, it will look like the image below.
Pic. 2: The ideal balance governence actors in policy formulation coal exploitation in Banjar
The substance of policy formulation exploitation of coal in the mountains Meratus-based
governance is defined as the mechanisms, practices, and procedures of the government and the
127
citizens organize resources and solve public problems. In the concept of governance, Banjar District
Government only be one of several factors and not always be the most decisive factor.
The implication, the role of Banjar District Government as a regulator to be an actor driving the
creation of public policy formulation to facilitate the other party, namely the Dayak community
Meratus and sector employers to become active in the formulation of policies that represent the
interests of all parties. The formulation of public policy-based governance demands a redefinition of
the role of local governments, and also the redefinition of the role of citizens. There are greater
demands on citizens, among others, to monitor the accountability of the government itself.
However, during the process of policy formulation exploitation of coal in the mountains Meratus
not in line with the substance of governance based public policy formulation. During the process of
policy formulation coal exploitation only dominated by two sectors, namely Banjar District
Government and PT. Adaro and PD. Baramarta. Broadly speaking, the process of policy formulation
coal
exploitation
can be seen in the image below
Pic 3: domination by government actors and entrepreneurs in the policy of exploitation of coal in Banjar
The picture above shows the participation and access of the Dayak Meratus to be involved in the
formulation of public policy relating to the exploitation of coal. Whereas in the context of governance,
ideally, a third actor governance, namely local governments, private sector and citizens Meratus
Dayak, is in a position parallel to and try to do agreements to achieve the best conditions in the
community. But, in reality often occurs between countries, especially local government, and the
market as represented by politicians and businessmen colluded in determining policies that tend to
side with the political elite and the capitalist, ignoring the interests of the people.
Access Meratus Dayak community in policy formulation coal exploitation in the Banjar district is
the essence and part of the concept of participation. It is described by Sutoro Eko (2003) that the
substantive participation includes three things. First, the sound (voice), where every citizen has the
right and the space to have a voice in the governance process.
The Government, on the contrary, to accommodate any sound that developed in the community
which is then used as a basis for decision making. Secondly, access, ie, every citizen has the
opportunity to access or influence policy making. Third, control, every citizen or elements of society
have the opportunity and the right to conduct supervision (control) to the running of the government
as well as financial management and government policies
128
Participation and access Meratus Dayak people in the formulation of public policy can be seen in
the formulation of public policy deliberative model developed by Hajer and Wagenaar (2003) below
(Nugroho, 2009)
Pic. 4: position Meratus Dayak people in every stage of policy formulation exploitation of coal mines in Banjar
The picture above shows how the position Meratus Dayak people who did not have access
Meanwhile, the essence of the access of citizens in the context of participation is necessary to ensure
that policies made by the government as legitimate. Community participation for any public policy is
the process of expressing the idea of simultaneously channeling complaints to the government
services that are considered less than satisfactory. Means of participation meant that society: to be
heard (to be heard), can be understood (to be understood), can be honored (to be respected), can get an
explanation (an explanation), can listen to the apology (an apology) of the government and could get
information about fixes (remedial actions) for the mistakes that have been made by the government.
(Pramusinto, 2006)
Access Meratus Dayak people in policy formulation exploitation, there are some important things
done according Kartasasmita (1996).
First, create an atmosphere or climate that allows the potential of developing societies (enabling).
Second, strengthen the potential or power possessed by the people (empowering).
Third,
empower
contains
also
the
sense
to
protect.
The concept of political empowerment of Sutoro Eko (2002)
First, empowerment is interpreted in the context of putting public standing position. The position
of the community is not the object of the beneficiary (beneficiaries) are dependent on the provision of
external parties such as the government, but rather in the position of the subject (agent or participant
who acts) that act independently. Act independently does not mean escape from the responsibility of
the state.
Secondly, empowerment principally dealing with an effort to meet the needs (needs) of society
Third, empowerment extends from the process until the ideal vision
Fourth, empowerment extends from the psychological level-personal (community members) to the
structural level of society collectively.
129
Then more operational, Eko Sutoro forward four political empowerment agenda that needs to be
transformed to a local resident communities, namely: First, the development agenda of good
governance in our communities and local residents, with an emphasis on transparency and
accountability in governance. Second, the development of democratic practices, both in terms of
formal institutions as well as the expansion of public space in our communities and local residents.
Third, the activation of the role and participation of citizens in public affairs concerning their own
lives. Fourth, intensified informal village institutions (including inter-agency network) as the basis of
participation, container social learning and social capital of citizens to improve civic engagement.
Fifth, the transformation of the democratic culture that emphasizes tolerance, solidarity, mutual trust,
partnership, competence, unity, and others. Finally, local residents can learn democracy by doing
trough Reviews their own way
Formulation of policies and the concept of empowerment of citizens in the political process, we
can conclude two things. First, the marginalization of the Dayak people access Meratus in policy
formulation exploitation of coal caused by the dominance of governmental actors and businessmen in
the
process.
Second, political democratization local level through decentralization has not been realized in
practice, so that the implications for the policy-making process which does not represent the interests
of
citizens.
Third, institutional and capacity of citizens politically weak, so incapable of participation in the
formulation of public policy.
C. Conflicts of interest between the Dayak Meratus, Government and Employers on
Policy Formulation Coal Exploitation in Banjar
Conflicts of interest between the Dayak people Meratus with the government and employers in the
context of policy formulation exploitation of coal mines in Banjar regency. As an illustration of the
concept of conflict of interest, can be observed opinion of Steven (2008). According to Steven, the
dispute caused by an internal feud conflict can be defined as an individual with individual, group of
individuals or even could happen between groups with the group. Form of conflict can be seen of its
kind that is: be based on the interests, legal, social, economic, political and defense. Each basic
conflict could have implications for the interests of individual and group interests, but their impact
can
be
spread
or
transmitted
to
other
interests.
Relating to conflicts of interest, Stevan explained that the conflict of interest arises when a desire
which is expected to materialize and generate profits was not accommodated, and not materialized.
Mapping Meratus Dayak interests of citizens, the interests of local governments, and employers'
interests in the context of policy formulation exploitation of coal mines in Banjar Regency refers to
the results of previous data presentation
130
Pic. 5: Mapping the interests of actors in the policy of exploitation of coal in Banjar
Based on the above mapping, can be identified more specifically the substance of the interests of
each actor in policy formulation exploitation of coal resources in the Banjar district. First, the interest
of the Dayak people Meratus consisting of: Guarantee the housing needs, job security and access to
natural resources property, the income for survival, preservation of the environment in which they
live, and respect for customary law and natural resource properties. showing condition that Meratus
Dayak people have lived and live in the region and manage hereditary D. Local Community Role
Models
in Public Policy Formulation Discussion of the results of this study led to the conclusion outline as
follows:
1. The local residents, such as the Dayak Meratus, are often not involved in the process of policy
formulation and interests are accommodated, so the walk was not democratic policy formulation
and involve actors equal relationship.
2. the political capacity of local residents who are weak, so it is not able to participate in the
formulation of public policy, and strengthened by political processes that marginalize local
residents access in the formulation of public policy, so the implications for the formulation of
policy dominated by the power of the government and business circles.
3. The creation of local residents faced a conflict of interest with the interests of governments and
employers as a result of not greater accommodation of the interests of local citizens in the political
process of public policy formulation and prefer the interests of the government and private parties
in the political process.
4. The public policies are structured to intervene in the natural resources to legalize capitalization and
exploitation of local resources, where the process is dominated by the central and local political
elite and without involving local communities, so create marginalization of local communities of
life
131
Pic 6. shows that in reality prevailing in Banjar Regency turns Meratus Dayak community
participation as the local community is very small. It can be seen from the direction of government
policy when conflicts.
Results of this study prove that the domination of employers in local government is very high,
because the government would be given to advocacy entrepreneurs (PT Adaro and PT Baramarta).
While communities are marginalized position that is a fugitive on the land they own public policy
formulation other models, such as the model of democracy and deliberative models
The picture above shows there are two models that can be used to construct a policy formulation
based on the interests of local residents.
First, make the formulation of public policies based on the interests of local residents by making
policy actors who come from the civil society and the government as a representation of local
residents to perform the function of an articulator, advocacy, and monitoring at every stage of policy
formulation. The first model was built because of the condition of the local residents who have a
weakness in his political capacity, so it has not been able to independently and directly perform the
function articulator, advocacy,
and
monitoring at
every stage
of policy
formulation.
Since the early stages of policy formulation, namely the creation or policy issues, various stakeholders
such as NGOs, Parliament, local government, DPD, the House of Representatives, and others, to
articulate the interests of local residents, such as the Dayak community Meratus. Not only limited to
articulate, stakeholders should be guarding, fighting, and keep the interests of local residents remains
a major issue that needs a serious response on the stage of public dialogue, so that the interests of
local residents can be transferred to the next stage of policy formulation. The next stage should be
guided by the stakeholders to ensure that the interests of local residents to stay awake is the discussion
of public policy until ratification of public policy in the official forum prevailing political system
132
Second, make the formulation of public policies based on the interests of local residents with the
direct involvement of local people in all stages of policy formulation. This model requires that the
political capacity of local residents is strong enough to perform the function of articulation, advocacy,
and monitoring independently at each stage of the formulation of public policy. However, the general
condition of the local residents weak political and economic capacity make this model encourages
political and economic capacity strengthened and empowered citizens in advance by the forces of
civil society, such as NGOs, or by government itself. When citizens have a strong political capacity
and the carrying capacity of the economy is relatively stable, then they are able to perform the
function of articulation, advocacy, and monitoring starting from the initial stage to the final stage of
formulation
of
public
policy.
Functionally, strengthen the capacity of politics and economy of local communities in the
formulation of public policy is also intended as an attempt to legitimize and strengthen all forms of
movement of local communities, ranging from the movement of political independence and political
independence of local communities to spearhead NGOs, continues to protest movements of local
communities against domination and intervention of the state bureaucracy, arbitrariness world of
business, and as well as the invasion of global capitalism will exploit the local resources
The experiences show that the political and economic strengthening of the capacity of local
citizens can only be utilized if it is integrated with the so-called "Self Organization" and "Self
Management" of the local communities concerned. The meaning of these two concepts is the potential
development of confidence and the ability of people to organize themselves and build according to
their desired destination. Efforts to strengthen the political and economic capacity should be based on
the development of self-management capabilities and the group, known as the Community Base
Management.
Political and economic strengthening of the capacity of this means that the reinforcement is done
from inside (development from within) as a process that aims to improve the ability of community
and master the social environment which is accompanied by increasing their standard of living as a
result of such mastery. The emphasis in the political and economic strengthening the capacity of local
communities include several things, first, the overall ability of the public to influence their
environment, and this can be achieved if the process of political and economic strengthening of the
capacity of the community is the process of developing their independence. Secondly, the increase in
revenue as a result of increased ability to master the environment is not limited to a certain group of
people or groups of people strong, but must be evenly distributed in each population.
Both of these factors lead to efforts to prevent local residents from outside the constraints that
reduce their potential as well as limiting community participation in local decision-making process.
Efforts to strengthen political and economic capacity is expected to improve the quality of life of
individuals and families. In this framework, the most effective approach through a group, not
133
individually. This is to prevent an individual who has great potential for growth going forward and
leave the other community members.
Strengthening the capacity of the political and economic society therefore closely linked to the
three main points, namely local wisdom (local wisdom), institutions and individuals. These three
components must be mutually supportive and complementary. If one of the three lame, the political
and economic strengthening of the capacity of hard luck. The goal of strengthening the political and
economic capacity of building an independent individual and a solid group, in harmony with the
approach and the strengthening of the group, and can not be separated from the social setting of
people who will be empowered. For this reason local values serve as guidelines in developing the
capability and maximizing the potential of the community. Strengthening the capacity of the political
and economic society is also associated with the state as a broader system that serves to guarantee the
welfare of its people. In addition, the structure of the paternalistic Indonesian society puts community
leaders in an important position. To that end, the involvement of public figures become a significant
contributing factor in the process of strengthening political and economic capacity
I.
conclusion
Based on the formulation of research problems, research objectives, and the results of the
discussion, it can be concluded:
a. The political process of policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar regency has been done
through a process that is elitist and centralized, the parties involved are dominated by the
government sector and entrepreneurs, promotes the interests of the government and the business
community than the local residents, and give less political space open to the involvement of local
residents. Conclusions are finally getting confirms the failure of the state to carry out its
obligations to fulfill and protect the rights of the Dayak Meratus and also encourage the possibility
of the loss of a generation (lost generation) as a result they are not able to maintain the existence of
b. After discussing the phenomenon of marginalization of the Dayak people access Meratus in policy
formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar Regency, we can conclude two things. First, the
marginalization of the Dayak people access Meratus in policy formulation exploitation of coal
caused by the dominance of governmental actors and businessmen in the process. Second, political
democratization local level through decentralization has not been realized in practice, so that the
implications for the policy-making process which does not represent the interests of citizens.
Third, institutional and capacity of citizens politically weak, so incapable of participation in the
formulation of public policy. This condition has implications for the weak bargaining position
(bargaining power) Dayaks Meratus with policy makers who then received support (political will)
from the government. Consequently very difficult for people to realize the expectations for
managing resource weak
c. 3. After discussing the conflict of interest between the Dayak people Meratus with the government
and employers in policy formulation exploitation of coal in Banjar Regency, it can conclude
134
several things: first, the appearance of a conflict of interest between the Dayak people Meratus
with the government and employers in the formulation of policies due to coal exploitation by no
accommodation of the interests of the Dayak people Meratus in exploitation of coal policy.
Secondly, the position of the Dayak people Meratus very weak when dealing with the government
and employers to articulate and advocate its interests in the political process of public policy
making.
d. After discussing the phenomenon of marginalization of the Dayak Meratus, it can be argued that
public policies are structured to intervene in the natural resources to legalize capitalization and
exploitation of local resources, where the process is dominated by the central and local political
elite and without involving the local community, has created marginalization of local communities
of life. There are some indications of the marginalization of the Dayak Meratus, ie the exploitation
of natural resources but impair social functioning traditional institutions, destruction of the natural
environment, reduced economic productivity Dayak people, threatened the rights of the Dayak
Meratus and the possibility of missing one generation (lost generation), and the accused as
perpetrators of illegal maining (Illegal Miners) whose existence is considered disturbing, sought in
the wanted list (DPO) and imprisoned.
REFERENCE
Andrews, G. 1999. Mistrust, the hidden obstacle to empowerment,Journal HR Magazine 39 (2): 6670.
Amartya, Sen, 2007, Identity and Violence, The Illusion of Destiny, WW, Norton and Company, Inc,
New York.
Arrellano, M, o.Bower, 1995 ”Another look at the instrumen variabel estimation error-componen
models, Journal of economic, 68: 29-51
Barber, Bernard; 1983, “The logic and Limits of Trust”, New York, NY, Rutgers University Press.
Bandura, A. 1989. Human agency in social cognitive theory, Journal American Psychological
Review, 84 (1): 1175-1184.
Bass, B.M. 1985. Leadership and Performance Beyond Expectations, New York: Free Press.
Baier, A; 1994, “Moral Prejudies”, Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.
Barbalet, Jack M; 1996, “Social emotions: confidence, trust and loyalty”, International Journal of
Sociology and Social Policy, Vol 16, No. 9-10, pp. 75-96;
Balfour, D. L. & Wechsler, B; 1996, “Organizational commitment: Antecedents and outcomes in
public organizations”, Public Productivity and Management Review, Vol 19, No. 3, 256-277;
Behn, Robert.,. D; 1998, “The new public management paradigm and the search for democratic
Accountability”, International Public Management Journal, Vol 1, pp. 131-164;
Berman, E, M; 1997, ”Dealing with Cynical Citizens”, Public Administrative Review, Vol
57
Number 2, 105–112;
135
Benn, Stanley I & Peters, R, S; 1977, “Social Principles and the Democratic State”, London, Allen &
Unwin;
Bianco, William T.; 1994, “Trust: Representatives and Constituents”, Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press;
Bowen, D., dan Lawler, E. 1992. The empowerment of service workers: what, why, how and when?
Sloan Management Review, 33: 31-39.
Bouckaert, Geert & Van de Walle, Steven; 2003, “Comparing Measures of Citizen Trust and User
Satisfaction as Indicators of “good governance: Difficulties in Linking Trust and Satisfaction
Indicators”, Journal of International Review of Administrative Sciences Vol 69 No. 3, pp. 329343;
Brehm, J. and Rahn, W; 1997, “Individual level Evidence for the Causes and Consequences of Social
Capital”, American Journal of Political Science Vol 4, No. 3, pp. 999–1023;
Brewer, G.A. and Seldon, S.C; 1998, “The Promise of Active Citizenship: Does Participation
Increase Trust in Government?”, paper presented at the annual meeting of the American
Political Science Association, Boston;
Bok, Sissela; 1989, “Lying” New York Vintage;
Bowen, D., dan Lawler, E. 1992. The empowerment of service workers: what, why, how and when?
Sloan Management Review, 33: 31-39.
Brehm, J. and Rahn, W; 1997, “Individual level Evidence for the Causes and Consequences of Social
Capital”, American Journal of Political Science Vol 4, No. 3, pp. 999–1023;
Bryant, Coralie dan White, Louise G, 1987. Manajemen Pembangunan untuk Negara Berkembang,
Jakarta: LP3ES
Butler, J. K. Jr; 1999, “Trust Expectation, Information Sharing, Climate of Trust and Negotiation
Effectiveness and Efficiency
Creswell, J. W; 1998, “Qualitative inquiry and Research Design: Choosing Among Five Traditions”,
Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage;
Dahl, Robert, A; 1956, “A Preface to Democratic Theory”, University of Chicago Press, Chicago
---------------------------- 1971, “Polyarchy”, New Heaven: Yale University Press, pp. 150-153;
De Soto, Hernando, 2000, The Mystery of Capital, a Member of The Perseus Books Group.
Denhardt, Robert B. & Denhardt, Janet V.; 2003, “The New Public Service: Serving not Steering”,
M.E. Sharpe inc;
Denzin, N.K. & Lincoln, Y.S. eds: 1994, “The handbook of qualitative Research”, Thousand Oaks,
CA, Sage Publications;
Dey, I; 1993, “Qualit Fukuyama, Francis; 1995, “Trust: The Social Virtues and the Creation of
Prosperity”, Free Press, New York;
136
Dunn, W.N. ,1999, Analisa Kebijaksanaan Publik (diterjemahkan oleh Muhajir Darwin) Yogyakarta:
Hanindita Graha Widya
Frey, R. 1993. Empowerment or else. Harvard Business Review, Se Denhardt, Robert; 1993,
“Theories of Public Organizations”, (2nd ed), Belmont, CA Wadworth;
Gabarro, J. J; 1978, “The development of trust, influence, and expectations”, In A. G. Athos & J. J.
Gabarro (Eds.), Interpersonal behavior: Coininunication and understcrnding in relatiorzslzips”,
pp. 290-303. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall;
Gamson, W; 1968, “Power and Discontent”, Homewood, IL, Dorsey;
Giddens, A; 1990, “The consequences of modernity”, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press;
Giddens, A; 1991, “Modernity and Self-Identity”, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press;
Giddens, Anthony; 2000, “Runaway World”, London: Routledge;
Glaser, B. G; 1978, “Theoretical sensitivity: Advances in methodology of grounded theory”, Mill
Valley, CA: Sociological Press.
Glaser, B & A. Strauss; 1967, “The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies For Qualitative
Research”, New York: Aldine;
Goodsell, C. T; 1994, “The case for bureaucracy: A public administration polemic”, 3rd ed Chatham,
NJ: Chatham House;
Green, P. C; 1999, “Building Robust Competencies”, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass;
Habermas, Jurgern, 1979, Communication And The Evolution of Society, London, Helnemann.
, 1987, The Theory of Communication Action, Boston, Beacon Press
, 2001, Between Fact and Norm, Contribution Discourse Theory of Law and
Democracy, Canbrigde, Mass, MIT Press
Hajer, Maarten and Hendrik Wagenaars (ed), 2003, Deliberative Policy Analysis, Understanding
Governance in The Network Society, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Hosmer, L.T. 1995. Trust the connecting link between organizational theory and philosophical ethics,
Academy of Management Review, 20 (1): 379-403.
Hardin, Russel; 2001, “Conceptions and Explanations of Trust”, Pp. 3–39 in “Trust in Society”, Vol.
2: The Russell Sage Foundation Series on Trust, 1st (ed) edited by Karen S. Cook. New York:
Russell Sage Foundation;
Huntington, Samuel P; 1991, “The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century”,
Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press;
Hopkins Press, dalam Denhardt, Robert R., 1991, Public Administration : An Action Orientation,
California, Books / Cole Publishing Company
Hosio, 2006, Kebijakan Publik, Desentralisasi, esai-esai dari Sorong, Laksbabg Yogyakarta
Iglitzin, Lynne B.; 1972, “Violent Conflict in American Society”, san Fransisco: Chandler Publishing
Company; 79. The Social Psychology of Organizing, New York: Random House.
Islamy, M. Irfan, 2002, Prinsip-Prinsip Perumusan Kebijaksanaan Negara, Jakarta: Bumi Aksara
137
Keller, T., dan Dansereau, F. 1995. Leadership and empowerment: A social exchange perspective,
Human Relations, 48 (2): 127-145.
Khan, S. 1997. The key to being a leader company: empowerment, Journal Personality and
Participation, Jan/Peb. p. 44-50.
Kemmis, D; 1990, “Community and the politics of place”, Norman: University of Oklahoma Press;
King C.S. & Stivers, C (eds); 1998, “Government is Us: Public Administration in an Anti
Government Era”, Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage;
Kirk, J & Miller, M, L; 1986, “Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research”, Thousand Oaks,
CA: sage;
Korten, David C, 1984. Pembangunan yang Memihak Rakyat : Kupasan tentang Teori dan Metode
Pembangunan, Lembaga Srudi Pembangunan, Jakarta:yayasan obor
Kvale, S; 1996, “Interviews: An Introduction to Qualitative Research Interviewing”, Thousand Oaks,
CA, Sage;
McNabb, David E; 2002, “Research Methods in Public Administration & Nonprofit Management:
Quantitative & Qualitative Approaches”, M.E. Sharpe;
Mill, John Stuart; 1862, “Considerations on Representative Government”, New York: Harper, II, 2;
Misztal, Barbara; 1996, “Trust in Modern Societies”, Blackwell, Oxford;
Mishra, A. K; 1996, “Organizational responses to crisis: The centrality of trust”, In R. Kramer & T.
Tyler (Eds.), “Trust in organizatioris”, (pp. 261-287). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage;
Mishra, J., dan Morrisey, M.A. 1990. Trust in employee/ employer relationships: a survey of West
Michigan managers, Public Personnel Management 19: Patton, M. Q; 2002, “Qualitative
research and evaluation methods”, (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage;
Mubyarto, 1994. Keswadayaan Masyarakat Desa Tertinggal, Yogyakarta: Aditya Media
Ndraha, Taliziduhu, 1987, Pembangunan Masyarakat Mempersiapkan Masyarakat Tinggal Landas, ,
Jakarta: Rineka Cipta.
Putra, Fadillah, 2002, Paradigma Kritis Dalam Studi Kebijakan Publik, Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Pelajar
Parson, Wayne, 2005, Public PolicyAn Introduction to The Theoy and Practice of Policy Analysis,
Erward Elgar Publishing, Cambridge: Great Britain University Press London
Petras, James, Henry Veltmeyer, 2002, Globalizaton Unmasked, Imperialisme in The 21* Century, 7
Synhia Street, London
Putnam, Robert D; 1993, Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy”, Princeton
University Press, Princeton;
Pramusinto, Agus, 2006, Inovasi-inonasi Pelayanan Publik Untuk Pengembangan Ekonomi Lokal :
Pengalaman Beberapa Daerah Program Justice for the Poor-Bank Dunia, ADKASI dan
Yayasan Inovasi Pemerintahan Daerah (YIPD)
138
----------------------------, 2000, “Bowling alone. The collapse and revival of American Community”,
New York: Simon & Schuster.
Popkin, Samuel, L, 1979, The Rational Peasant, The Political Economy of Rural Society in Vietnam,
University of California Press, London.
Rachman, M.Fadjroel, 2007, Demokrasi tanpa Kaum Demokrat, tentang Kebebasan, Demokrasi, dan
Negara Kesejahteraan, Kokoesan, Universitas Indonesia, Depok,
Rainey, Hal, G; 2003, “Understanding & managing public organizations”, (3rd ed.) San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass;
Rutgers University Press; Baier, A; 1994, “Moral Prejudies”, Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University
Press;
Rhodes, R; 1997, “Understanding governance. Policy networks, governance, reflexivity, and
accountability”, Buckingham, UK: Open University Press, p.
Rist, Ray C. , 1994, Influencing The Policy Process With Qualitative Research, New Delhi: SAGE
Publications
Sadikin, Sofwan Samandawai, 2007, Konflik Kesehaian di Pedesaan Jawa, Yayasan Akatiga,
Bandung.
Sarman, Mukhtar, 2008, Sang Wakil Rakyat, Wajah Elite di Cermin Retak, Pusat Kajian Kebijakan
dan Pembangunan Daerah, Universitas Lambung Mangkurat, Banjarmasin.
Shaw, R. B; 1997, “Trust in the balance: Building successful organizations on results, integrity, and
concern”, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass;
Sen, Amartya, 2006, Identity and Violence: The Ilusion of Destiny, Norton and Company, Inc. New
York
Seidman, I; 1998, “Interviewing as Qualitative Research”, New York, Theacher College Press;
Simmel, Georg; 1950, “The Sociology of Georg Simmel”, edited by Kurt H. Wolff, Glencoe, IL, The
Free Press, p. 379;
Smith, Brian C; 1985, “Decentralization, The Territorial Dimension of State”, George Allen &
Unwin, London;
Supriatna, Tjahya, 2000, Strategi Pembangunan dan Kemiskinan, , Jakarta: Penerbit Rineka Cipta
Woods, Alan, Ted Grant, 2006, Reason in Revolt, Revolusi Berpikir Dalam Ilmu Pengetahuan
Modern, IRE, Yogyakarta.
Winarno, Budi, 2007, Kebijakan Publik, Teori dan Proses, Media Pressindo, Yogyakarta
Yates, D; 1982, “Bureaucratic democracy: The search for democracy and efficiency in American
government”, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press;
Zauhar, Susilo, 2007, Administrasi Publik Dalam Masyarakat Nekrofilia, (Pidato Pengukuhan Guru
Besar dalam Ilmu Administrasi Publik) Universitas Brawijaya, Malang
139
THE POLICY OF ECOTOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN MEMPURA
Khuriyatul Husna, Hernimawati, Prihati
Faculty of Administration
University of Lancang Kuning, Indonesia
Tel: +62-812-7595-347
E-mail : [email protected]
Abstract: The development of an ecotourism region must be supported by public policies to be
successful. The Policies are created as local government willingness to support and develop the
region. Mempura as an area that has a wide range of tourism potential has been proclaimed as
ecotourism area. Therefore it is necessary to study any policy made by the local government in
supporting mempura as ecotourism. The method used in the writing of this paper is by looking at
various studies regarding mempura. Based on the research it is known that the declaration of
Mempura as ecotourism is not clearly supported by the local government although special task
force has been formed. The team assigned to perform a feasibility study of Mempura as ecotourism
region. However when the documents accomplished, the result show different point. Instead of
having Mempura as ecotourism district, they put Mempura as Agro Region.
Category : Public policy
Keywords: Policy, Local Government, Ecotourism
INTRODUCTION
The demand on alternative tourism movement has been developed recently. It is as a
response on the mass tourism effort which creates negative effects instead of positive ones. Some
problems relate to economy, social, cultural development and environment. Regarding to this, the
issue of sustainable tourism development cannot be avoided since tourism industry plays important
role in the development in Riau Province. Tourism sector contributes to PAD and provides job
vacancies for people in order to improve their living. Because of that reason, government creates a
public policy framework relating to sustainability of tourism development. This policy is regarded
as Strategic Plan for Sustainable Tourism and Green Jobs for Indonesia.
According to UNWTO, sustainable tourism is "tourism that takes into account the full
impact of the economic, social and environmental in present and future, and the same time it is the
answer of the needs of visitors, industry (tourism), environment and host communities”. One form
of tourism that can balance environmental elements, economic and social culture is ecotourism.
Nurdiansyah1 defines ecotourism as a tourist who rely on nature (flora and fauna) as well as the
140
local culture as a tourist attraction that brings many advantages in the economic sector. By
elaborating this potential aspects, the benefit of ecotourism can be maximum.
One of the area in Riau Province that has potential for becoming ecotourism area is
Mempura. Siak district government are very concerned about the tourism sector in this area since it
creates opportunity for its people to development. This are has tourism potentials such history,
nature and agriculture. Based on this condition, Mempura is divided into several zones:
1.
Historic Tourism Zone: most central area of the village and the river Mempura.
2.
Nature zone: some villages near riverside of Mempura.
3.
Agriculture Zone: Zone rejo and Kampong Agam pond.
Obviously with the distribution potential of the area Mempura, it needs to be supported by
the various policies, so that the tourism potential in the area of Mempura optimally can be utilized
in achieving sustainable tourism. However, the results indicated a change of policy by the local
governments in developing Mempura as ecotourism area. It is as an effect that the implementation
of a development plan ecotourism area in the development phase which has been running for two
years ie in 2009 -2011 and in 2012 was not resumed. The local governments issued Regulation No.
12 of 2012 which put Mempura as Agro region instead of Ecotourism. As the result, the target of
being ecotourism cannot be achieved as planned.
By identifying the phenomena, it is necessary to review any policy that has been made by
the government and local government in realizing Mempura as the region Ecotourism, and related
policy changing Mempura status becomes Agro nature zone which refers to the area of Mempura
riverside.
THEORY AND METHOD
2.1 Concept of public policy
According to Thomas R. Dye (1995) public policy is "what is chosen by the government to
do or not do".2 While Carl Friedrich in Leo (2012, p 7) mentions public policy is "a series of actions
proposed by a person, group, or government within a given environment where there are obstacles
and possibilities or opportunities which the policy was proposed to be useful to overcome to achieve
their intended objectives. "
Furthermore Leo (2012: 8) concludes there are five main characteristics of the definition of
public policy, namely:
1.
Attention is generally aimed at the public policy actions that have the purpose or specific
purpose rather than behavior change / random.
2.
Public policy essentially containing part or pattern of activities carried out by government
officials of the decision separately.
3.
Public policy is what is actually done by the government in regulating trade, controlling
inflation, or offering public housing, not what the intent is done / to be done.
4.
Public policy may take the form of positive and negative.
141
5.
The public policy is based on Governing law for review . 3
To get better understanding of the public policy process, some experts divide it into several
stages including: the formulation, implementation and evaluation. These stages take place
continuously and uninterrupted. They are also integrated with each other so that the stages that up a
system.
According Mustopadidjaja AR (BintoroTjokroamidjqjodanMustopadidjaja AR, 1988),
system of public policy is the overall pattern of institutional public policy making involving
relations between the 4 elements (elements), which is a policy issue, public policy, public policy
and its impact on the target group (target groups ). Dye in Dunn (2000) mentions no policy elements
that make up the system policy. There are 3 (three) important elements influence it, namely, Actors
policies, policy and environmental policy. The following figure will give the description:
Figure 1 : Policy Syistem4
The picture above shows that public policy is seen as a process activity or as an integrated system that
moves from one part to another on an ongoing basis and form a pattern . The pattern also show a
public policy process. There is a certain strategy to understand this process. We can use a certain
approach or model. Models of the most classic policy process is developed by David Easton (1984 ) .
Easton illustrates the policy is the result or output of the system (politics ) .
142
Figure 2 : Easton Policy Process Model5
From the picture it is understood that the public policy process exist in the political system by
relying on the inputs (input) which consists of two things, namely demands and support.
2.2 Ecotourism Development
One of the policies made by the government in the field of tourism in achieving sustainable
tourism is ecotourism development policy. Government through Regulation number 33 of 2009
regulates the development of ecotourism as a reference for the provincial government and district.
In the ministerial regulation mentioned that there are seven principles of ecotourism development,
namely:
1. Correspondence between the type and characteristics of ecotourism
2. Conservation, conservation, which is to protect, conserve and sustainably utilize natural
resources are used for ecotourism;
3. Economical, which provide benefits to the local community and become a
driving force of
economic development in the region and to ensure sustainable ecotourism;
4. Education, which contains elements of education to change the perception of a person in order to
have a concern, responsibility, and commitment to
the preservation of the environment and
culture;
5. Satisfaction and experience to visitors;
6. The participation of the community, ie community participation in planning, utilization, and
control of ecotourism with respect for the values of socio-cultural and religious communities
around the region; and Accommodating local wisdom.
In addition to the policy development of ecotourism issued by Regulation number 33 of
2009 the government also makes policies related to strategic zone of tourism in the regulation of
ecotourism number 36 of 2010 and the ministerial regulations related to the activities of ecotourism
issued by the ministry of forestry number P48 / Menhut-II / 2010.
143
Mempura, as ecotourism in Siak district in its development has the planning, utilization and
control of ecotourism which are contained in the document Development Master Plan Mempura
ecotourism. The document is a reference for ecotourism actors to develop Mempura as ecotourism.
However, in the implementation of the planned up to 2018, in the 2-year journey can not be
continued. Even after two years of implementation, local governments issued local Regulation No.
12 of 2012 which put Mempura as agro-tourism area instead of ecotourism area. Clearly, it can be
seen there is the shift between the previous policy and the former one that influence a demand and
support in realizing sustainable tourism.
METHOD OF THE RESEARCH
The method for this research is descriptive qualitative approach. It is done in order to find out
the policies, which are made by the local government in order to support the development of
ecotourism in Mempura and the background of policy shift done by them.
According to Creswell (1998: 15) qualitative research is an inquiry process of
understanding based on distinct methodological traditions of inquiry that explore a social or human
problem. The researcher builds a complex, holistic, picture, analyzes words, reports detailed views
of informants and conducts the study in a natural setting. vi Qualitative research more easily adjusts
to the realities of the situation in the field and the existence of a theory can be developed based on
the data that has been obtained in the field.
The data obtained will be analyzed from a variety of policies made by the government, the
results of various studies, print media, electronic media and various types of documents related to
the development of ecotourism Mempura policy.
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
1.1 THE POLICY OF ECOTOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN MEMPURA
As mentioned before, Mempura is a well-known district for its ecotourism which consists of
history tourism, nature and agroculture. In order to develop these potential zones, local government
previously set up local policy for integrating them to become an ecotourism area simultaneously
develop. The target of this policy to improve tourism interest from visitors, so that this region can
increase its people living. In addition, it also intended to reduce the negative impacts of tourism
sector which often leaves a bad trail that damage of the environment in which it is a tourist area.
Since the progress of ecotourism in Mempura should be optimal, the necessary policy support from
the government is fully needed.
From the previous study, there are some background of Mempura ecotourism development
policies, namely:
1. The Vision of Siak District.
Ecotourism development policy Mempura basically are in accordance with the district's vision
that makes the Siak district as Malay cultural center in Riau panned by agro-industry, agro-tourism
144
and tourism within the religious community and a prosperous 2020. That vision should be realized
in various forms of policies and activities that support the vision and continuing until 2020.
Ecotourism is the choice of Siak district government as one form of tourism that balances industry
sector environmentally sustainable tourism. The ecotourism is reliable as a source of sustainable
income to increase the empowerment and enhancement economic community.
2. RPJMD Siak District
Siak district government ratify Regulation No. 03 of 2007 on medium-term development plan
of the district Siak in 2006-2011. RPJMD has become one of the documents that guides the
development of ecotourism Mempura policy. This is because the strategy development of Siak is
directed to agriculture and tourism sectors by optimizing natural resources and environmental
ownership. The strategy pursued, namely:
-
Management of natural resources and maintaining the carrying capacity
-
Organizing the development of environmentally sound
-
supervising the production process industry sector in order to maintain the course of
production which is still following rules that are environmentally friendly
-
Instilling a sense of caring for the environment by requiring movement to promote care for
the environment and health hygiene movement
The strategy adopted in realizing ecotourism Mempura seen from the concern and desire of local
governments in term of making ecotourism as one of solutions to overcome the problems /
weakness that occurs in the community, such as empowerment and economic problems. Obviously,
with the policy of ecotourism development, it can integrate government programs to community
development and economic improvement of the business community in the surrounding area.
Then the steps to be taken by the local government in supporting ecotourism Mempura include:vii
-
Implementing
development
activities,
production
processes
and
environmentally
sustainable tourism and sustainable with regarding to the carrying capacity of ecosystems
-
implementing policies consistently in Riau province on integrated water management so as
to enable the utilization of Suber water natural resources optimally in the provincial scale.
-
Optimizing the use of land for public welfare Siak district, in order to reach a balance of
environmental functions, social and economic in the long run
-
Building a waste management system to prevent the decline of environmental sanitation
quality
-
Increasing the dissemination of healthy living to raise public awareness of the health and
environmental hygiene
Based on the final report Siak Sri Indrapura city RTRW in 2007-2011 the development of
the town's main activities are directed at the establishment of municipal structures to realize the
145
vision of the city as a center of Malay culture riau backed by agribusiness, Agroindustry and
tourism.
3. Based on Regent Decree No. 1 / HK / KPTS / 2009 on the Establishment of „Bina Mulia‟
Development Team. The team has target to socialize the development of, ecotourism in order to
get its achievement. It is clearly needed since ecotourism involved various parties and require
good coordination of sectoral and cross-sectoral. In the State Minister‟s regulation No 33 of
2009 stated that the development of ecotourism is performed by actors consisting of
government, local government, business world and society which are engaged in the business.
The local government as the policy holder in the area have great authority in planning, utilizing
and exercise control over the development of ecotourism in the area.
4. Regulation of the Minister related to ecotourism
In addition to the policy made by the local government in supporting the development
of ecotourism Mempura policy, the Government has also made a rule that is used as a guideline
for local governments for the development of ecotourism. Since regional autonomy have
created, a situation that requires a high coordination and understanding between the government
and local government become more important.
The issue that arises with the regional autonomy that "coordination has become an
issue, when the local government, though not" have a stock "to lead the development of
tourism, but to use its right to manage their own territory. A different perspective with the
provincial governments and even national government may occur and control of development is
still an issue that needs full attention ".viii
Considering the obstacles that may arise in this area autonomy, it needs to make a
policy as a guideline for local governments in developing ecotourism in the area. The policies
should be related to the development of ecotourism. In addition to the policy development of
ecotourism issued by Regulation number 33 of 2009, the government also makes policies
related to strategic zone of tourism in the regulation of ecotourism number 36 of 2010 and the
ministerial regulations related to the activities of ecotourism issued by the ministry of forestry
numbers P48 / Menhut-II / 2010.
3.2 THE CHANGING OF THE POLICY
Looking at the case of the development of ecotourism in Mempura, it can be identified that
the problems arise when the implementation of the planning. Development Planning ecotourism
area Mempura held for five years in two phases. The first two years is the development stage and
development stage 3 last year. In the draft master plan for ecotourism Mempura, the implementation
years start from 2010 to 2018. In the first phase of the development of ecotourism Mempura that
146
development carried out for two years is declared not succeed or fail.ix This failure is due to
problems that arise during the construction phase. Some of them:
1. The existence of corruption indications and audits conducted by the prosecution against the
implementation of the regional development of ecotourism Mempura,
2. The regional head election process that led to the previous policy did not continue
3. The change the status of village Mempura into wards. Mempura status from rural to urban
village wide impact for the development of ecotourism Mempura. As a Rural Village status,
it gives full authority to manage the village, while the urban village status does not.
If you look at the obstacles encountered in realizing sustainable tourism in Indonesia, Mempura
in developin its ecotourism face the same constraints. Constraints faced by Indonesia in general to
sustain its tourism such as:x
1. Indonesia has natural resources, magnificent heritage culture. It also has significant domestic
and international market potential. How to use this potentials properly to give benefit for the
state and society in particular is a huge challenge. The government through the tourism
department has made sustainable tourism as a legal framework, but its practical
implementation have not consistently been done.
2. The weakness of the strong political support for sustainable tourism and continued market
growth opportunities, public and private market orientation towards short-term economic
benefits in the development of tourism is a major threat.
3. The lack of Indonesian human resources in tourism planning and administration as well as the
lack of specialized expertise in public policy for the planning and management of tourism.
The problems of Mempura cen be seen as the constraints experienced in the development
of ecotourism in Indonesia. The coordination of a good leadership and strong commitment in
realizing sustainable tourism is weak. It is supported by the fact that the implementation of the
local elections that lasted for five years, led to the change of leadership in the district. The
changes also affect the policies made in the next five years.
To understand the policy changes of Mempura as agro-ecotourism can be understood
through the process model created by Easton to see input, process and output.
INPUT
„Bina Mulia‟ Development Team in 2009 documented the draft of master plan for the
development of ecotourism Mempura completed an output policy. Problems that arise in the
development of ecotourism policy Mempura can be seen from the failure of the planning stage of
the development when it is implemented. As expressed by Abdul Wahab (1997). "Implementation
of unsuccessful occurs when a particular policy has been implemented according to plan, but then
having unprofitable external conditions (eg, sudden events replacement power, natural disasters,
and so on), the policy does not succeed in realizing the impact or the end result desired. Typically
policies that is caused by several factors, among others: bad execution, bad policy or bad luck.
147
Audits by the prosecutors also led to the implementation of tourism development policies
Mempura stopped. This is evident from the discontinuation of phase two: development planning.
Termination is also because there is no approval from the legislature. All activities related to the
development of ecotourism Mempura stopped including the budget. The problems that arise in the
implementation of the early stage of planning becomes the input to the next policy process.
PROCESS (A POLITICAL SYSTEM)
The political will of the stakeholders to implement the program consistently indispensable.
Electoral process that took place and led to a change of leadership should not be the basis for the
government not to continue the previous program. This phenomenon occurs in each region
making changes in leadership. Where the head of the region to change, the policy also change.
Ecotourism development Mempura was done when the leadership of the region was in
the period 2006-2011. Then there is a change of leadership. The problems that arise in the
implementation of the policy of development of ecotourism Mempura make the next
government to suspend the policy. In 2012, the local government is not budgeted funds for the
development of ecotourism Mempura anymore. In fact, to achieve sustainable tourism, the local
government need to keep the rules in order to remain consistent and enforcing the law.
OUTPUT
With all the problems that arise and obstacles encountered in the development of
ecotourism Mempura, Siak district government issued Regulation No. 12 of 2012 on Regional
Tourism Development Master Plan (RIPPDA). The law on Siak local government set Mempura
as Agro region.
In 2004 the local government has been mapping the feasibility of Mempura as agrotourism area. This is done in order to construct RIPPDA. At the time of ecotourism
development policy begin to be implemented, the first stage of the preparation of new RIPPDA
has been completed. Therfore, it can be said that the local government is less serious in
mapping the potential that exists in the Mempura region. Even today, the policy development of
ecotourism is not stopped completely, but it will be continued by the local government an
undetermined period of time.
CONCLUSION
Whatever strategy of tourism development has been selected and assigned by the Government
to Mempura Siak district, must be carried out with commitment and consistent with the guidelines
that have been made. It is better if the execution is not affected by the political situation, because
the change of policy without the clarity will disturbed the existence of sustaining program as seen in
Mempura District.
148
REFERENCES
rdiansyah. Peluang dan Potensi Ecotourism di Indonesia :http://Jejakwisata.com/tourismstudies/environmental-issues/115-peluang-dan-potensi-ecotourism-di-indonesia.html diakses agustus
2015
2
Dye, Thomas R. 1995. Understanding Public Policy. New Jersey : Prentice Hall
3
Leo, Agustino. 2012. Dasar-dasar kebijakan publik. Alfabeta. Bandung
4
Dunn, William N. 2003. Pengantar Analisis Kebijakan Publik. Yogyakarta. Gadjah Mada University
Press
5
Rian, Nugroho. 2008. Public policy, Teori Kebijakan, Analisi Kebijakan, Proses Kebijakan,
Perumusan, Implementasi, Evaluasi, Revisi Risk Management Dalam Kebijakan Publik, Kebijakan
sebagai The Fifth Estate, Metode Penelitian Kebijakan. Jakarta : PT. Elex Media Computindo.
Kreatif Republik Indonesia bekerjasama dengan International Labour Organization. 2012. Jakarta
ix
Husna, dkk. 2012. Formulasi Kebijakan Pengembangan Kawasan Ekowisata Mempura Kabupaten
Siak. unilak.ac.id Dan Nazir, Yendri. 2011. Kebijakan pengembangan kawasan Agrowisata Sungai
Mempura di Kabupaten Siak. Ejournal.unri.ac.id. vol 9 no 1
x
Kementerian Pariwisata dan Ekonomi Kreatif. 2012. Rencana Strategis Pariwisata Berkelanjutan dan
Green Jobs untuk Indonesia. Kementerian Pariwisata dan Ekonom
149
Developing Local Competitiveness of Telematics/ ICT Industry
(Case study in Bandung and Cimahi)
Lia Warlina, Rifiati Safariah, Andri Heryandi
Faculty of Engineering and Computer Science
Universitas Komputer Indonesia (UNIKOM) Bandung
Tel: +62-22-2503054
Email: [email protected]
Abstract:Bandung is known as an educational and technological city also known as center of
telematics/ ICT industry. While Cimahi has been stated as cyber city. These two cities are categorized
as telematics/ ICT cluster in Indonesia. The research objective is to obtain information regarding
developing local competitiveness of telematics/ ICT industry in Bandung and Cimahi.
One of strategies in developing telematics/ ICT industry is by creating telematics/ICT growth
center. The strategy was initiated by Ministry of Industry and Trade. Telematics/ICT industry growth
center in Bandung is Regional ICT Center of Excellence (RICE) in PT INTI. RICE Bandung is one of
ten RICE that had been created in Indonesia.
Currently, RICE Bandung is managing 14 telematics/ ICT industries as partners. Four of them
are in wall, eight corporates are out wall and the rest are categorized as post incubation. In wall
partners are facilitated by 12 meter square office space in PT INTI building. Assistantship to the
corporate partners are developing market access, consultation, monitoring and evaluation, business
contact and network. The area of industries in RICE Bandung are creative industry IT based,
corporate applications and embedded software.
Telematics/ICT industry growth center in Cimahi is Cimahi Creative Association (CCA). The
establishment of CCA is related to Cimahi development as creative city and cyber city. CCA is
working to facilitate individual and company in telematics/ ICT industry in the areas of animation,
application (software), film and other creative industry. CCA is open to all individual and corporate.
Currently, 27 telematics/ ICT‟s companies join the community. The building for CCA is provided by
local government of Cimahi.
In conclusion Bandung and Cimahi is developing local competitiveness in telematics/ICT
industry, Bandung more focus on application (software) while Cimahi in animation. The role of
Cimahi‟s local government is larger than Bandung‟s in developing telematics/ICT industry.
Key words: local competitiveness, telematics/ICT industry
150
INTRODUCTION
Information and communication technology (ICT) industry is increasing globally. The research
result of [1] showed that ICT user increases globally. Mobile-cellular telephone subscription increases
globally from 20% in 2001 into 96.8% in 2015 (predicted). In year of 2001 individuals using internet
only 10% and it is predicted in 2015 will become 43.4%. Mobile-broadband subscription was started
in 2007 and will be 47.2% in 2015. Fixed (wired)-broadband subscription was started in 2001 and will
be about 10.8% in 2015. In other hand, fixed-telephone subscription is decreasing from 20% in 2001,
and it is predicted become 14.5% in 2015 (Fig. 1.).
In Indonesia (2014) the internet user is 88.1 million persons or 34.9% [2]. This number is
rather lower than the internet user globally that is about 40%. The majority of the internet user are
from the western part of Indonesia (78.5%).
Indonesia has given high priority in ICT industry, this is shown by Presidential Decree No. 28
year of 2008 regarding National Industrial Policy. According to this decree, telematics, agricultural
and transportation industry become future national industries. Also, there is a Presidential Decree No.
32 year of 2011 regarding Masterplan of Acceleration and Expansion of Economic Development of
Indonesia (MP3EI) 2011-2025. In this document, ICT/telematics industry become an important sector
to be developed in Java.
Competitiveness is a must for an industry to be able to compete in domestic and global market.
Indonesia is trying to increase industrial development competitiveness. Regional competitiveness is
regional economic ability to optimize regional asset to compete in national and global market [3]. In
term of local area, local competitiveness is defined as the capacity of local economy to continuously
renew its economic base.
City of Bandung can be categorized as educational and technological city, also as ICT/ telematics
industry cluster. Also City of Cimahi has been stated as cyber city. Therefore Bandung and Cimahi
can be classified as ICT/ telematics industry cluster. Based on that this research is conducted to
identify ICT/ telematics industry and to obtain information regarding local competitiveness in this
industry in Bandung and Cimahi.
Per 100 inhabitants
100
80
60
Mobile-cellular telephone
subscriptions
Individuals using the
Internet
40
20
0
96.8
47.2
43.4
14.5
10.8
Note: * Estimate
Source: ITU World Telecommunication /ICT Indicators database
Fig. 1. Global ICT Development, 2001-2015 [1]
151
DEVELOPING COMPETITIVENESS OF ICT/ TELEMATICS INDUSTRY
A nation‟s competitiveness depend on the capacity of its industry to innovate and upgrade.
Companies gain advantage against the world‟s best competitors because of pressure and challenge.
Competition has shifted to the creation and assimilation of knowledge. Competitive advantage is
created and sustained through localized process [3].
In Porter‟s Diamond Model, there are four factors that influence competitiveness. The factors
are factor conditions, demand conditions, related and supporting industries and firm strategy, structure
& rivalry (Fig. 2). Each point on the diamond affects essential ingredients for achieving international
competitive success [4].
Fig. 2. Determinants of National Competitive Advantage [4]
There are five forces that shape competition of industries: threat of entry, the power of
suppliers, the power of buyers, the threat of substitutes and rivalry among existing competitors (Fig.
3). New entrants to an industry bring new capacity and a desire to gain market share that puts pressure
on prices, costs, and the rate of investment necessary to compete. Powerful suppliers capture more of
the value for themselves by charging higher prices, limiting quality or service, or shifting cost to
industry participants. Powerful buyers can capture more value by forcing down prices, demanding
better quality or more service, and generally playing industry participants off against one another, all
at the expense of industry profitability. A substitute performs the same or a similar function as an
industry‟s product by a different means. Rivalry among existing competitors takes many familiar
forms, including price discounting, new product introductions, advertising campaigns, and service
improvements [5].
152
Fig. 3. The five forces that shape industry competition [5]
The study of ICT/telematics industry competitiveness in Bangladesh using Porter‟s diamond
had been conducted [6]. The study findings show that Bangladesh has potential to become a huge
source of skilled human resources in software design, networking, programming languages and data
constructing. There is a consistent growth of ICT industry in local market in Bangladesh. The
advantages of ICT industry in Bangladesh are labor cost and group ages of people.
Other research projects had been conducted such as in India and Canada. Developing ICT/
telematics clustering in India located in Bangalore and Hyderabad. The success of ICT/ telematics
industry clustering in India because of [7]:

Government role in providing incentive and handling ICT development constraint

Human resource quality in ICT industry

Great location that is created

Locational advantage

Competition among ICT cluster in the country
The success of ICT cluster in Canada because of national policy in building research
infrastructure and workforce development that involves making investments in the research and
knowledge capacity. Canadian ICT clusters displayed openness to external markets and a strong
export orientation.
The success of ICT clusters in Canada are both regionally embedded and
effectively linked into global networks [8].
To push national competitiveness in ICT/telematics industry, the government of Indonesia had
released policy in national industry. And also to accelerate economic growth, the government of
Indonesia had been established a Masterplan of Acceleration and Expansion of Economic
Development of Indonesia (MP3EI) 2011-2025. ICT/telematics industry become an important sector
to be developed in Java corridor. Therefore, in Java especially in Bandung and Cimahi, regional
competitiveness of ICT/ Telematics industry should be developed.
153
Regional competitiveness for a certain industry can be determined by industrial core
competence of a region. Industrial core competence of a region is a group of advantage or uniqueness
of natural resources and regional ability to build regional competitiveness to develop the economy.
Presidential Decree of Republic Indonesia No 28 (2008) regarding National Industry Policy
stated that in developing regional industrial core competence, there are several ways, such as:

Potency analysis of regional resources

Choice of particular commodity to be developed

Strategy creating for regional industry core competence

Establishing research center for facilitating regional industry core competence

Human resource skill improvement

Developing small medium enterprises by one village on product (ovop) approach
One of strategies to accelerate ICT/ Telematics industry in Indonesia relates to competitiveness
is establishing Regional IT center of Excellence (RICE). RICE is study and consultation center for
ICT industry that is managed by Ministry of Industry and Trade. The goal of RICE is to accelerate
ICT industry development by supporting to startup companies [9]
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The research project is conducted in two locations, in the city of Bandung and Cimahi. In
Bandung, the object of the research is Regional IT Center of Excellence (RICE) Bandung and in
Cimahi is Cimahi Creative Association (CCA). The information that is obtained from the two
locations are number of ICT/telematics industries that is under coordination of RICE or CCA,
characteristic of the industry, and role of local government in developing local competitiveness in
ICT/telematics industry.
3.1. Characteristic of ICT/Telematics Industry and the role of local government in Bandung
Establishing the Regional IT Center of Excellence (RICE) is one of strategies in developing
national telematics industry as industry growth center. This growth center is built by collaboration of
Directorate of Electronic and Telematics Industry (Ministry of Industry and Trade) with universities,
stated-owned enterprises and local government (municipality).
The goal of RICE is to accelerate telematics industry development by supporting to startup
companies in telematics/ ICT industries. Therefore, RICE will be a place for startup company to
consult. RICE provide programs such as:

Training,

Seminar, socialization, communication forum

Exhibition
154

Assistantship in creating prototype product
There are ten RICE in Indonesia that are supported by either university, municipal government,
stated-owned enterprise or the ministry of industry and trade. The ten of RICE locations are in Jakarta
(University of Trisakti), Bogor (municipal government), Bandung (PT INTI), Cimahi (municipal
government), Surabaya (Education and Training Center of Industry Surabaya), Denpasar (Education
and Training Center of Industry Denpasar), Manado (Ministry of Industry and Trade), Makassar
(Ministry of Industry and Trade i.e. Plantation Research Center), Balikpapan (Ministry of Industry
and Trade), Medan (University of Sumatera Utara).
Regional IT Center of Excellence (RICE) Bandung is located in PT INTI in Gedung Pusat
Teknologi, Third Floor, Jalan Moh Toha No.77 Bandung. According to business focus, sectors of
trained partners in RICE are categorized in:
1. Creative industry development with IT based
2. Corporate application development
3. Embedded software development
RICE Bandung has three categories of trained partners:
1. In wall
2. Out wall
3. Post incubation
There are four in wall trained partner:
1. PT. Mahalodia Strategic
2. CV. Dokter Desain
3. PT. Siliwangi Wirakarya Ganesha (SWG )
4. CV. Aplysit
There are eight Out-Wall trained partners:
1. CV. Access Technology
2. PT. Hendrian Tsabat Utama (PT. HTU)
3. PT. Perdana Multi Artha Kreasindo (PT. PerMATA)
4. Licht
5. CV. Lokilaki Global Media
6. Vector Technology
7. CV. Shaffindo Megakreasi
8. PT. Katalyst Solusi Prima
Two post incubation trained partners are:
1. Waditra
2. PT. Gagas Daya Imaji
The facilities that are provided by RICE Bandung for in wall trained partners are:
1. Office space : 12 meter2 (electricity, internet)
155
2. Meeting room
3. Computer laboratory with 24 PCs.
Fig 4. Office Space for In Wall Trained Partner of RICE Bandung
Assistantship to the trained partners are:
1. Developing market access
2. Consultation
3. Monitoring and evaluation
4. Business contact and network
The role of local government of Bandung to facilitate RICE Bandung relatively low, because
RICE Bandung is facilitated by stated owned enterprises i.e. PT INTI. So that the development of
RICE Bandung is depend on PT INTI and Ministry of Industry and Trade than on local government.
Characteristic of ICT/Telematics Industry and the role of local government in Cimahi
City of Cimahi has been declared as a cyber-city. This is created due to a decrease in industry
sector in Cimahi, therefore local government of Cimahi look for other potency that is ICT and creative
industry. To facilitate this goal the local government established Cimahi Creative Association (CCA).
CCA is a community that was built to support ICT and creative industry in Cimahi. There are four
groups of ICT/telematics industry in CCA coordination:
1. Animation
2. Film
3. Information Technology
4. Others (such as packaging design)
Cimahi Creative Association (CCA) is placed in Baros Information Technology Creative
Building (BITC), in the third and four floors. The location of BITC is in Jalan HMS Mintareja (Baros)
Cimahi.
There are 27 companies join CCA. It is shown in Table 1 name and type of business of
companies in CCA.
156
Fig. 5. The Location of CCA at Baros Information Technology Creative (BITC)
Table 1. ICT/ Telematics Companies in CCA
NO
Name of Company
Type of Business
Chief of Company
1 PT. Baros Creative Partner
Multimedia/Animation
Rudy Suteja
2 Dreamtoon
Animation
Nino Puriando
3 Aksara Creative Studio
Multimedia/Animation
Agustiana
4 Ayena Studio
Animation
Robby Ul Pratama
5 GRU Picture
Multimedia/Film
Gerryadi Agusta
6 Kupula Studio
Animation
Ruddy Muhardika
7 Studio 41
IT/Mobile
Hendra Nicholas
8 Lampu
Pijar
Creative IT/Application/Mobile/Web
Ridwan Ilyas
Studio
9 The Wali
Game
Dadan Wardana
10 Gambite Studio
Game
Ahmad Arif
11 Jamparing Masagi
IT/ Application
Wahyudi
12 Insan Media
IT/Application/Mobile/Web
Dimas Dewantoro
13 Hello Studio
IT/Mobile/Web
Kevin Octavian
14 Living Imagination
Animation
Rifki Faisal
15 Inframe Kitten
Multimedia/Photography
Rhei Azzura
16 Backdoor
Animation
Romi Ramadhan
17 Centrum Animation
Animation
Sugeng Hariadi
18 Himachi Studio
IT/ Application
Arifin
157
NO
Name of Company
Type of Business
Chief of Company
19 Lunar Dream Studio
Multimedia/Animation
Restu Ramadan
20 Bara Studio
IT/Application/ Mobile/Web
Muhamad Gani
21 Kiwari Studio
Multimedia/Scriptwriting
Nifa Hanifah
22 Jasa Muda Komputasi
IT/ Application
Bagus
23 Rumus Media Nusantara
IT/ Application /Mobile/Web
Fajar Restu Fauzi
24 Intrade
Multimedia/IT/
Application Jamaludin
/Mobile
25 Nala Studio
Multimedia/Film
Derry Salman
26 Nirleka
Animation
Januar Primadi
27 Geek
IT/ Application /Mobile/ Web
Hendri Kharisma
Source: CCA, 2015
CCA's Sales (Million Rupiah)
10,000.0
8,000.0
6,000.0
4,000.0
2,000.0
0.0
Year 2010
Year 2011
Year 2012
Year 2014
Animation
320.0
2,578.0
4,967.8
9,228.0
Information Technology
48.0
846.0
1,384.0
2,246.0
Multimedia
45.0
340.0
886.3
1,265.0
Others
0.0
215.0
826.0
1,273.0
Fig. 6. CCA‟s Sales (in million rupiah) from the year 2010 to 2014
Multimedia
30%
Animation
26%
Informatio
n
Technolog
y
37%
Game
7%
Fig. 7. Percentage of Type of ICT/ Telematics Industry in CCA
158
CCA facilitates individual and company in telematics/ ICT industry and open to all individual
and corporate. However, CCA is different with RICE Bandung in facilitating trained partners. CCA
does not provide facilitate such as office room for the trained partners. CAA only provides shared
meeting room in BITC. Local government of Cimahi is responsible for BITC‟s maintenance cost.
Local government of Cimahi facilitates ICT/ telematics industry by providing place for
meeting, training and exhibition in BITC. Therefore, CCA‟s sales are increasing from 2010 to 2014
(Fig. 6). The highest sale is from animation sector. However, the highest percentage of type of ICT/
telematics industry in CCA is Information Technology.
CONCLUSION
Currently, RICE Bandung is managing 14 telematics/ ICT industries as partners. Four of them
are in wall, eight corporates are out wall and the rest post incubation. In wall partners are facilitated
by 12 meter square office space in PT INTI building. Assistantship to the corporate partners are
developing market access, consultation, monitoring and evaluation, business contact and network. The
area of industries in RICE Bandung are creative industry IT based, corporate applications and
embedded software.
Telematics/ICT industry growth center in Cimahi is Cimahi Creative Association (CCA). The
establishment of CCA is related to Cimahi development as creative city and cyber city. CCA is
working to facilitate individual and company in telematics/ ICT industry in the areas of animation,
application (software), film and other creative industry. CCA is open to all individual and corporate.
Currently, 27 telematics/ ICT‟s companies join the community. The building for CCA is provided by
local government of Cimahi.
In conclusion Bandung and Cimahi is developing local competitiveness in telematics/ICT
industry, Bandung more focus on application (software) while Cimahi in animation. The role of
Cimahi‟s local government is larger than Bandung‟s in developing telematics/ICT industry.
REFERENCES
[1] International Telecommunication Union (ITU). 2015. ICT Fact and Figures 2013.
http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2015.pdf [Access date:
July 27, 2015]
[2] Asosiasi Penyelenggara Jasa Internet Indonesia (APJII) dan Pusat Kajian Komunikasi Universitas
Indonesia (Puskakom). 2015. Profil Pengguna Internet Indonesia Tahun 2014. Jakarta:APJII.
http://www.apjii.or.id/read/article/statistik/305/profil-pengguna-internet-indonesia-2014.html
[access date: August 24, 2015]
159
[3] Martin, RL. 2013. A Study on Factors of Regional Competitiveness. University of Cambridge.
http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/studies/pdf/3cr/competitiveness.pdf [Access
date: December 1, 2013]
[4] Porter, M. 1990. The Competitive Advantage of Nation. Harvard Bussiness Review, March April
1990.
[5] Porter, ME. 2008. The Five Competitive Forces That Shape Strategy. Harvard Business Review.
January 2008.
[6] Al Mamun, MA; NA Zayed and MS Hossain. 2013. Using Porter‟s Diamond to Determine the
Condition of ICT in a Developing Country: A Study on Bangladesh. International Journal of
Business and Management Review. 1(3):138-150
[7] Balatchandirane, G. 2007. IT Clusters in India. Discussion paper No.85. Institute of Developing
Economies
[8] Lucas, M; A.Sands & DA Wolfe. 2009. Regional Cluster in Global Industry: ICT Cluster in
Canada. European Planning Studies. 17 (2):189-209
[9]Kemenperin
(Kementerian
http://www.kemenperin.go.id
Perindustrian).
2014.
Regional
IT
Center
of
Excellence.
/artikel/26/Regional-IT-Center-of-Excellence-%28RICE%29
[Access date April 1. 2014]
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research was supported by Directorate of Higher Education (Ditjen DIKTI) through Hibah
Bersaing Scheme. We thank our colleagues Bapak Suryaman from RICE Bandung and Bapak Rudi
Suteja from CCA who provided insight and expertise that greatly assisted the research, although they
may not agree with all of the interpretations/conclusions of this paper.
160
INNOVATIVE PUBLIC HEALTH THROUGH SUTERA EMAS
PROGRAM TO REALIZE HEALTH SECURITY
Ilmi Usrotin Choiriyah
Faculty of Politic and Social Sciences
University of Muhammadiyah Sidoarjo, Indonesia
Tel: +62-857-5530-7555
E-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: Qualified human resources are one of the main components that should be owned by the
local and central government in the face of Global Competition. The availability of qualified human
resources should be balanced with adequate health resilience through the provision of quality health
service. This becomes a serious concern of the Malang Regency government in developing innovative
public health. It is implemented by Integrated Epidemiologic Surveillance Based on Community
(Sutera emas) program. This program become a national pilot project that to be adopted by Ministry
of Health. This program is a system of detection and early warning of disease potentially outbreaks in
threatening maternal and child mortality. The program aims to empower communities both as objects
and subjects of surveillance that is able to utilize information technology such as cell phones and
gateway short message software as media reporting which can analyze the necessary data
automatically, 24 working hours nonstop and anytime). This research is conducted in Kepanjen
Health Centre, Malang Regency that is using descriptive research with qualitative approach. The
result of this research shows health service through Sutera emas program is running well to press the
case of maternal mortality, born baby, child; community nutrition problems; and infectious diseases in
realizing health security.
Category: Social Sciences
Keywords: innovative public health, sutera emas program, health security
INTRODUCTION
Health is one of the basic human needs be an investment to support the development of national
economy and it has an important role in efforts to overcome the poverty. The development of health
related with the human investment in improving the quality of human resources. The quality of human
161
resources will affect to the governance in realizing the vision and mission that has been set for the
society welfare.
Both nationally and internationally, health issues have become one of the priorities/focus to
overcome optimally. It is caused health to be one of the most urgent factors in sustaining human life.
In international scope, the global community has one serious attention to the health problems through
MDG's 2015 program implementation. The MDG's encapsulated eight globally agreed goals in the
areas of poverty alleviation, education, gender equality and empowerment of women, child and
maternal health, environmental sustainability, reducing HIV/AIDS and communicable diseases, and
building a global partnership for development. And then, there is sustainable program to replace the
millennium development goals once they expire at the end of 2015. It is called sustainable
development goals (SDG‟s). SDS‟s are a proposed set of targets (17 proposed goals) relating to future
international development. The key outcome of MDG's is that of securing political commitment to
sustainable development. One of the proposed goals in SDG‟s is ensure healthy lives and promote
well-being for all at all ages. Thus, based on both international scale program described above,
Indonesia also give serious attention to the health issues that have the most urgent role in human
survival.
The needs fulfillment of the community on the health aspects cannot be separated from the
function of providing health services. Service is one aspect of national life which plays an important
role in the society welfare. Government has the obligation to provide public services in order to meet
the needs of the community in whole aspects that suitable with the rule of law. However, in reality the
poor provision of public services has not been able to give satisfaction to the public. Various
complaints and criticishort message are voiced many people to government in providing service that
is relating with services conditions to the public both at the central and regional levels.
Therefore, the improvement and enhancement of the quality of public services must be done by
government. It can be implemented through the innovation programs of public service. This
innovation is the renewal of the various activities of the services to the community in order to meet
society to the fullest satisfaction. The community needs are met optimally will have an impact on
human security in realizing human security that is people-centered. Its focus shifts to protecting
individuals. Human security not only protects, but also empowers people and societies as a means of
security. Human security consists of seven aspects which are: economic security, health security, food
security, environmental security, personal community, community security, and political security
Based on the explanation above, the one aspect of human security is health security which has an
important role in human survival. It is caused realization of health security will affect to the quality of
human resources in positioning central or local government. Qualified human resources become one
determinant of success or failure of the leadership of a government (internal side) and also the
position of a country in facing global competition (external side). Thus, the availability of qualified
human resources will be affect to the qualified health services.
162
In the process of health services, the treatment for various health problems is carried out through
surveillance activities. Surveillance is an activity that is systematic and continuous data collection,
processing, analysis, interpretation and dissemination. So, it can be seen the appropriate action to
overcome the problems existing health quickly and accurately. In the reality, the increase cases in
each year and frequent delays in the detection of early case finding become one of the obstacles in
excellent service to the community, especially in the health aspect. The similar problems also occur in
Malang Regency, especially in Kepanjen health centre. Based on the interview with Mr. Sri Lesmono
Hadi as head of administration in Kepanjen health centre stated that, in June 2005 there have been
cases of mass poisoning in Kepanjen about 214 people. But Kepanjen health centre got this
information late. It is caused; the case is occurred at 15:00 p.m. And the position of medical officers
who have gone home and did not stand by in the health centre. In addition, the local community did
not seek treatment at Kepanjen health centre until the next day. So that, the information related to the
case was received by one of the officers from local residents when they met in the street at the next
day at 17.00 pm. So, from this case, the medical officers have created innovations in providing health
services fast, effective, efficient and accordance with minimum service standards (<24 hours).
The form of an answer to collect data fast by optimizing the process of community empowerment
has created and initiated by the Kepanjen health centres through sutera emas program (integrated
epidemiologic surveillance based on community). The program has been implemented since 2009 and
became the first community-based surveillance program in Indonesia. Sutera emas program was a
detection system and early warning of epidemic disease and threatened maternal and child mortality.
The program aimed to optimize the role of community empowerment as object and subject of
surveillance (cadres trained in sutera emas) in the smallest area, namely the scope of the
neighborhood (RT) as a starting point for information resources and medical officers that is scattered
in the whole of village and health care unit. It was equipped with the tools such as mobile phones as
media reporting and software that is able to analyze the necessary data automatically that could work
until 24 hours nonstop (Pocket book sutera emas: 2012).
The sutera emas program became pilot project of national health that was adopted by ministry of
health. One award is given to Kepanjen health centre be regions with innovative breakthrough health
services in the autonomy award 2013 from java pos institute of pro-autonomy (JPIP) and became
national pilot health centres in the surveillance based on community. Then, sutera emas program was
introduced nationally in exhibition millennium development goals (MDG‟s) award in Jakarta and
became the basis program to support extending maternal and neonatal survival (EMAS) which is a
partnership program between the health minister of republic Indonesia and united states agency for
international development (USAID). (http://igi.fisipol.ugm.ac.id/index.php/id/unfgi/kabarinovasi/399). Based on the explanation above, the researchers are interested in doing research related
to how the sutera emas program procedures in the Kepanjen health centre, Malang Regency and how
can sutera emas program to realize health security in the Kepanjen health centre, Malang Regency.
163
INTEGRATED EPIDEMIOLOGIC SURVEILLANCE BASED ON COMMUNITY (SUTERA EMAS)
PROGRAM
Integrated Epidemiologic Surveillance Based on Community (Sutera emas) program
Sutera emas program was one of the health services innovations that were implemented in the
Kepanjen health centre since 2009. Philosophy of sutera emas program include: early case finding,
early case reporting, early case handling, and community empowerment. Based on the interview with
Mr. Sri Lesmono Hadi as the head of administration in Kepanjen health centre told that the history of
the appearance of sutera emas program have started since 2004. Initially before using modern
technology, a sutera emas program was done manually. Medical officers in the Kepanjen health
centre in their daily activity asked to perform daily census could potentially epidemic of infectious
disease. "They were looking for all the diseases that was suffered by the public starting at 12:00 to
1:00 p.m and then they reported by telephone. Then at 1:00 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. we did analysis, if the
conditions were safe and there were no dangerous disease, we would go home, "said Sri Lesmono
Hadi. Until the mid-2005 in June, the case of mass food poisoning as much as 214 people in Kepanjen
health centre. But medical officers were late in knowing this information. It was caused people did not
take treatment at Kepanjen health centre and the officers did not get the information related to the case
when the food poisoning occurred. Actually, officers just known that five people who treatment in
Kepanjen health centre because they food poisoning. Then, in the evening, one of the officers got the
information that 209 people also food poisoning. And finally fast moving team immediately went to
the location where food poisoning occurs. The cause of the food poisoning is because there is a citizen
who held an event slamatan to his parents who had died but they miscalculated to cook food that is
served at the invitation, so the food is already stale and contain bacteria that cause diarrheal disease in
the local community. Based on the incident, arising the impression that local health officials slowly in
the process of handling cases of disease outbreaks in the community because they were late in getting
such information. Whereas, the community should have the right to get minimum service standard in
the case of the extraordinary handling < 24 hours.
So, in the above case is predicated on health workers together to think hard to do a change in
delivering better health services to the community. They sparked a creative idea in order to provide a
rapid health and handling on target through the means of information technology. They designed a
concept of providing desktop software that is used as a means of health services in achieving the
target of SPM. However, in the process of providing this facility has been hampered by considerable
funds. Furthermore, health workers have an idea to propose Kepanjen proposal funding the provision
of the means of this desktop to the Government of East Java province. And in the end of 2009, the
provision of these facilities got the approval from the provincial government that gets funding from
the rest of the province's annual budget of 100 million. This desktop software initially can only be
enabled by Kepanjen Health centre as a facilitator that works automatically and can be accessed at
164
any time. The availability of this software became a forerunner in the naming of the Sutera emas
programs in Kepanjen Health centre. The concept of the Sutera emas programs work by using the
software and the manual are very different. If manual, medical personnel must be Kepanjen health
centre himself down into the region. However after the automated, utilizing personnel cadres of
integrated service post (health) (posyandu). In the process these sutera emas program management
has taken over the hapless regency government under the authority of the health agency in Malang
Regency.
Up the idea in developing the Sutera emas, Dr. Hadi Puspita was awarded the 2007 National role
model as a doctor and the doctor is commendable. Sutera emas's own program later adopted by the
Ministry of health of Indonesia as a national health programs and health centre Kepanjen crowned as
the national pilot health centre in the field of community-based surveillance. Next Sutera emas was
introduced nationally in the Exhibition three Millennium Development Goals (MDG's) Award in
Jakarta and become a basic program to support Extending the Maternal And neonatal Survival
(EMAS) which is a program of cooperation between the Ministries of health of the Republic of
Indonesia with USAID. In addition, Sutera emas also became an innovative health programs adopted
by the health Agency in Malang Regency then applied at other health centre as part of a Grand
Strategy health services Malang in 2011-2015.
In addition, in its development program implementation this sutera emas also received support
from the Government of Australia. This is affected by the Government of Australia that supports the
efforts of the Government of Indonesia to strengthen the implementation of the policy of
decentralization in Indonesia, mainly through the program Australia Indonesia Partnership for
Decentralization (AIPD). AIPD program aims to encourage the improvement of public services
particularly in health and education through the regional financial management and gender
responsive. Since implementing the law on public information disclosure no. 14 of 2008, public
awareness will be the right to obtain information about public services is getting big so bring
consequences on public service governance improvements in service units, including in the field of
health. Sutera emas is one of intervention programs to support public access AIPD against public
information electronic government to facilitate the community. In addition, as well as supporters of
the system of short message-based surveillance applications are implemented in the clinic. Given the
health problem is still a major issue in development, then the main focus of getting more information
a variety of health problems often encountered and found in health centres, especially in Malang
Regency.
Through sutera emas program, local government will empower community in health
development. With the rise of information and knowledge on the community in the field of health,
then it is expected to foster the participation and control of the community against the service
provided by the unit of services (in particular public health). Quality good service can push the
"demand" to obtain health services, which in turn can improve access to health services to the whole
165
community. Cooperation between Government of Malang Regency with AIPD in sutera emas
program begins in 2014. AIPD provides assistance funds for the provision of web-based software that
is under the Coordinator of health services by the developing County. So this website can be accessed
by all health centres that already implement this sutera emas program. Up to the year 2015, only three
health centre that have been ready to implements the program. They are the Kepanjen health centre,
Sumber Pucung health centre, and Turen health centre. So far, the implementation of Sutera emas
program of is still implemented in Kepanjen health centre, Malang Regency becomes one of the pilot
project adopted by the Ministry of health.
The purposes of sutera emas program which are:
1. The early warning system.
2. Decreasing maternal mortality rate and neonatal mortality rate.
3. Improving the health level of maternal, neonatal, and toddlers.
4. Improving case detection rate.
5. Handling early emergency cases.
6. Detecting of risk factors on the community.
7. Detecting of women reproductive couples that high risk.
8. Empowering communities in the development of health.
9. Promoting of the health community through a web-based.
Surevillance
Surveillance is a systematic activity and continuous data collection, processing, analysis, and
interpretation. So it can be known how to be appropriate action in tackling health problems that exist
in a quick and precise. The function of this surveillance is to identify problems and their risk factors
and its determinant factors, so that it can be the basis of decision making in addressing existing health
problems effectively and efficiently. In some surveillance activities are viewed as still get-together
gathering only. While the activities of processing, analyizing and interpreting is still a bit of a do. This
has resulted in frequent delays in the detection of cases as well as information on the radar early
genesis of the emergency case in the field.
The effort of lowering maternal mortality and neonatal mortality rates are still high, has attempted
through surveillance activities integrated cross-program as well as cross-cutting, so that efforts are
being made to the extent the handling of pregnant women, mothers, maternity and childbirth. Yet
appropriately handle candidate pregnant women at high risk early on, before pregnancy occurs,
whereas approximately 80% of the causes of maternal deaths due to congenital disease. Many of the
obstacles in the implementation of the overall surveillance, among other things:
1. Limiting of input data to be analyzed.
2. Limiting of human resources as analyzer data.
3. Requiring a lot of time and accuracy.
166
The existence of this surveillance has benefits for communities, which are:
1. Detecting of acute changes of the disease and its distribution.
2. Identifying and calculation of trends and patterns of disease.
3. Identifying of high-risk groups in according with the time, people, and places.
4. Identifying of the risk factors and other cause.
5. Detecting of health services changes that occur.
6. Monitoring tendencies of endemic disease.
7. Studying the natural history of the diseases and its epidemiology.
8. Providing information and basic data for the projected the needs of health services in the future.
9. Helping establish priority health problems and priority objectives of the program at the
planning stage.
The focus activities of the surveillance in the sutera emas program include:
1. The case of a potentially infectious disease/ epidemics (Emergency cases).
2. The case of midwife to reduce maternal mortality and neonatal mortality through:
a. The early detecting of high risk obstetrics cases.
b. Detecting of women from reproductive couples who have dangerous diseases in their
pregnancy and are not using contraceptives to prevent pregnancy high risk.
3. Malnutrition case and protein-energy malnutrition.
Sutera emas Cadre
Surveillance activities carried out by the above, not only comes from local medical officers, but
through the course of this sutera emas has emerged a creative idea in empowering the community in
detecting the disease early. Such surveillance is known as the Sutera emas cadres. They are a people
or group of people who become an agency management in an organization, which functions in
helping the duties and functions of the gecf. The duties and functions of these cadres, is monitoring
citizens suffering from the disease. Then the cadre told a nurse or midwife there is village in Village
health post. Cadre explains diagnosis disease nurse or midwife to citizens with the skills already
taught. Next after receiving the report, midwife or nurse then went to the citizens. Then after being
diagnosed with the ailment, a midwife or nurse it will send a message to the server (the software). If
the disease is transmitted it never happened, then layer on the server computer will instantly appear
reports of the emergency case.
It is some observations will be carried out by cadres in the surveillance activities on infectious
diseases, namely:
1. The type of disease is suffered by the community.
2. Identifying of the disease through the characteristics / sign of symptoms.
3. The method of transmission of disease.
4. The simple act and disease prevention.
167
5. Reporting and follow-up in handling of emergency case.
While the observations in relating to the maternal and neonatal health will be done by cadres, among
others:
1. Women of childbearing age at high risk: potential people who are married and pregnant.
2. Pregnancy and signs of childbirth.
3. Post-birth and lochia.
4. The neonatal condition like birth weight less than 2.5 kg.
5. Malnutrition toddlers, etc.
Sutera emas cadre has a major function in achieving the success or failure of this program
implementation. This is because the cadre is the first informant related to the emergency case in the
field. Thus, the cadre has an important role in supporting the success of this program. The role of
cadre in surveillance of disease and health problems, are:
1. Looking the emergency case that occurred on areas respectively.
2. Hearing the emergency case from the neighbors in their neighborhood.
3. Writing the emergency case that occurred at the site.
4. Finding the symptoms and health problems can be obtained from:
a. Integrated service post (health)
b. Report from communities
c. Family Welfare Movement
d. Cooperation with school health
e. Home visits
f. Studying activities, social gathering, youth organization
g. Traditional treatment places.
5. Reporting of emergency case to the village midwife or nurse that is associated with
completeness some data are names, age, sex, occupation, address, symptoms and signs of
disease or things that are threatening health problems, and action/first aid has been performed
as well as.
6. Preventing and simple treatments in order to the diseases can be handled early and do not
spread to other communities.
Surveillance activities that are conducted by a cadre become core of implementation sutera emas
program. It is caused cadre will identify the health cases quickly, on targeted, and easily in realizing
minimum service standards < 24 hours and improving the quality of health services. At the beginning
stage of sutera emas program implementation is spread one cadre in each one village. However, in
reality the function of cadres didn't running optimally. It's caused; the scope of the area should be
observed by cadres is too broad. Thus, it changed to each representative cadre namely one community
groups one
168
cadre. However, it was still not maximal in this program implementation because the regional
coverage is still widespread. In the end, it was decided that representatives of one cadre one
neighborhood organization. In fact, it can be done optimally and effectively. It is caused a cadre can
access its area. Thus, the existence of a sutera emas cadre has an important role in this program
implementation.
2.4. Health Security
Health Security aims to guarantee a minimum protection from diseases and unhealthy lifestyles.
In developing countries, the major causes of death traditionally were infectious and parasitic diseases,
whereas in industrialized countries, the major killers were diseases of the circulatory system. Today,
lifestyle-related chronic diseases are leading killers worldwide, with 80 percent of deaths from
chronic diseases occurring in low- and middle-income countries. According to the United Nations, in
both developing and industrial countries, threats to health security are usually greater for poor people
in rural areas, particularly children. This is due to malnutrition and insufficient access to health
services, clean water and other basic necessities (Wikipedia). Indicators of health security dividing in
three indicators, namely impact, outcome and output indicators (National Development Planning
Agency (2012) quoted from Kusuma, (2014)). Health security entails the protection against illness,
disability, and avoidable death. Health security is more than just a physical being or not just the
absence of disease, but as a completely physical, mental, and social will-being (Commission on
Human Security (2006).
From some explanation about, the researcher collected the data research through descriptive type
with qualitative approach. Data was collected through interviews several informant who have related
to the topic research, observation, and documentation. While the source of data are acquired through
primary data (interviews to informants) and secondary data as supporting data collection, namely the
documents that is relevant to the sutera emas program, government regulations, and other government
policy documents.
169
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Mechanism of Sutera emas Program
Sutera emas program is a program that implements a system of early detection and vigilance of
the disease are potentially threatening outbreaks and deaths of mothers and children. Early creative
ideas this program emerged in 2004. Further as time goes on in 2009 implementation of the new
program is ready to be carried out with the provision of desktop software that is ready to be operated
by the health centre Kepanjen. Later, in 2013 sutera emas program development experience on the
use of these software systems that are no longer accessible only at kepanjen health centre, however
this software system was changed to web-based software integrates data input from any sources. Webbased software has a function to monitor data input to output the data reported at three health centre in
Malang (in 2009 to 2015). So, in web-based software makes it easy for each stakeholder involved in
sutera emas program.
The following is a mechanism or procedure in a system deployment is run in sutera emas. Fig. 1.
This shows about edipemiology surveillance system in sutera emas program.
Fig. 1. Edipemiology Surveillance System in Sutera Emas Program
Fig. 1. the above shows that the surveillance system epidiomology of sutera emas malang is under
Government's coordinator of malang. Further types of disease outbreaks can be detected according to
the plague and Minstry of Health act that will be analysed through sutera emas software application.
Handling reports against this incredible incident information will be monitored by health centre and
others health providers working together in handling the case. Further related information early
detection of unusual in a society can be identified from the outset through cadres at each at each
village. While working on the concept of the Sutera emas program are reflected in Fig. 2. that
indicates that the program is not running or the sutera emas lies in the function of the cadres. It is
because in the early stages there are cadres of sutera emas functions as an informant on the discovery
of the case. Then that information will be integrated on some informants as a program coordinator to
Fig. 2. Working Draft of Sutera Emas Progarm
170
take action quick and precise targets in the community. The flow is depicted in Fig. 2. is following:
Based on the concept of the Sutera emas programs above, then we can know the technical stuff that is
done in the field. Next on Fig. 3. This can be known to flow the way reporting is done by kepanjen
medical officer at the time of data input to the output data.
Fig. 3. Reporting Process in Sutera Emas Program
Fig. 3. the above shows that the flow of how the reporting done by health workers through this sutera
emas software applications included several stages:
First, the information of the patients who contracted the disease had been accepted by health
workers through the short message gateway software and web applications. Second, the output of the
short message is information that describes the various happenings in the field. Third, the officer
doing the analyzing software on data related to the classification of types of diseases that occur in the
field and the fourth report of the results of each such health officer can be seen on the web of Health
Agency Malang Regency that is monitored at any time.
Based on the explanation of the concept of a work in its entirety in this sutera emas programme,
the results of the observation and analysis of researchers can be shown some of the software programs
that are available in the web-based sutera emas. The first step that is used as a liaison in the
implementation of this programme is a communication medium that is a cell phone. Next steps report
when there are unusual in the field then it will perform reports on sutera emas web software in
kepanjen Health centre as follows:
Fig. 4. Early Warning System
171
On the incoming short message notifications on the server as seen above, the next display will appear
as follows:
Fig. 5. Emergency Case Alerts
On view Fig. 5. The above shows that there is emergency case alert at a specific location next the
message will be integrated on the team fast motion for immediate handling is done at a specific
location. The display is as shown in Fig. 6. And the officer should do analyze related specific
emergency case data on detail e incident which is happened on the field and will see the results of the
data reporting is indicated in Fig. 7.
Fig. 6. Short message from
Fig. 7. List of Patient
emergency case
Diseases
alerts
to team fast motion
After doing data input and then it is processed by the system software, so medical officers can see the
output data as a report to stakeholders as a monitoring on the implementation of the program of the
Sutera emas. The data output can be shown as Fig. 8. and Fig. 9 as follows :
Fig. 8. & 9. Data Output in Sutera Emas Program
172
Fig. 8. above is the output data from the data report is conducted by health workers to detect some
diseases which had been detected early through a sutera emas program. Based on these data it can be
known that in 2011 there are 10 types of disease detected by health workers who occupied the first
rank is influenza, diarrhea, varicella, until the lowest ranking was the disease dematitis contacta
allergia. In addition, the output data on fig. 9. related to list of sufferers report data consisting of
names, name of head of household, age, address, diagnosis date, suspek receive messages, the sender's
name, and the status.
Based on the look of the image above, the display shows the data input to output data on web
software sutera emas program. Basically the process of data input to the output data is carried out by
officers of the health health centre will be reported when they are getting information related the
extraordinary events that occurred in the community. Sutera emas cadres function is as a source of the
informant first implementation of this program. The main objectives in this program implementation
are whole society experiencing emergency case of low, medium, and high.
The determination of the criteria of this sutera emas cadres are the ones that matter to others.
This is due to the attitude of concern to other people is the basis of success in the implementation of
this program. Concern for others who contracted the unusual will be detected early and get the
handling quick and right on target. Most of the sutera emas cadres in kepanjen Health centre this is
the mother-housewives and mothers of retirees who have the concern to the surrounding community.
The total number of Cadres in Malang Regency up to year 2015 amounted to 1,500 people spread
over 3 health centre include Kepanjen, Turen, and Sumber Pucung. Where in each neighborhood
units, at least one Sutera emas cadres who have been trained.
In Kepanjen Subdistrict, spread 545 cadre average is mothers. The duties and functions of these
cadres, is monitor citizens suffering from the disease. Then the cadre told a nurse or midwife there is
village in Village health post (Helath Village Post). Cadre explains diagnosis disease nurse or midwife
to citizens with the skills already taught. Next after receiving the report, midwife or nurse then went to
the community. Then after being diagnosed with the ailment, a midwife or nurse it will send a
message to the server (the software). If the disease is transmitted it never happened, then layer on the
server computer will instantly appear reports of the emergency case.
So far, the training has been given to the sutera emas cadre was performed on each month at a
meeting with cadres of integrated service post (health). The health workers also provide counseling or
socialization to this sutera emas. However, for specific training programs associated with sutera emas
detection of many diseases is performed approximately twice on September 8, 2008 and August 14,
2015. On September 8, 2008 a training cadre is only done on a sutera emas cadre‟s kepanjen health
centre which was then being the only health centre that implemented the program. However, in its
development by 2015, there are two other health centres that are already starting to implement this
program. It is supported by the existence of a partnership between the Government of Malang by
AIPD in order to improve the quality of public service-based e-government.
173
It can not be denied, that in the provision of application software requires large expenses so
necessary holding of cooperation with outside parties as a facilitator. One form of cooperation in the
financing of the Fund is the creation of web applications and the Fund's training 1500 cadres. Cadre
training conducted in August 2015, this is done Institute of Health Science in Kepanjen, Malang
Regency is divided into ten large classes. The cadres are given training and surveillance Handbook as
a basis in identifying unusual disease.
Based on the results of the interview with Anik Arimbi mother as one of the cadres in Ardirejo
Village, explained that the results of the training teaches us to identify the symptoms of the disease in
accordance with the manual. She became cadre with sutera emas, because she was a retired
Department of forestry and as long as she was alive, she wants to devote my life for the sake of the
benefits of living together. She was the type who loves freedom and care for the environment around
me. So, she decided to become a cadre with sutera emas. At that time, there was an emergency case
relating to pregnant women at high risk. That is because the mother is suffering from high blood
disease so that during this pregnancy pregnant women have a high risk of childbirth. She is a sutera
emas cadres had accompanied her since the pregnancy in the semester I-III. At the time of the
pregnancy the mother had already entered a period of labor, then she rushed to coordinate with each
other pregnant mothers and midwives village to prepare for the planned health referral at the time of
birth. She immediately give information related data reporting form according to Mrs. Nastiti to
prepare for the planned health referral that is the first step she reported to the village midwife.
Connect the Mrs.‟s statement as a village midwife nastiti stated that to follow up on the pregnant, she
reported via message to Kepanjen Health centre to provide health referral to the local Kanjuruhan
hospital. Next, she got a reply report as warning against labor which should be available on estimates
that have been determined by medical personnel. In addition, she has also been preparing the means
of transport provided by the village to standby when the time of delivery to the Kanjuruhan hospital.
Like that, the program is run. We were with the community is attempting to do early detection in
order to save the maternal and child health while experiencing labor especially in pregnant women at
high risk.
In addition, cadre 07 neighborhood i.e. Mrs. Endah stated that willingness being backed by
sutera emas cadres because her everyday as a housewife so she wanted to find a flurry of other
tentuya are also useful for other communities. Acknowledged Mrs. Endah as a housewife, and she
was bored at home alone and looking for activities in the community that will benefit many people.
One emergency case that ever happened in my area is a disease of dengue fever. There are three
people who have contracted the disease in turn. So the next step she report to the Mrs. Nastiti as
village midwife. Then Mrs. Nastiti visited our village to detect outbreaks of the truth. And in
conclusion it is true that our area contracted the plague. Then the hose a few days after the incident of
kepanjen medical officers do vogging in our area to prevent outbreaks of dengue fever spread on
members of the public or other areas. The existence of this program, Mrs. Endah felt that security
174
against the public health. It is because the Ministry of health has provided a response, fast and also
responsiveness to the extraordinary incident prevention, such as dengue fever.
Some of the identification of the types of diseases that obtained at the time of the Sutera emas
cadre training include: measles, chikungunya, dengue fever, diarrhoea, diphtheria, filariasis (elephant's
foot), bird flu, hepatitis, herpes, HIV, leprosy, leptospirosis, malaria, meningitis, vomiting,
pneumonia, polio, rabies, inflammations of the eye, ska bies, Lung tuberculosis, tipoid, varisella
(chicken pox). Some of the determination of the type of disease, have been considering from disease
that gives a great effect and impact for the disruption of the public health and requires special
handling and fast. Early detection is done by this cadre will they match with the results of the manual
and training they have. Although the initial identification is done by cadres is not necessarily true
according to the local health/medical personnel. However, it would not be a big problem. It is because
medical personnel already feel next drummer with the giving of the information they provide.
Furthermore, the local village midwife will soon come to the scene of incredible follow-up to
detect outbreaks that occur. So, it will be able to minimize mortality and provide early handling to the
community. In addition, the program is also a sutera emas's efforts in empowering the community to
improve the quality of health services. So, the community became a partner for local Governments
especially in kepanjen Health centre provides health services in accordance with the minimum service
standard.
Implementation of Sutera emas Program in Realizing Health Security
This is the sutera emas programs innovation programs in the health field that was conceived by
kepanjen health centre, Malang Regency. Based on the results of research and observations of the
researchers, stated that this program is the embodiment of innovation on health security. Health
security is one of the most important aspects and has a very urgent role in human existence. Up to
now, internationally as well as national health security has become part of the most important issue
getting special attention from various circles of society.
Health Security aims to guarantee a minimum of protection from diseases and unhealthy
lifestyles. This is due to malnutrition and insufficient access to health services, clean water and other
basic necessities (Wikipedia). Based on the statement above, innovation of sutera emas program can
be analyzed that the realization of health security in this program aims to provide security against the
prevention of disease outbreaks early and unhealthy lifestyle. That is because the early prevention
against disease outbreaks can be minimized by the existence of surveillance namely the cadres will
always standby to observe and monitor unusual, infectious diseases, monitoring maternal and child
health, nutritional adequacy, etc.
Sutera emas cadre comes from the environmental community that has a concern for the problems
that occurred in the vicinity especially health problems. This cadre has initially received training and
175
provision of knowledge associated with those types of diseases in the community and fast responsive
in handling of respective cadres. This has the purpose to minimize mortality and the spread of the
emergency case to a wider area again.
The discovery case by the respective cadres in the surrounding communities will be immediately
reported to the village midwife as coordinator of kepanjen Health centre who perform actions to the
community concerned. However, for cases that do need quite a lot of medical personnel and is
detected as an exceptional occurrence, then the village midwife will immediately coordinate with
team fast motion to take immediate action on point-prone society. So that people will get the services
that correspond to the minimum standard of health services < 24 hours.
Based on the National Development Planning Agency (2012) quoted from Kusuma, (2014),
stated that indicators of health security dividing in three indicators, namely impact, outcomes and
output indicators. Based on the above understanding, so researchers have been analyzed each
indicator on the achievement of health security. The following is a description of each indicator of
health security in sutera emas program:
Identification of output on sutera emas program implementation:
1. Promoting of public health based on web, which aims to provide health information that can
be accessed anytime and anywhere. Thus, medical officers can detect information about
emergency case at anytime and improve discipline of medical officers. In addition, it realizes
a Clean and Healthy Lifestyle on the community.
2. Improving of case detection rate in the community towards the symptoms of diseases that
have been identified in accordance with the cadre training.
3. Detecting of risk factors on the community, so that medical officers will conduct the early
case handling to minimize the number of deaths at high risk of disease.
4. Detecting women of reproductive couples at high risk during childbirth so that mother and
child survived.
5. Empowering community in the context of sustainable health development. It is caused; health
is a basis need of every human being. The fulfillment of health services must involve the
various stakeholders like good partnership between local government and community. Health
service is not only become responsibilities of the medical officers, but also the community
which are empowered to improve the health quality. Thus, cooperation and coordination
between community and medical officers could be established in realizing health security
Identification of outcomes on sutera emas program implementation consists of:
1. Early detection to prevent the emergency case. In this case the cadre has a significant function
as representatives of medical officers at the Kepanjen health centre who will always stand by
in monitoring the emergency case. One cadre are placed one neighborhood in each village. It
aims to facilitate early monitoring that can be reached by a cadre for each area. In addition, it
prevents of the diseases spread in the surrounding area.
176
2. Facilitate officer in recording and analyzing the data that is gotten from cadre. So, data reports
can be reported by medical officers in the web on sutera emas program.
3. Facilitate and accelerate in finding the cases in the field. The cases discovery will be detected
quickly and precisely targeted so that it minimizes the mortality rate. In addition, it will
minimize the spread of diseases in surrounding area. Thus, realization of health security can
be achieved in providing a guarantee towards epidemic diseases.
4. Accelerate in handling and referral health service on the type of case (high risk of diseases). It
is caused; the patient can be handled quickly, timely, and right targeted to minimize the
deaths rate. Thus, the early preparations in handling the referral health service can be done.
They are costs, transportation, blood donors, providing infusions, etc.
5. Facilitate in reporting data. The use of technology information in sutera emas program is
aimed to realize e-government in order to improve the quality and quantity of public services.
It provides health services that are effective, efficient, fast, and responsive of the community.
Reporting data based on technology information has many functions which are improve
quality of health officer‟s resources to operate web that is using input data, process, and
output data. So, they will report the data related in handling diseases in the community.
6. Emergency case information will be received fast moving team (Malang Regency Health
Agency and Kepanjen Health Centre) quickly and targeted. It will facilitate medical officers
in handling the emergency case. Thus, people that have emergency case can be handled early
and quickly. In addition, it is also aimed at the provision of minimum service standards < 24
hours to realize health security.
7. Sources of referral plan information at the high-risk on maternal cases. It aims to minimize
the maternal and neonatal mortality. Thus, they will guarantee to survive.
8. Source of information is targeted family planning. The sutera emas program is developed to
handle others cases, which is family planning in realizing health security. Couples of
reproductive age who are the high risk during pregnancy like lung diseases, heart disease, etc.
So, this program can prevent and minimize the level of maternal and neonatal mortality in
childbirth.
9. The data analysis is done at anytime automatically. The availability of this website, so the
data analysis is conducted by medical officers automatically at anytime and anywhere. So,
data reports and monitoring of data input to get the requested data output.
10. Operating 24 hours nonstop. It is caused the web application is accessed for 24 hours in using
technology information. It can be utilized at anytime and handling of the case on time and on
target.
11. Sources of public information to the public health in the region (on progress) via web-based.
The provision of this information can become a health referral and guidelines for medical
177
officers to minimize the emergency cases in order to spread in other areas. So early case
handling can be done by medical officers on time and on targeted.
Identification of impact on sutera emas program implementation consists of:
1. Improving of public health quality to the community. It is unavoidable, that so far the health
problem stills a major concern for the government and society. Many public complaints
towards health service include quickly and targeted, simple procedure, easy to access, etc. So
that, sutera emas program implementation is expected to improve the quality of health
services in the smallest scale until the largest scale. Realization of health security is done step
by step and sustainable.
2. Improving nutrition for mothers, babies, and toddlers. It has the highest rank in its handling. It
is caused, one of the most important and crucial factor in achieving sustainable health
development. They are the main actors and main subject in preserving and maintaining
offspring.
3. Improving nutritional status of the community. It is caused the nutritional adequacy of society
will affect the quality of human resources. Qualified human resources are one of the main
components that must be owned by the local and central government in the face of global
competition. Global competition demands an acceleration of the changes or innovation. It has
a major impact on economic growth of the global community to compete fairly each other.
4. Controlling of infectious diseases and non-infectious diseases will be followed by
environmental security. This is because a healthy society will automatically maintain the
environment to stay clean and healthy. When people can realize environmental security, so
that the quality of health community will be guaranteed. The threats of health guarantee in the
community can be caused by environmental conditions are dirty. Thus, bacteria and germs
will be easier to attack the public health.
5. Fulfilling, developing, and empowering of health human resources. Medical officers are
expected to make innovation program as the efforts in improving the quality of health service.
In addition, technology information became one of the tools to access public health
information at anytime and everywhere. In addition, realization of e-government
implementation can be realized success.
6. Community empowerment and disaster management in health crisis condition. Community
empowerment has important role and crucial in the realization of health security. This is
because the role of community as primary informant related to the health cases in their
surrounding. And then then, they will coordinate with medical officers to handle the cases.
Community empowerment will create a sense of awareness to care others, especially on
health issues. Early case handling of emergency case can minimize mortality and guarantee to
prevent of early epidemic.
178
7. Improving health care in primary, secondary and tertiary. It is caused, health as a fundamental
need for the human survival. The human health that is threatened will be negative impact for
us and others. This is because health as the basis and core of the various activities to be
carried out by individuals in achieving the desired objectives.
Based on the explanation above, it can be concluded that implementation of innovation health
service through sutera emas program to realize health security. This is because; early case finding of
health can be identified quickly and proper targeted by a cadre. Furthermore, the reporting from
sutera emas cadre will be detected by medical officers as soon as possible. It will involve fast moving
team (Kepanjen health centre and Malang Regency Health Agency) who standby at anytime. It aims
to provide health services to the public in accordance with service standards and improve the quality
of health services to the community.
CONCLUSIONS
Sutera emas program was a detection system and early warning of epidemic disease and
threatened maternal and child mortality. Mechanism of sutera emas program is conducted by several
prosess are: first, Sutera emas cadre finds a case (the basis implementers as the first informant in the
field); second, Cadre gives the report to the village medical centre (village midwife); third, medical
officer do home visit of the patient; fourth, sutera emas software will analyze, calculate and give a
warning through sending message for criteria case that included in handling & preparation health
referral, birth process information to the village midwife, the midwife coordinator & heads of health
centre, emergency case information to the team fast motion, and transfer data to the sijari emas and
contra war, and fifth, medical centre take in action in handling the health case in society. Based on the
explanation abpve, reseracher analyze that this innovation program can realize health security. It is
caused this program, society can get health service from meical officers especially in Kepanjen Health
Centre in early case finding, early case reporting, early case handling, and community empowerment.
So that, community will get guarantee a minimum protection from diseases and unhealthy lifestyles
through suter emas program implementation. In addition, the reseracher also can anlyze that
supporting factor in this program impelementation depend on availability of cadre (first informant),
cooperation between stakeholders involved, and availability of infrastructure in supporting the system
(software). While, the inhibiting factor in this program implementation which are limited in funding,
lack of human resources, not all of society respect in this implementation of program (negative
thinking), and low of human resources quality.
REFERENCES
[1].Commission on Human Security. (2006). Human Security Now: Protecting and Empowering
People. New York: Commission on Human Security.
179
[2].Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten Malang, 2012. Sutera Emas (Surveilans Epidemiologi Terpadu
Berbasis Masyarakat). Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten Malang, Malang, Indonesia.
[3].Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten Malang, 2015. Surveilans Epidemiologi Terpadu Berbasis
Masyarakat (Buku Panduan untuk Kader seri penyakit menular). Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten
Malang, Malang, Indonesia.
[4].Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten Malang, 2013. Program Inovatif Sutera Emas (Surveilans
Epidemiologi Terpadu Berbasis Masyarakat). Dinas Kesehatan Kabupaten Malang, Malang,
Indonesia.
[5].Kusuma, Bayu M.A., 2014. Decision Making Of The Banyuwangi Public Health Service
Assurance Program (Jpkmb Program) To Achieve Health Security In Banyuwangi Regency.
(Proceeding Journal). The Second Public Administration Association of Thailand (PAAT)
Conference on Asia Governance 2014.
[6]. Menteri Kesehatan, 2010. Capaian MDGs Bidang Kesehatan. (Simposium Nasional). JHCC,
Jakarta, Indonesia.
[7].Ningtyas, D.C, dkk. Impelementasi Organisasi Pembelajaran Dalam Pengembangan Penguatan
Pengelolaan Keuangan Sektor Publik (Studi tentang Program The Australia Indonesia Partnership
for Decentralization (AIPD) di Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah Kabupaten Malang).
Jurnal Administrasi Publik (JAP), Vol.2, No. 3 page. 394-399
[8].Replubica de Colombia. Rio+20: Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Ministerio de
Relaciones Exteriories, Colombia
[9].Law on public information disclosure number 14 of 2008
[10].Law on Epidemic number 4 of 1984
[11]. Anonymous.(2013). Sutera Emas dan Sijari Emas, Program Kesehatan Anak dan Ibu
Melahirkan di Kabupaten Sidoarjo. (online).
Emashttp://igi.fisipol.ugm.ac.id/index.php/id/unfgi/kabar-inovasi/399. Retrieved on August 27,
2014.
[12]. Anonymous. 2015. Human Security.
(online).https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Health_Security_Express, Retrieved on August 27, 2014.
180
IMPACT OF CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PROGRAM
AT BADAN PENYELENGGARA JAMINAN SOSIAL KESEHATAN MAIN BRANCH
OFFICE OF SURABAYA
by:
Indah Prabawati and Meirinawati
[email protected]
[email protected]
Lecturer of Public Administration Departement
State University of Surabaya
ABSTRACT:Participation of the business by developing awareness programs to local society around
the company called CSR or Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). In Indonesia, CSR being regulated
by Minister of State-Owned Enterprise (SOE) No.: 05/MBU/2007 about SOE Partnership Program
with the Small Business and Community development program. Badan Penyelenggara Jaminan Sosial
Kesehatan (BPJS Kesehatan) Main Branch Office Surabaya has done it with the activities related to
Partnership Program with the Small Business and Community development program.
The purpose of this study is to describe effects of the implementation of CSR program in BPJS
Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya, both desired impact and undesired impact. Soft loans with an
interest rate that makes its established partners can develop their business independently and improve
their welfare. Another positive effect is harmonious relation between BPJS Kesehatan with the local
society. The Community development Program receivers feel calm, comfort, happy and satisfied to the
condition of the mosque and the school rather than before. In addition, the positive effect is
establishment of a positive image of the company by the society. For the undesired impacts is that
society becomes dependent on the help of the companies and there are some partners who are not
willing to submit their responsibilities.
Keywords: Impact, Corporate Social Responsibility Program
INTRODUCTION
A. Problem Background
Sustainable development requires a harmonious relationship between government, business
and society (stakeholders). Each of these stakeholders performs their respective roles according to
their capacity and competency. Business world as one of the stakeholders plays an important role
because of its potential in terms of capital (capital) and human resources.
181
Participation of business in sustainable development program is to develop corporate
responsibility to the society around them called Corporate Social Responsibility or is shortened as
CSR. According to Ambadar (2002:30), social responsibility means that managers of a company's
concern with consequence to the social, environmental, political, human and financial for the actions
they take.
In Indonesia, emergence Law No. 40 of 2007 about Limited Liability Companies (Corporate
Law) marked a new stage of CSR setting. Moreover, the regulation of CSR is also listed in Law No.
25 of 2007 about Investment.
CSR programs which are implemented in Indonesia are regulated by Minister of State-Owned
Enterprise No: 05/MBU/2007 about SOE Partnership Program with the Small Business and
Community development program, which next is called as Small Business and Community
development program. The understanding of the partnership program on Article 1 paragraph 6 is:
"State-Owned Enterprise Partnership Program with Small Business, which next called the
Partnership Program, is a program to increase the ability of small businesses to be tough and
independent through the use of state funds from the profits" (Fajar, 2009: 248).
The Community development Program is defined as follows as stated in Article 1 paragraph 7:
"Community development Program, which next called EDP is the social condition of the
society empowerment program by the state through the use of state funds from the profits"
Community development Program consists of: 1) Help the victims of natural disasters, 2)
assistance or education and training society, 3) support health improvement, 4) development of public
infrastructure and facilities, 5) assistance of worship, 6) support conservation (Fajar, 2009:249).
On the Regulation of the Minister of State-Owned Enterprise No.: 05/MBU/2007 about SOE
Partnership Program with Small Business and Community development program also mentions that
each state is required to establish a special unit that deals directly with the problem of coaching and
empowering society in which the amount of the Partnership allocated value 2% of the net profit
(Kartini, 2009: 78).
One of the state-owned Enterprise that implement Corporate Social Responsibility Program is
BPJS Kesehatan. BPJS Kesehatan is a company that implement and support government policies and
programs in the development of economics and national in general, particularly in the field of social
insurance through the organization of insurance/health insurance for civil servants, pensioners,
veterans, and their families pioneering independence and society .
Since the release of the law, BPJS Kesehatan followed up by implementing Corporate social
responsibility. Globally, in the year 2010 CSR‟s fund of BPJS Kesehatan was about IDR 98,406
182
billion. The detail consists of the Community Development Program is IDR 43.806 billion, while for
the
partnership
program
was
around
IDR
54,6
billion.
(http://www.waspada.co.id/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=171 985:realisasi-pkblBPJS Kesehatan-capai-Rp984-m&catid =18:bisnis&Itemid=95).
BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office of Surabaya has also implemented CSR with various
activities, among others, related to the Partnership and Community Development Program . In the
Partnership Program, BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya has provided a number of loans to
small businesses which the amount is IDR 30 million for each entrepreneur, which can be repaid over
30 months. Administrative services for the Partnership Program to subject is 6% (six percent) of the
loan limit. Community development Program has distributed the aids to a number of schools and
mosques. In addition, also assistance in the form of goods according what proposed in the proposal.
The requirement for earning credits for small businesses, called the Partnership Program, as
well as for community development assistance is to submitting a proposal to the BPJS Kesehatan
Regional Office VII. Moreover, BPJS Kesehatan Regional Office VII assigned to the main branches
office to follow the proposals they received.
The things which have to do by the Partners after receive a loan is to make a report every three
months to determine the extent to which the borrowed funds are used. While, Community
Development Partners compile a report after purchased goods according to the proposal submitted.
After for a long time CSR programs being implemented, therefore we need to know the
impact of the implementation of the CSR programs in BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office of
Surabaya.
B. Formulation Problem
How is the impact arising from the implementation of Corporate Social Responsibility Program in
BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya?
C. Research Objectives
Describe the effects arising from the implementation of Corporate Social Responsibility Program in
BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya
METHODS
A. Types of Research
This research is a descriptive study.
183
B. Research Sites
This research is conducted at BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya. This
determination is based on the consideration that the location of BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office
Surabaya is a State-Owned Enterprise (SOE) that has implemented CSR programs and the scope of
their work is relatively broad, covering Surabaya, Sidoarjo, Gresik, and Mojokerto.
C. Research Focus
The focus of this research is the impacts that arise after the implementation of CSR programs,
both intended and unintended impactss. Desired impact and undesired impacts can be broken down
into the impact on target groups and impact on BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya.
D. Sources of Data
1. Primary Data Sources
This study obtained data from the primary record interviews with the implementers of CSR
Program that are Mr. Bagus Prihanto, SE and Mrs. Puspitasari Maya, as well as the target group that
gaining benefit from the CSR program, Mr. Komaruddin, Ms. Sulis, Mr. Sumarji and Mrs. P (not
willing to be published her name).
2. Secondary Data Sources
All documents, books, articles or texts that support this research.
E. Techniques of Data Collection
1. Interview
2. Observation
3. Documentation
F. Research Instruments
In the process of data collection, the researchers use some instruments, such as: tape recorder,
camera, and field notes.
G. Data Analysis
In analyzing the data of this study will be based on the proposed model of Miles and
Hubermen which consists of three flow activities to be implemented from start to finish, namely: data
reduction, presentation of data, and conclusion (drawing/ verifying).
184
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The research was taking place at BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya, which is
located at Jl. Raya Dharmahusada Indah no. 2 Surabaya. Working area of BPJS Kesehatan main
branches office Surabaya, include Surabaya, Sidoarjo, Gresik and Mojokerto.
BPJS Kesehatan is a State-Owned Enterprise specifically assigned by the government to hold
health insurance for civil servants, pension recipients of civil servants, and army/police, veterans,
independence pioneers and their families as well as other business entities.
Through the Partnership and Community Development Program (PCDP) is expected to
increase the participation of state-owned enterprise to empower the potential and the social, economic,
and environmental condition of society with the focus is directed at the development of social
economy to create equitable development. PCDP is basically a form of Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) to the surrounding society.
Partnership Program is a program to increase the ability of small businesses to be resilient and
self-sufficient through the use of funds from the profits. Social conditions of the environmental
empowerment program conducted through the use of funds from the profits of the company, called
community development.
Based on the Minister of State-Owned Enterprise Regulation No.:05/MBU/2007 about
Partnership Program between State-Owned Enterprise and Small Business as well as Community
Development Program, small businesses which can participate in the partnership program must:
a. Have an asset in the maximum worth of IDR 200,000,000,-, not including the land and
building of business or have revenue of sales with the maximum worth of IDR
1,000,000,000, -;
b. Owned by Indonesian citizen;
c. Independent, not subsidiaries or branches of companies owned, controlled by, or affiliated
directly or indirectly with medium or large business enterprise;
d. Form of individual businesses, business entity that is not a legal entity, or a business entity
with legal status, including cooperatives;
e. Have the potential and prospects for development;
f. Has conducted business activity at least 1 year;
g. Not eligible with the requirements of banks yet (non-bankable).
On the other hand, the partners have following obligations:
1. Conducting business in accordance with the plans that have been approved by the StateOwned Enterprise or State-Owned Enterprise Dealer or Distributor;
2. Pay back the loan according with the agreements that have been agreed upon;
3. Delivering progress reports periodically to the Assistances of State-Owned Enterprise.
185
The understanding is accompanied with awareness of the importance of empowering local
communities to grow with the company's progress, encourage companies to always increase their
social awareness. The concern is expressed in the Partnership and Community Development Program
(PCDP).
The policy set out in the Regulation of the State Minister for State-Owned Enterprise No.
05/MBU/2007 about Partnership Program between State-Owned Enterprise and Small Business as
well as Community Development Program. The Partnership and Community Development Program is
a Community Development Program conducted by State-Owned Enterprises (SOEs) around the area
in question through the utilization of funds from the profits of SOEs. Partnership and Community
Development Program is basically a form of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) to the society in
the form of society empowerment, improve social welfare, and sustainable economic growth while
protecting the environment.
CSR program is organized by BPJS Kesehatan in the surrounding area of operation. The
operation area of BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya includes Surabaya, Sidoarjo, Gresik,
and Mojokerto. Partnership programs are implemented in BPJS Kesehatan main branch office
Surabaya has distributed loans to a number of partners who comprised of entrepreneurs boarding
house, grocery merchants, and entrepreneurs stall. The amount of aid is given around IDR 30 million
for each trained partners. Of course, it has to be preceded by a survey to determine the feasibility.
According to the regulation No. 05/MBU/2007, the form of community development program is
education assistance, health promotion assistance, disaster relief, assistance public infrastructure
improvements, worship facilities and nature conservation assistance. Community development
program that is conducted by BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya has carried out activities
for the provision of educational aid and assistance of worship.
The program also aims to grow harmony between people and companies through the
utilization of funds from the profits made by SOEs. The achievement of predetermined objectives, can
be seen by evaluating the implementation of this program in terms of CSR in term is the PCDP at
BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya.
Policy evaluation is the final part of the policy process, when viewed as the end of the policy
process. A policy that was created then implemented by the implementers needs to be evaluated to
determine the extent to which policy objectives are achieved. Lester and Stewart (in Agustino,
2008:185) stated that the evaluation is intended to see the partial failure of a policy and whether the
policy has been formulated and implemented to produce the desired effect.
The policy on CSR programs contained in the Minister of State-Owned Enterprise Regulation
No. 05/MBU/2007 about Partnership Program between State-Owned Enterprise and Small Business as
well as Community Development Program has been implemented by BPJS Kesehatan main branch
office Surabaya for a long time, so it needs to be seen the extent to which policy objectives and the
impact of its policy implementation. Subarsono (2006: 122) defines as a result of further impact on the
186
society as a consequence of the policy is implemented. Wibawa (1994:29) states that the impact
evaluation gives greater attention to output and policy impact than to the policy implementation
process.
There are three approaches, according to Dunn, of policy evaluation, i.e. pseudo evaluation,
formal evaluation, and the evaluation of theoretical decisions. Refers to these, this study can be
categorized as formal evaluation research approach. The evaluation of the CSR program organized by
BPJS Kesehatan is conducted to determine the outcome or impact of the CSR program although the
program is still running to this day.
In the formal evaluation, there are two kinds of evaluations which are summative and
formative evaluation. This study falls into the category of formative evaluation for CSR program of an
enterprise. BPJS Kesehatan, till now is still being implemented. The CSR program evaluation leads to
the degree to which policies lead to the changes as expected. Partnership and Community
Development Program that is organized by BPJS Kesehatan has been done as expected. It can be seen
through the partners who obtain loan funds from the Partnership Program who have pioneered their
previous business in order to increase which in turn will be able to increase their income and their life
quality. The improvement of social welfare programs often becomes the flagship program of every
company in implementing CSR programs. In this case, BPJS Kesehatan actualizes in working capital
lending to surrogate partners. Partnership program of BPJS Kesehatan is not over yet, but the
evaluation needs to be done to obtain input that can be used as consideration to improve the quality of
the policy in the future. Evaluation is done when the program is still running. It is useful to adjust the
the program if there is change in the situation and also to provide input for improvement of the
implementation of the next program.
Dimensions of the impact of CSR Program of BPJS Kesehatan can be determined from the
target group of the program (that is partners of BPJS Kesehatan), and the involved people, in which
case it is their executive, including their company. Dimension of direct costs also can be seen from the
evaluation of the impact of CSR programs at BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya that there
are direct costs to be incurred for the implementation of the company's CSR program. The direct cost
was deducted from the calculation of 2% of the company's profit. While the dimensions of the indirect
impact to the society that is associated with the administrative services of 6% to be able to access the
loan funds the partnership program.
The direct impact of perceived target group can be seen in the Community Development
Program which is organized by BPJS Kesehatan Main Branch Office Surabaya. For example, with the
aid renovations of mosques or complete the needs of schools that also have an impact on public
facilities and increasing well-being of society. This society who can feel these comforts will provide
an appreciation of the company that has run the CSR program. These implications are the impact that
occurs in the targeted situations or group of targets in local societies.
187
Thomas J. Cook and Frank P. Schioli, Jr., who purposed A Policy Impact Model in order to
analyze the impact or outcome of a policy in a policy research, say that there are things to know, the
first is what is the program of policies that to be evaluated? Programs which is evaluated in this study
is the CSR Program, which in Indonesia known as the PCDP. This PCDP is set in the Minister of
State-Owned Enterprise Regulation No. 05/MBU/2007 about Partnership Program between StateOwned Enterprise and Small Business as well as Community Development Program.
Second, after the program is known, it can be formulated exactly what the objectives of the
policy is. Partnership and Community Development Program is basically a form of corporate social
responsibility to the society in the form of society empowerment, improve social welfare, and
sustainable economic growth while protecting the environment.
Third, after the objectives of a policy program formulated, the next step is determining what
action that is needed to do and has been done. The activity which has been done is implementing CSR
program through PCDP. PCDP is begun with submitting some proposals by the assisted partners of
BPJS Kesehatan to Regional Office of BPJS Kesehatan trough the Division of Administration and
Finance. Furthermore, this section then assigned to the Division of Finance and Administration at
Main Branch Office to conduct site surveys. At the same time, they also examine the feasibility of the
proposal. Furthermore, the survey results are returned to the BPJS Kesehatan Regional Office to get
approval of the nominal amount that can be disbursed to the assisted partners. In the term of
partnership programs, the money will be transferred through the bank. Besides, community
development program contains required materials or items in accordance with the contents of the
proposal. Financial accountability form is also submitted. For partnership program, the report is made
and sent to BPJS Kesehatan main branch office of Surabaya every three months until the loan is paid
off. The partners who receive the assistance of community development have to made a report when
the activity has been completed.
Fourth, from the activities that has been carried out then it is formulated to measure
effectiveness of an activity that has been done. In generating information about policy performance
can be used as criteria to evaluate policy outcomes. In this study, using the criteria proposed by Dunn,
namely effectiveness, which is to see whether the desired results have been achieved. The
implementation of CSR programs of BPJS Kesehatan main branch office of Surabaya has resulted in
the availability of computers, and tape recorders for kindergarten. In addition, the ceiling of
Baiturrahman Mosque has been improved and the installation of ceiling plaster that made from
gypsum. Moreover, Nurul Huda Mosque gains painting of their new constructed tower from the
funding of the community development Program. Boarding house owners get renovation and addition
of their upper floor. Almost all partners encounters happy and thanks for the aid and loans. They also
expect to still be able to access this assistance in the future.
The results of the implementation of CSR Program through Partnership and Community
Development Program can also be felt by the implementers. As a form of corporate responsibility, the
188
executive did not hesitate to go to the field to carry out this program. Although, their involvement in
this program is not their primary task. In fact, they are often confronted with obstacles in completing
tasks into practice, particularly with regard to billing each month loans that they did.
Fifth, is the discovery and formulating impact or what results have been achieved from the
policies program both intended and unintended impact. In relation to the impact, the objects need to be
understood are the intended and unintended impact. Intended impact implies when policy is made,
thus, the government has charted the impact that would happen. Among the impacts that expected to
occur, contains both intended and unintended impact (Wibawa, 1994:29).
In this program, the intended impact among the society about BPJS Kesehatan main branch
office of Surabaya is the company's contribution to improving society welfare. This is reflected in the
partnership loan program receivers. By the soft loans funds, allowing entrepreneurs to develop their
business in a better way, so as it gives contribution in the increase of their welfare.
The positive impact is the establishment of a harmonious relationship between BPJS
Kesehatan main branch office of Surabaya with the surrounding society. This is works for the
partnership and community development receivers. Aid that given by BPJS Kesehatan gives sense of
comfort and calm to people while performing their worship in mosque, they do not have to worry
anymore about collapsing ceiling and also give a sense of satisfaction when they see the mosque is
clean and beautiful.
The existence of monthly reports made by CSR officer in BPJS Kesehatan main branch office.
CSR then is forwarded to the BPJS Kesehatan Regional Office, becomes a benchmark in evaluating
the existing PDCP. The CSR officer of BPJS Kesehatan Head Office then prepared a quarterly report.
The quarterly report eventually made into an annual report submitted to the State Ministry of StateOwned Enterprise with carbon copy to the board of commissioners (BOC). The reports are expected to
reduce or eliminate cheats committed by the company, because they get direct observation from the
State Ministry of State-Owned Enterprise.
Another positive impact is the establishment of a positive image of the company in the eyes of
the public, especially people who never felt the support from the company. It is an asset for the
company to be able to continue the operation with the support from the society.
Besides the intended impacts, there are also unintended impacts. Based on the results of the
research, people are very pleased with the variety of assistances and loan funds for business modal.
But it could have an impact that people are becoming dependent on companies that implement CSR
programs. Especially, for partners who do not want to fulfill their obligation to pay back the loan funds
with a variety reasons. While BPJS Kesehatan not provides any action related to the stuck credits.
Even though, there is regulation about the stuck credit that if the loan is not clear, doubtful and stuck
then can be done loan recovery efforts by rescheduling or completion of requirements (reconditioning)
with the condition it fulfills the criteria specified. Those problems deserve extra concern because the
189
other partners could know that there are no meaningful sanctions/punishment for those who violate the
agreement, as a result, they would imitate partners to avoid their responsibility.
Looking at the results of the evaluation of the impact of CSR programs in main branch office
of BPJS Kesehatan Surabaya that has been completed, it appears that the policy could be continued
with some revisions that is associated with the responsibilities and commitment of trained partners to
return the borrowed funds. Due to refund the loan will be used to finance other small entrepreneurs,
especially those who have never received loan funds, as to expand and increase the CSR program
target groups in BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya.
CLOSING
A. Conclusion
Based on the results of this research on the Evaluation of the Impact of Corporate Social
Responsibility in Main Branch Office BPJS Kesehatan Surabaya, it can be concluded that the impact
of CSR program which is implemented consisting intended and unintended impacts, namely:
1. The intended impact that is felt by the target group of the implementation of CSR programs in
BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya is the company's contribution to improving the
society welfare. This is seen in the impact felt by the loan recipient Partnership Program. The
Community Development Program feels calm, comfortable, happy and satisfied with the
condition of schools and mosques after obtaining aid from BPJS Kesehatan main branch office
Surabaya. In addition, the establishment of a harmonious relationship between BPJS
Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya with the surrounding society. Another positive impact
is the establishment of a positive image of the company in the eyes of the public.
2. The unintended impacts are society becomes dependent on the companies that implement CSR
programs. Especially for the partners who do not want to fulfill their obligation to pay back
the loan funds for a variety of reasons. While, BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya
does not provide any action related to the stuck credit.
B. Suggestion
Based on the results of the evaluation of the impact of CSR programs in BPJS Kesehatan main
branch office Surabaya that has been done, it appears that the policy can be continued by revise the
policy or implementing the procedures in accordance with relevant regulations and responsibilities
established partner‟s commitment to refund the loan. In addition, more socialization of CSR programs
conducted by BPJS Kesehatan main branch office Surabaya, so that more people can enjoy this
program.
190
REFERENCES
Abidin, Said Zainal. 2012. Public Policy. Salemba Humanika. Jakarta.
Agustino, Leo. 2006. Basic of Public Policy. Alfabeta. Bandung
Ambadar, Jackie. 2002. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Practice of Indonesia. PT Elex
Media Komputindo. Jakarta.
Dunn, William N. 2003. Introduction of Public Policy Analysis. Gadjah Mada University Press.
Yogyakarta.
Ekowati, Mas Roro Lilik. 2009. Plan, Implementation, and Evaluation of a Policy or Program (A
Theoretical and Practical Study). Pustaka Cakra. Surakarta.
Fajar, Mukti ND. 2009. Corporate Social Responsibility in Indonesia. Yogyakarta. Pustaka Pelajar.
Kartini, Dwi. 2009. Corporate Social Responsibility: Transformation Concept of Sustainability
Management and the Implementation in Indonesia. Refika Aditama. Bandung.
Regulation of the State Minister for State-Owned Enterprise No. 05/MBU/2007 about Partnership
Program between State-Owned Enterprise and Small Business as well as Community
Development Program.
Solihin, Ismail. 2009. Corporate Social Responsibility From Charity to Sustainabilility. Jakarta.
Salemba Empat.
Sunarko. 2000. Public Policy: Basic Definition to Understand and Analyze Government Policy.
Airlangga University Press. Surabaya.
Wibawa, Samodra. et al. 1994. Public Policy Evaluation. PT. RajaGrafindo Persada. Jakarta.
Widodo, Joko. 2009. Public Policy Analysis: Concept and Application Analysis of Public Policy
Process. Bayu Media. Malang
Winarno, Budi. 2012. Public Policy: Theory, Process, and Case Study. CAPS. Yogyakarta.
191
http://www.people .hbs.edu/mdessai/D+D_BSR.pdf
http://en. Wikipedia.org/wiki/Community_development
http://noanggie.wordpress.com/2008/04/07/penerapan-prinsip-tanggung-jawab-sosialdan....19/03/2009
http://web.bisnis.com/edisi-cetak/edisi-harian/jatim-kti/lid21262.html
http://www.duniaesai.com/hukum/hukum14.html
www.csrreview-online.com/lihatartikel.php?id=14
http://korantempo.com/korantempo/2007/07/23/Ekonomi_dan_Bisnis
http://www.bumn.go.id/BPJS Kesehatan/publikasi/mou-kemenkes-ri-dengan-dunia-usaha/
http://www.republika.co.id/berita/csr
http://www.waspada.co.id
192
ANALYSIS OF SERVICE QUALITY ON BUILDING PERMIT IN DEPOK CITY THE
PROVINCE OF WEST JAVA, 2014
Retnowati WD Tuti , Lilyk Sumarni
Faculty of Social and Political Sciences
University of Muhammadiyah Jakarta, Indonesia
Phone. +62-813- 8895- 9826
e-mail: [email protected]
ABSTRACT:In 2012 the city of Depok was known as the second most corrupt City in Indonesia
(Corruption Eradication Commission/KPK Research, 2012).
In 2014 Capital Investment and Integrated Licensing Services Board (BPMP2T) of Depok city
managed to obtain ISO 9001: 2008 for Corporate Business License (SIUP).
ISO itself indicates that the service provided to the community is good categorized. . In 2012 the
service was poor, then in 2014 some of the services were satisfactory. This reason trigger curiosity of
the researchers about the quality of IMB service in Depok City. Research objectives are: 1). To
assess the existing conditions of IMB Service Quality based on 14 elements in Public Satisfaction
Index; 2). To describe the supporting and restraining factors; 3). To illustrate the work that have been
implemented and the work which will be implemented. Results revealed that IMB service in Depok
City has lack of quality, was not integrated, did not implement one-stop service time consuming.
Category : Public Administration
Keyword: Public Services
INTRODUCTION
The rationale of this research is the primary functions of government including local
government for the welfare of society, which can be achieved through the provision of services to the
community. Therefore, according to Moestapadidjaya (2003, p. 16). public service directed at
achieving community satisfaction. Service delivery requires “serve behavior" instead of “be served ";
"Encourage, not hamper"; "Easier, not complicated"; "Simple, instead of beating around the bush";
and "open to everyone, not for a handful of people".
However, in practice there are so many services which are poor delivered for example World
Bank survey in 2011, they found that from 183 countries, it appears that Indonesia ranks number 129
in terms of the quality of public services, particularly the licensing service.
193
Meanwhile, according to research report of International Finance Corporation (2006) in Prasojo,
Eko (2007: p. 24), Indonesia placed as the most inefficient and expensive country's. The new permit
to invest on average through 12 procedures (= 12 agencies), which took 151 days with the high cost of
US $ 1,163; Meanwhile, in Thailand, to handle a new investment permits much more easy through 8
procedures (= 8 agencies), which takes 33 days at a cost of US $ 160.
According to the Commissioner Member of the Ombudsman, Budi Santoso (2015), the
community dissatisfaction with local government services continues to grow. Even until the first
quarter of this year (January-March), local government is an institution that most people complained
to the Ombudsman. Total complaint from 33 provincial public complaints to the Ombudsman until the
first quarter of this year amounted to 1100 reports of complaints. From 1100 reports, only 442 reports
of complaints were eligible for follow-up, which 172 are complaints about local government. For
three consecutive years the local government is an institution of the most widely reported to the
Ombudsman. (http://www.rmol.co.id accessed on February 15, 2015)
Furthermore, Retnowati WD Tuti (2013) in her dissertation and IJAS Journal Volume 2 No.
5 revealed that the Public Service in Bogor particularly building permit, has lack of quality. Occurs
extortion; cumbersome procedures and time consuming in IMB service which all if this are not in
accordance with Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). Meanwhile, in research conducted by
Retnowati WD Tuti (2013) and in Retnowati‟s article in the Journal of Studies of Faculty of Social
and Political Sciences UMJ (2014), she asserts that service of the public transportation letters to the
owner / manager of public transportation by the Department of Road Transport Traffic Bogor
Regency has not been transparent and the fee of the service is not fix or depends on the officer in the
field.
The Government is striving to improve the public service by issuing a variety of legislations,
ranging from Kepmenpan No. 25 of 2004 on Public Satisfaction Index (IKM) Services Unit
Government Agencies including the local authorities; Regulation No. 24 Year 2006 on Guidelines for
the Implementation of One Stop Services (= PPTSP); and Act No. 25 of 2009 on Public Service;
PERMEN PAN RB Number 15 Year 2014 concerning Public Service Standard (replacement of
KepmenPAN No. 25 of 2004).
A developer in Depok city complained about the length of the completion of the IMB, while
others complained about the complexity of licensing red tape that is hindering investment. To process
IMB, people must start taking care of many other permissions beforehand such as IPR and Site Plan,
all of which takes a very long 2-6 months.
This research is conducted due to a huge curiosity of the researchers to determine whether
Depok City provides public services such as rules that have been determined in PPTSP and the Public
Service Act and the Public Service Standard or not. In 2014 the city of Depok has been awarded ISO
90001: 2008, whereas previously according to the results of the KPK survey (2012), the Government
of Depok City ranks second lowest of the 60 institutions surveyed area. Allegedly a lot going on
194
bribery and gratification in public service and even Members of Parliament Siti Nurjanah says that
"licensing services
in Depok is poor because from the bottom level of the local government
(kelurahan( to the highest level that is the Board of Investment and Licensing Services (BPMP2T)
does not work properly (Low Standard of Public Service , December 13, 2012 Jonder Sihotang Our
City)
Research on IMB services in Depok is restricted to public services with a focus on
administrative services which were held using “One Stop service” mechanism. In addition, research is
also limited to only about the building permit because the permit in Depok is one of the two licenses
that permit subject to the levy. From twenty licenses (Results Interview with Head of Licensing I &
II, June 2015), only two licenses which are subjected to the levy: IMB and HO permit/Disturbance.
IMB is the object being studied because this permit is the most widely processed by the residents.
Furthermore, this study is limited to the period in 2014 after BPMP2T awarded ISO 9001: 2008 for
the management of the Company Business License (SIUP). Meanwhile, in order to evaluate the
Existing Condition of the Quality of Public Services in IMB permit, researchers look at the ongoing
process in the first year by using the 14 elements of Public Satisfaction Index. Based on observation
of the various problems of public services in Depok City, the problem formulation in this research
are:
1). How the discourse of Existing Conditions of IMB Service based on the 14 elements in Public
Satisfaction Index ;
2). How is the description of supporting and restraining factors in IMB services?
3). How is the description of the work that has been and will be carried by BPMP2T?
The objective of this study as follows:
1). To study the existing conditions of the service quality in IMB Service based on 14 elements in
Public Satisfaction Index ;
2). To Provide description the supporting and restraining factors Inhibiting Support and Service
Quality IMB.
3) To provide a work description that has been done and will be carried by BPMP2T.
The study has some outputs: 1). Existing Model of Public Service for IMB in Depok City; 2).
International Seminar IAPA 2015/2016; 3). Proceeding IAPA 2015/2016; 4). National Journal:
"Existing Conditions of IMB service in Depok City".
PUBLIC SERVICES CONCEPT and INDICATOR
2.1. Former Research
Assessing the results of empirical research is intended to obtain the contribution of the research
results and to determine the element of newness of this research. Assessing the results of research
195
carried out coherently random basis and not on the basis of quality considerations or factors related to
academic
The first study, conducted by Arpan Gulla, Abdul Razak and Mas Bakar (no year available),
entitled Implementation of the Building Permit for the Integrated Licensing Service Agency (=
abbreviated BPPT) In Banggai regency which outlining the results of his research that the licensing
service of BPPT has not yet maximize. The problem of under perform service happens due to few
things: (1). incomplete legislation underlying the permit; (2). The authority pf processing IMB permit
has not delegated yet to the head of BPPT; (3). Lack of human resources and inadequate infrastructure
(4). Inter-agency coordination has not been harmonized.
The second study, entitled Reform of Licensing Services and Regional Development: Success
Story of Three Cities: Purbalingga, Makassar, and Banjarbaru by Tirta Nugraha Mursitama, Desy
Hariyati, and Sigit Indra Prianto (2010), expressed some of their research findings. The findings of the
study are: 1). time service of the permit is not ideal; 2). unofficial costs tend to increase in the
investment process; 3). Persistent moral hazard behavior that helped castrated the long road reform in
the local level, such as corruption, the permissive culture and elitist culture that still emphasizes the
patron-client culture with the policy makers.
The third study conducted by Munhurrun, Bhiwajee & Naidoo (2010), entitled Service
Quality in the Public Service. The study aims to gain a better understanding of the level of quality of
public services provided by the Government, by describing the Front Line Employee (FLE) and
customer perception regarding quality of service. The study used a survey method with SERVQUAL
technique used to measure the quality of service between the FLE and customers. The conclusions in
the study includes four things. First, when there are significant deficiencies in meeting customer
expectations, FLE does not seem to have a good understanding of what the customer expectations.
Quality gap of the service shows that the department of public services failed to meet customers
expectations. Therefore, gap of service providers must be reduced. The solution is to measure
customer expectations and communicate with FLE. Second, the research adds knowledge related to
quality management of public services quality. Department of public services needs to provide more
training to FLE. Third, the study is also important for public service managers strategic and
operational as well as academics who are researching the reliability and value of service quality
assessment tools. Fourth, with SERVQUAL, this study may help public organizations to identify
important issues to the improvement in service delivery. (published in the International Journal of
Management and Marketing Research, Volume 3, Number 1, 2010.)
The fourth study conducted by Omurgonulsen & Oktem (2009), entitled Is There Any
Change in the Public Service Values of Different Generations of Public Administrators? The Case of
Turkish Governors and District Governors. The study aims to investigate the value of public services,
especially on the ethics of public service between two different generations between the governor and
local leader/Regent in Turkey. Research methods using empirical survey. The research findings
196
demonstrate traditional patterns and value pattern which more or less consistent to the Governor and
the Regent. New values is not strong enough to engage the value of public service which is considered
essential. Results of the study do not support the hypothesis that it is often assumed that the public
service be degraded by the emergence of traditional values such as business. In other words, the
values can not enter public culture though pursued by rhetoric and recipes of New Public
Management (here called NPM) for many years. The previous studies in general among others discuss
the reform of public services; quality of public services; ethics of public service; public participation
in public services; e-governance, and the type of licensing. Aspects of the above mentioned research
needs to be done further research, especially research held by the Local Government and Higher
Education in the administration of public services. Based on the description of the results of previous
studies above, it can be concluded that the differences in values and understanding of the perpetrators
of human resources of public services remains a barrier to be overcome in achieving the objectives of
the reform of public services. This is as stated by Munhurrun, Bhiwajee & Naidoo, (2010),
Omurgonulsen & Oktem (2009) in some of their research.
Based on the results of previous studies indicated that the understanding of human resources
and society becomes an important key in the public service. In that study, sought to examine more in
depth about the relevance of human behavior itself with the role of the community, which both have a
vested interest in the public service.
The provision of public services is the task of the Government, it is confirmed by Rashid
(1997: 11) that "the principal task of modern government is essentially public services (the public).
The government does not held to serve themselves, but to serve the community ". Thus the public
service is a mission and main task of governing a country.
2.2. Definition of Public Service
Terminology of service and public services provides basic understanding about public
service. Public services are defined by Roth (1987) as "any services available to the public Whetherprovided publicly (as is a museum) or privately (as is a restaurant meal)", Any services disclosed by
Roth related to goods and services in service, Public service means any form of service activities
undertaken by an organization or individual in the form of goods or services to the community, both
individuals and groups or organizations (Retnowati WD Tuti, 2014).
The provision of public services needs to pay attention to the principles that must be executed in
the public service itself. Islamy (2000) in Wibisono (2002) suggested some basic principles in the
provision of public services to the public, that are: 1). The principle of accessibility; 2). The principle
of continuity, 3). Principle technicalities; 4). Profitability principles; 5). Principles of Accountability.
2.3. The Quality of Public Services
Public services are organized by the government can determine achievement of fulfilling the needs
of public goods and services. The management goal is the satisfaction of service. Only satisfactory
service delivery can realizing the community satisfaction. Parasuraman, Zethithamal and Berry
197
(2003) found a model called the Service Quality SERVQUAL (Service Quality). The model has five
dimensions, namely: 1) Tangible (physical evidence), 2) Reliabity (reliability); 3) Responsiveness
(responsiveness); 4) Assurance (guarantee); and 5) Emphathy.
In order to provide quality services, according to the paradigm of the New Public Service,
according to Denhardt & Denhardt (2003), the government needs to pay attention to the eight
principles of quality services, namely:1). Convenience, 2). Reliability; 3). Personal attention; 4).
Citizen influence; 5). Fairness; 6). Problem-solving approach; 7). Fiscal Responsibility dan 8).
Security.
Furthermore, this study is intended to measure the quality of service IMB in Depok used 14
elements of Public Satisfaction Index (HPI), including: 1). service procedures; 2). terms of service; 3).
clarity of mission; 4). disciplinary of the workers; 5). responsibility of workers; 6). the ability of
service personnel; 7). speed of service personnel; 8). obtain justice services; 9) Politeness and
hospitality of the workers; 10). the reasonableness of the service charge; 11). assurance service
charge; 12). assurance service schedules; 13). environmental comfort; and 14). security services.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
3.1 Data
The data , obtained from the interviewers, observation and review of documentation . Interviews using
an interview guide that contains 14 elements IKM , Supporting and Inhibiting Factors ; as well as the
efforts that have been done and will be done . This study using the method Qualitative approaches .
Informants were determined by purposive technique and accidental sampling . Data analysis
technique using 6 steps Mac Nabb and Test Data validity using Moleong .
3.2. Existing conditions of IMB (Building Permits) Service
By using 14 elements of HPI, quality of IMB service can be determined.
3.2.1. Procedure (see figure 1)
3.2.2. Requirements of IMB Service
a. Technical Requirements
Technical requirements are the review of the field that should be done on the buildings which have
permits that have requested by the Technical Committee of the relevant agencies.
b. Administrative Requirements
Photo copy of valid ID card; photo copy of certificate of land; f.c IPR / Ilok; Site plane;
3.2.3. Clarity IMB Service Officers
Every day, there are always officers in accordance with pre-defined working hours ie 08.0-15.0 hours.
Before fasting, after break fasting and the counter open continuously (the results of observations and
interviews on the Head of TU, June 7 and August 31, 2015).
3.2.4.Work Officer Training
198
The result of research observation, seen at 7.30 the officers came on the morning following the
morning assembly. Exactly 8.0 hours the officers started working. Then when we asked to informants
from the community who are taking care of licensing the average stated that officers are well
disciplined. They were ready behind their workplaces respectively at 08.0 hours. (The results of
observations on June 7, 2015 in BPMP2T)
3.2.5. Responsibility Officer IMB at work
The employees are responsible for their workplaces. Even, the Head of Licensing 2 on Saturday
entered the work itself (results of interviews at Head of Licensing 2 and Kaban, June 8, 2015 in
BPMP2T)
3.2.6. The officer's ability to provide services
Inadequate. Evidence happened by stacking a file that hasn‟t finished files every day 20-30 (results of
the interviews onthe licensing Head 2 and Head of TU, June 8, 2015 in BPMP2T). It can also be
caused due to insufficient numbers of workers, while the application for a permit more and more.
3.2.7. IMB service speed
Peak public complaints at Fator time. Licensing in Depok BPMP2T was very long, especially for
Space Utilization Permit, IMB, and Site Plan. Several people who were interviewed gave the
information that 3 months until they organize an annual permit recently completed (the results of
interviews with the people who are taking care of IMB, June 10, 2015, in the Office of Depok
BPMP2T)
3.2.8 Justice IMB Services
There are people who complain because the queue was not to the point, because it was preceded by
another that is not through the queue even often "wandering" entered the room attendant (interviews
with people who were taking care of IMB, June 10, 2015, in BPMP2T office Depok)
3.2.9. Courtesy and hospitality Officer
Average employees are polite but they need to improve their friendliness. (interviews with the people
who were taking care of IMB, June 10, 2015, in the Office of Depok BPMP2T)
3.2.10. Cost reasonableness Services
The IMB Levy Cheap, Medium or expensive, it does not sound public complaints. (interviews with
the Head of Licensing 1 and 2, June 12, 2015, in the Office of Depok BPMP2T).
3.2.11. Cost Certainty IMB Service
Cost levy in accordance with local regulations but there was also money participation / her extortion
large very varied, interviews with people who were taking care of IMB, June 12, 2015, in the Office
of Depok BPMP2T)
3.2.12. Certainty Schedule IMB Services
Service Schedule has written clearly and pasted on the walls are easy to read every visitor who comes.
There have been changes for the better that the counter open during breaks. Employees take a rest in
199
turns. That is counter remains open (observations and interviews with people who were taking care of
IMB, June 12 and August 31, 2015, in the Office of Depok BPMP2T)
3.2.13. Environmental Comfort in IMB Service Delivery
Less comfortable because of the small room. So there is no room for a meeting of the Technical Team
Head of the Agency as a result of various agencies can‟t conduct surveillance on the work of the
Technical Team (observations and interviews with people who were taking care of IMB, and
interviews Kaban June 12th 2015, in the Office of Depok BPMP2T)
3.2.14. Security in the Provision of Services IMB,
Have occurred also mistype the name, address, house number etc; so that people have to wait a few
days for its revision (the interview with the Head of Licensing and people who are taking care of
IMB, June 12, 2015, in the Office of Depok BPMP2T).
No
Supportive Factor
Resistor Factor
Description
The process of service isn‟t The chief, the head field, the
01
The Head Commitment integrated and one door.
society.
has proved and more
licenses
would
be
delegated.
02
The rapid development .
Technical team :
Kaban, Kabid Perizinan I dan
1) Slow work process;
II
2) No separate room;
3) The control of technical
work team is weak.
4) Has two head
03
SOP have been made.
Uneffective time
04
The permits have been Many brokers
Society
Society
made
05
The passion of Technical Less employee
The chief, the head field, the
Team to be the officers
society.
of BPMP2T
06
Policy : the based of law, Less
local
regulations
extensive
and representative work place
and The chief, the head field, the
society.
mayor regulations.
07
The institution was given Technical team hasn‟t been the The chief, the head field, the
a lot of authority
200
subordinate of the Head
society.
08
Online service hasn‟t been The chief, the head field, the
made.
society.
Complain Management less
optimal
Not all the licenses have the
ISO: 90001:2008
The participation of society is
less
The Process of Building Permits Handling Complaints
The proceess of building permits handling complaints is managed by the staff od CPNS who have
finished their bachelor degree. The society that have complaints, they will be asked to fill the form.
NThe forms is prepared to get complaints with writing our name, addresses, sign up number, and the
problem. Afterwards, the officers will do tracking the file of complaints with using computer. After
that, the officers will tell the people the causes of slow service. And the last, that file will be followed
by the officers. It will be finished by 4-6 days.
3.4. The Efforts have been made by BP2TPM of Depok to improve the quality of IMB service
3.4.1. The efforts have been made :
1) File unification (IPR and IMB).
2) Promotion by using printed media, audio visual, and become the participants of the
exhibitions in various places outside the city.
3) Improving the investation and giving the information to the investor as preparation of
incentive study and disincentive investor, enhancement of spatial-based investment dat, and
coordination across enterpreneurship in Depok.
4) ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System to fix SIUP and HO,
5) Providing facilities and infrastructure for society :
a). Consultation by sending SMS & Complaint by calling : 0822 1112 – 1244;
b). SMS (for getting the information of the status of the complaint), by
typing : cek#nomor pendaftaran and send to 0811-9593-477;
c). E-mail : [email protected];
d).Suggestion Box : “Tuliskan saran di kotak saran BPMP2T”
201
3.4.2. The Efforts have been made by BP2TPM:
1) Providing a room to technical team ;
2)
Service Excellent Training;
3) 3).Uniform
4). Permits online sign up;
5).ISO for tourism permission;
6). Fix up the procedure; 7). Buy a new server
CONCLUSION
Conclusion: Public Service Building Permit is not qualified in Depok, because the procedure is not
one door or still convoluted; completion time longer than SOP and there are still moral hazard of the
employees.
REFERENCES
[1].Denhardt, J.V. & Denhardt, R.B., 2003, The New Public Service: Serving, Not Steering, New
York: M.E. Sharpe
[2].Gulla, Arpan., Razak, Abdul., And Fuel, Mas. (without the so-called years), entitled
Implementation of the Building Permit Granting the Integrated Licensing Service Agency in
Banggai district.
[3].http://www.rmol.co.id accessed on 15 February 2015
[4].KPK Survey Results ( 2012) .
[5].Kepmenpan Number 25 of 2004 on Public Satisfaction Index (HPI ) Services Unit Government
Agencies including the Regional Government
[6].Kepmendagri No. 24 of 2006 on Guidelines for the Implementation of One Stop Services ( =
PPTSP )
[7].KemenPaN &RB Number 15 Year 2014 Concerning Public Service Standard ( replacement of
KepmenPAN Number 25 of Year 2009)
[8].Low Public Service , December 13 2012 Jonder Sihotang Our City )
202
[9].Law No. 25 of 2009 on Public Service
[10].McNabb, David. 2002. Research Methods in Public Administration & Nonprofit
[11].Moleong , L.J. 2008. Qualitative Research Methodology . Bandung: PT Young Rosdakarya .
[12].Mustopadidjaja Ar , 2003. Reforms In Terms Eradication of corruption , papers in the
Seminar and Workshop on Development of National Law VIII by the National Law Development
Agency of the Ministry of Justice and Ham , Denpasar , p.13-16
[13].Omurgonulsen & Oktem (2009), Is There Any Change in the Public Service Values of
Different Generations of Public Administrators? The Case of Turkish Governors and District
Governors.
[14].Parasuraman, Berry and Zeithmal. 1994 Reassessment of Expectations as a Comparison
Standard in Measuring Service Quality: Implications for futher Research, Journal of Marketing,
Vol. 58 (January), pp 111-124
[15].Prasojo, Eko, et al. 2007. Deregulation and Debureaucratization Licensing in Indonesia,
Depok, Department of Administration, Social UI.
[16].Retnowati WD Tuti. 2013. Implementation of Public Service in the District Bogor.
Universitas Brawijaya (dissertation)
[17].Retnowati WD Tuti. 2014. Textbook of Public Service. Jakarta. UMJ Press.
[18]. Retnowati WD Tuti and Izzatusholeha. 2013. Analysis of the Urban Transport Service
Quality in Bogor District. First Year.
[19]................... .., 2014. Analysis of the Urban Transport Service Quality in Bogor. Second Year.
[20].The Ford Foundation research Results on One Stop Services. 2004
[21].Roth.G, 1987. The Private Provision of Public Services in Developping Countries.EDI Series
in Economyc Development Published for the World Bank. New York: Oxford University Press.
203
[22].World Bank. 2011.Quality of Public Service, Particularly Licensing Services To 183 Countries.
[23].Wiryatmi, Endang Trilestari, 2005. Model Public Service Performance with Thingking
System Approach and System Dynamics-A Case Study of Public Service in Bandung, GraduateStudy Program Administrative Sciences, University of Indonesia (Disertation).
204
PUBLIC HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS’ SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS
AND ATTITUDE TOWARD LEARNING
Prof. Daniel C. Kambey, MA, PhD
ABSTRACT: The aim of this quantitative study was to investigate whether parents‟ socio-economic
status were associated with public high school students‟ attitude toward learning. The socio-economic
status comprised of parents‟ educational background, occupation, and monthly income. Educational
attainment was categorized into primary education, secondary education, and tertiary education;
occupation was classified into government and non-government employees; and monthly income is
divided into 5 strata: low, upper-low, lower-middle, upper-middle, and high. The dependent variable
was student attitude toward learning that was measured by a self-constructed questionnaire with 5point likert scale. Descriptive and inferential statistics were employed to describe, compare, and
correlate the levels of parents‟ socio-economic status and academic achievement.
The results showed that most of the parents can afford to provide their children with learning
facilities and their income was found to significantly associated with their children‟s attitude toward
learning. Only the mothers, seemed to have ample time to spend with their children and this might
have given influence on their children‟s education. Nevertheless, their children‟s attitude toward
learning was categorized as moderate or mediocre and the children‟ attitude toward learning was not
significantly associated with their parents‟ educational background and occupation.
Keywords: socio-economic status, parents‟ income, parents‟ educational background, parental
occupation, student attitude toward learning
INTRODUCTION
Socio-economic status (SES) is often used as an indicator of measuring somebody‟s social
standing. Socio-economic status, basically, comprises of three words wherein the word status means
a position, and thus implies a social standing based on financial capability (Sarjanaku, 2011).
Woolfolk (2001) associates socio-economic status to social class so that a family with a low level of
socio-economic status is often assumed as a family of low social class.
In general, SES is divided into three strata, namely low, middle, and high and it refers to
one‟s social standing or class that can be seen in his or her influence in the society (Snowman &
Beihler, 2000; Woolfolk, 2007). It also often refers to subculture and categorization of one‟s status in
205
terms of their financial condition, educational background, and occupation (American Psychological
Association, 2013; Santrock, 2008). In addition, neighborhood and political power are sometimes
used to measure SES of a family (Brogan, 2009; Woolfolk, 2007).
Santrock (2008) divides socio-economic status into three parts, namely types of occupation,
monthly income, and highest educational background. In educational context, the socio-economic
status refers to that of parents, rather than of children or students. Furthermore, socio-economic status
is generally categorized into three major evels: low, middle, and high.
Socio-economic status, to some extent, has impact on educational outcomes. Zainul (2011)
explained that socio-economic status played a big role in children‟s growth and development.
Furthermore, he described that affluent family, in contrast to marginal family, can afford to provide
adequate facilities so that their children are enabled to express and develop their various capability
and knowledge. He, however, added that a high level of socio-economic could impede children‟s
development because their parents tend to spoil them and they lack of discipline.
Experts and educationalists have assumed that parental socio-economic status has something
to with their children‟ learning, as well as attitude toward learning. (Macoby & Martin, 1983;
Campbell & Mandell, 1990; Baumrind 1997; Mayer, 2010; Farooq, Chaudhryl, Shafiq, & Berhanu,
2011)
Good educators treat students differently based on their socio-economic status, because their
motivation and needs are different. But some people may think that students with high level of socioeconomic status are always good students since their parents can afford to provide their children with
learning facilties at home. Some studies have shown that the effect of socio-economic status might be
different from one study to another.
This study was intended to explore how the socio-economic status is associated with student
attitude toward learning within the context of a public high school in North Sulawesi Indonesia. It is
expected that the results of this study would be useful for contextual application only. More
specifically, the aim of this study was to find a description of monthly income, highest educational
attainment, and type of occupation of the students‟ parents; and whether these three factors affected
the student latitude toward learning.
The occupational status refers to someone‟s position when doing a job in a particular unit or
business activity. According to Kementerian Pemberdayaan Perempuan dan Perlindungan Anak
(2008). There are four types of occupation, namely, independent worker, hired worker, free worker,
and family worker. Independent worker refers to entrepreneur who has his or her own business or
enterprise with assistance of hired worker and unhired or free worker. Family worker is an unpaid
worker who does the job around the home.
Rahmanto (2008) investigated the influence of parents‟ occupation, private and non-private,
on students‟ interest in learning guidance. It was found that parents‟ occupation influenced the
206
learning guidance of the children, and thus implying that the childrens‟ educationan was influenced by
parents‟ occupation.
Australian government (2008) stated that the children‟s educational achievement was found to
be associated with their parents‟ latest educational attainment. Specifically it was noted that the
parents‟ educational background affected their children‟s learning process. Rini (2012) found that
there was a positive and significant relationship between parents‟ educational background and their
childrens‟ interest to pursue a study at university level.
American Psychological Association (2013) described that students from low level of socioeconomci status often had problems in their education. Their language competence, in terms of
communication, was reportedly as lower compared to those of high level of socio-econpmic status. It
also affected the students‟ ability to complete their homework assignment, wherein this kind of
students tended to be slower in doing and submitting their work.
Attitude toward learning is a crucial thing in the classroom, wherein student is expected to
have a positive attitude so as to gain success in their learning. Student attitude toward learning, to
some extent, affected their success in their classroom (Ghazali, 2008; Brogan, 2009).
The learning process includes learning environment, teaching strategies and approaches used
in the classroom. Convenient and intereting learning environment can boost the students‟ motivation
so as to attain maximal learning outcome. Attitude begin with like or dislike in connection with
someone‟ tendency to act or respond to something. Attitude is also one‟s expression of values or
perception that has been formed by desired actions and conducts.
The attitude toward process of learning includes attitude toward the subject matter and their
teacehrs wherein the student is expected to have a positive one so as to grow interest in learning and
motivation to absorb the lesson. Attitude is also related with certain values or norms in conncetion
with the subject matter. A case of life environment is related to subjects, such as biology and
chemistry. When a student has a positivie attitude toward environment, he or she may develop a
positive attitude toward biology and chemistry subjects.
Many studies have been conducted on the impact of SES on education and learning.
Nevertheless, the impact of socio-economic status on education has been shown to be different from
one study to another, wherein SES has been defined in several different ways depending on the nature
of the study (The Essays, 2013; Woolfolk, 2007).
Some studies (Bala, 2011; Davis-Kean, 2005;
Eagle, 1989; Rouse & Barrow, 2006; Rini, 2012) suggested the association was significant and
positive with education and learning, while others (Farouq, Chaudhryl, Shafiq, & Berhanu, 2011;
Jabor, Kungu, Machtmes, Buntat, & Nordin, 2011; Van-Hook & Thomson, 1994) reported the
otherwise.
207
In the midst of varied results of studies on SES, this study was intended to explore
contextually whether or not SES was associated with student attitude toward learning, in a local
public high school in Airmadidi, one of the growing cities in North Sulawesi, Indonesia.
METHODS
Respondents of this quantitative study were 126 high school students who were registered at a
public high school Sekolah Menengah Atas Negeri Airmadidi in the school year 2013 – 2014. The
samples were purposively selected through stratified sampling by years of study (grade X, grade XI,
and grade XII) and systematic sampling so as to obtain a proportional sample size, yet at voluntary
basis. There were 41 Grade X students, 43 Grade XI students, and 42 Grade XII students who
voluntarily participated in this study.
The questionnaire consisted of items about demographic information and attitude toward
learning (M-edukasi, 2013). The demographic variable refers to the parents‟ socio-economic status
namely the highest educational background, types of occupation, and monthly income. The
parents‟highest educational attainment was classified as primary education, secondary education, and
tertiary education. The occupation was divided into two classes: private and public. The private
occupation refers to the non-government workers, such as employees (in private companies), teachers
(in private schools), entrepreneurs, farmers, artists, and even fishermen. The public occupation refers
to those who work for public or government services. The parents‟ income was divided into 5 strata,
namely: low level (with income less than $100/month), upper-low level (with income between $101 $200), lower-middle level (with income between $201 – 300 per month), upper-middle level (with
income between $301-$400 per month), and high level (with income higher than $400 per month).
The construct of attitude toward learning consisted of 20 items with 5-point likert scale
responses, ranged from strongly disagree to strongly agree.
This self-constructed questionnaire
underwent tests of validiy and reliability, by using 30 participants who were excluded from the
respondents whose data responses were used to calculate the actual study. The scores of each of the
20 items were significantly correlated with sums of score of the 20 items, implying that all items were
valid. Analyis of scale reliabity showed that the Cronbach alpha = 0.699 or 70%. This value indicated
reliability of the construct (Priyatno, 2010).
Tests of normality between the dependent and independent variables were employed before
the analysis of correlation. Each of the three variables of socio-economic status, namely the parents‟
income, highest educational background, and occupation was tested whether the assumption of
normality was met with the students‟ attitude toward learning. With Kolmogorov-Smirnov and
Liliefors significance correction, it was found that all the significance values p were greater than the
significance level α = 0.05.
208
RESULTS
Descriptive statistic was used to find a description of parents‟ income. The highest portion of
the parents belonged to medium level of income (36%), followed by low income level (33%) and high
level of income (31%). As a whole, each level of income is almost equally distributed.
Most of the fathers had high school education background (50%), followed by college
education (44%) and below high school education (6%). Most of the mothers had high school
educational background (53%) followed by college education (41%) and below high school (6%). All
in all, it can be seen that only 6% of parents had educational background lower than high school. It
implies that majority of both fathers and mothers had adequate education to run their families.
Most of the fathers (90%) had regular jobs either as civil servants or private employees. Most
of the mothers (80%) were housewives and did not have regular jobs. The rest of the mothers owned a
small business or worked in private business. It implied that most of the mothers had ample time to
spend with the their children during both the daytime and night, and thus might give effect on their
children‟s learning.
Student attitude toward Learning was found to be leveled as moderate M = 3.40; SD = 0.47).
It indicated a mediocre attitude, wherein the student seemed to sway between positive and negative
polars of attitude toward learning.
Pearson correlation analysis was used so as to find out whether there was a significant
relationship between parents‟ income and student attitude toward learning. It was found that the
correlation coefficient was positive (r = 0.21) and the significance value p < significance level α =
0.05. It meant that H01 was rejected implying that there was a positive and significant relationhips
between parents‟ income and student attitude toward learning. The parents‟ higher income was
associated positive attitude of their children toward learning.
Spearman‟s rho correlation analysis was used to determine the relationship between parents‟
educational background and student attitude.
Results showed that correlation coefficients were
negative (father, r = -0.42) and (mother, r = - 0.13). However, the significance values of father and
mother were greater than significance level, implying that the relationship was not significant, since it
failed to reject H02 that said there was no significant relationship between parents‟ educational
background and student attitude toward learning. It meant that student attitude toward leaning was
not associated with parents‟ educational background.
Chi-Square test was utilized in order to find out whether there was a signifiant relationship
between fathers‟ occupation and student attitude toward learning. It was found that X 2 = 70.21 and p
= 0.54. Since p > α, it failed to reject H03 that said that there was no significant relationship between
father‟s occupation and childrens‟ attitude toward learning. Chi-Square test was also utilized in order
to find out whether there was a signifiant relationship between mothers‟ occupation and student
attitude toward learning. Similar finding was resulted that p value (p = 0.58) was greater than
209
significance level α = 0.05. It all meant that both fathers‟ and mothers‟ occupations were not
assicated with theri childresn‟ attitude toward learning.
CONCLUSION
This study utilized quantitative approach so as to contextually describe the parents‟ socioeconomic status and their children‟ attitude toward learning who studied in public high school in
North Minahasa Regency. Using a self-constructed and validated questionnaire with 5-point likert
scale, this study was also intended to find the relationship between the socio-economic status and
attitude toward learning.
The results showed that about one-third of the parents had high income and about half of the
parents graduated from high school and only a few of them graduated from primary school only. More
than half of the fathers worked for private businesses and almost all of the mothers were apparently
housewives or had their small business or home industry. Apparently most of the parents can
financially facilitate their children‟s education, since their income was found to significantly
associated with their children‟s attitude toward learning. The mothers, not the fathers, seemed to have
ample time to spend with their children. This might have given influence on theri children‟s
education.
However, the level of their children‟s attitude toward learning was categorized as
moderate or mediocre. Their children‟ attitude toward learning was not significantly associated with
their parents‟ socio-economic status, namely the educational background and occupation.
REFERENCES
American Psychological Association. (2013). Children, Youth And Families & Socioeconomic Status.
Diambil
dari
http://www.apa.org/pi/ses/
resources/publications/factsheet-cyf.aspx
Australian Government. (2009, December). About us: The Department of Industry, Innovation,
Science,
Research
and
Tertiary
http://www.innovation.gov.au/Higher
Education.
Retrieved
from
Education/
Policy/Pages/Measuring The Socio Economic Status Of Higher Education Students.aspx
Brogan, R. (2009). Relations Between School Outcomes and School SES. Retrieved from
http://www.education.com/reference/article/
socioeconomic-status/
Farooq, M. S., Chaudhryl, A. H., Shafiq, M., & Berhanu, G. (2011). Factors affecting students‟
quality of academic performance: A case of secondary school level. Journal of Quality and
210
Technology
Management,
7(2),
1-14.
Diunduh
dari
http://pu.edu.pk/images/
journal/iqtm/PDF-FILES/01-Factor.pdf
Ghazali, S.N. (2008). Learner background and their attitudes towards studying literature. Malaysian
Journal of ELT Research, 4, 1-17. Diunduh dari
http://www.melta.org.my/modules/tinycontent/Dos/siti_norliana_2_final_word.pdf
Jabor, M. K., Kungu, K., Machtmes, K., Buntat, Y., & Nordin, M. S. (2011). Does parent educational
status matter on the students‟ achievement in science?. International Conference on Social
Science and Humanity IPEDR, 5, 309-313. Diunduh dari http://www.ipedr.com/vol5/no2/68H10179.pdf
Kementerian Pemberdayaan Perempuan dan Perlindungan Anak Republik Indonesia (2008). Pekerja
Menurut
Status
Diunduh
dari
Pekerjaan
Utama.
http://menegpp.go.id/V2/index.php/datadaninformasi/
ketenagakerjaan?download=40%3Apekerja-menurut-status-pekerjaan-utama
Mayer, S. E. (2010). Revisiting an old question: How much does parental income affect child
outcomes?.
Focus,
27
(2),
21-26.
Diunduh
dari
http://www.irp.wisc.edu/publications/focus/pdfs/foc272e.pdf
M-edukasi
(2013).
Cara
Penilaian
Sikap
Siswa.
Diunduh
dari
http://www.m-
edukasi.web.id/2013/08/cara-penilaian-sikap-attitude-siswa.html
Priyatno, D. (2010). Teknik Mudah dan Cepat Melakukan Analisis Data Penelitian Dengan SPSS.
Yogyakarta: Penerbit Gava Media.
Rahmanto, H. (2008). Pengaruh Latar Belakang Pekerjaan Orang Tua Dan Bimbingan Orang Tua
Terhadap Minat Berwiraswasta Siswa Kelas Xi Teknik Otomotif SMK Negeri 2 Pengasih.
Diunduh
dari
http://eprints.uny.ac.id/2949/1/pengaruh_latar_belakang_pekerjaan_orang_tua_dan_bimbinga
n_orang_tua_terhadap_minat_berwiraswasta_siswa_kelas_xi_teknik_otomotif_smk_n_2_pen
gasih.pdf
Rini, E.S. (2012). Hubungan Pendidikan Orangtua Dan Prestasi Belajar Siswa Dengan Minat Siswa
Melanjutkan Studi Ke Perguruan Tinggi Pada Siswa Kelas XI Sma Negeri 1 Kalasan Tahun
Ajaran.
Fakultas
Ekonomi
Universitas
Negeri
Yogyakarta.
Diunduh
dari
http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:irxIrKjbxHoJ:journal.uny.ac.id/index
.php/jkpai/article/download/878/697+pendidikan+terakhir+orangtua&cd=8&hl=en&ct=clnk
Santrock, J. W. (2008a). Educational Psychology (edisi 3.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
Sarjanaku
(2011
).
Pengertian
Status
Sosial
Ekonomi.
Diunduh
dari
http://www.sarjanaku.com/2011/09/status-sosial-ekonomi .html
Woolfolk, A. (2001). Educational psychology (8th ed.). Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
211
THE INFLUENCE OF INCENTIVE TO PERFORMANCE
EMPLOYEES IN THE SOUTH TANGERANG CITY (Tangsel)
By: Haniah Hanafie
Faculty of Social Science and Politic, Islamic State University
Syarif Hidayatullah Jakarta.
Telp. 081291158161
Email Penulis: [email protected]
Abstract: This article is part of the research in 2013-2014 in South Tangerang City (Tangsel). The
incentive is one element in the strengthening of organization that is part of the research. Currently,
some local governments have attempted to improve the performance of its employees. One of the
efforts made by governments in the region are providing incentives for employees. Incentives in each
region, different, from one region to another, both of the type, terms and amount. South Tangerang
city as one of the newly formed division of the city in 2008, has implemented incentives for employees.
There are two types of incentives given by the government of South Tangerang City area, namely
Additional Income of Civil Servant (TPP-PNS) and Incentive Fees (IP). In addition, there Honor
given to an employee activities outside salaries. Incentives are expected to improve employee
performance. But apparently these incentives have not been able to influence the improvement of
employee performance.
Keywords: Incentives, Performance, Additional Income (TPP) and Incentive Fees (IP).
Introduction
Reform Era impact on the emergence of the expansion areas that want to stand independenly
are known as regional autonomy as the realization of a Decentralized System. One autonomous region
emerging is a result of regional expansion is South Tangerang City (Tangsel), Banten. South
Tangerang City is recognized as an autonomous region in 2008, which split way from its parent
district of Tangerang District, Banten Province.
Intensity of South Tangerang City population is quite high, considering the area bordered by
the Special Capital Region of Jakarta and Depok, West Java. South Tangerang City has a budget of
Rp.1553567040016.00 in 2012 with a population of 1,042,026 inhabitants and an area of 147.19 km2
(14 719 ha). One of South Tangerang City budget support source comes from business Hotel,
212
Restaurant and Commerce sectors. This can be seen in the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of South
Tangerang City in 2010 in the table below:
Table 1.
GDP Tangsel City Year 2010
No
Business Sector
Total
(%)
(Million Rp)
1
Agriculture,
Livestock, 113.653,00
0,85
Plantation and Fisheries
2
Mining. and Excavation
2.898,00
0,03
3
Processing Industry
975.202,00
14,86
4
Electricity, Gas and Water
446.564,70
3,36
5
Building
1.083.120,00
8,16
6
Trade. , Hotel and
4.091.275,00
30,78
2.002.052,00
15,06
1.603.954,00
12,07
Services
1.971.422,00
14.83
Total
13.290.140,70
100
Restaurant
7
Transportation and
Communication
8
Finance, Real Estate and
Business Services
9
Source: Profile of South Tangerang City, Bappeda, 2012: 59 [1].
From the table above, shows that the highest contribution to the GDP comes from the South
Tangerang City Business Trade, Hotels and Restaurants Sector. Moreover, from the table above, also
shows the number of investments made from various types and business areas of the private sector in
South Tangerang City. Therefore, consequently, South Tangerang City Government should provide
the best service for the community, including for business world. And one way of the South
Tangerang City Government should do is to support the ministry to improve the performance of the
employees.
To obtain good performance, it has
been given
incentives for employees (local
government officials) by the Government of South Tangerang City, namely additional income outside
salary. The incentives are expected to affect and improve the performance of employees in South
Tangerang City.
213
But the question is, whether the incentives provided by the Government of South Tangerang
City had an impact on employee performance. For this reason, this study is about describing and
analyzing how the influence of incentive to performance employees in South Tangerang City.
Incentives and Performance Concept
2.1. Data
In this paper, the data used as the unit of analysis is the result of interviews, documents and
observations. Interviews were conducted with 11 informants coming from Bureaucratic Apparatus
South Tangerang City, which selected purposively. The document is Tangsel Local Regulation
(Perwal) No. 4 Year 2012 on Provision of Additional Income of Civil Servants
(TPP PNS) [2].
While the observations made on the performance produced by the Government of South Tangerang
City.
Data analysis techniques in this qualitative study is using McNabb procedures [3], through
six phases, namely phase :
First Stage, Organize the data, that is the process of collecting qualitative and quantitative
data on incentives and performance in South Tangerang City.
Second Stage, Generate Categories, themes and patterns, namely stages of simplification,
conceptualization and grouping data on incentives and performance
Third Stage, Code the data,
that is
associated with incentives and performance .
in South Tangerang City.
stages about lebeling about, the phenomena
Fourth Stage,
Apply the ideas, themes and
categories, which is a stage of implementation of ideas, themes and categories, so as to create
relationship
a
among the incentives with the performance in the research findings
Fifth Stage, Search for alternative explanation, namely to avoid the occurrence of errors in
interpreting the data received from the research results.
Sixth Step, Write and present the report, the stages of writing of the report presented by
descriptive phenomenon about the effect of incentives on employee performance in Tangsel and
supported by the data, both narrative and tables.
1.2. Incentives
The definition of incentives in this study is an additional income beyond the salary received
by Civil Servants Tangsel City Government. The additional income include:
1). Additional Income of Civil Servants (TPP PNS ).
2). Events Honorarium.
3). Incentive fees (IP).
214
Additional Income of Civil Servants (PNS TPP) by regulated of Local Regulation (Perwal)
South Tangerang City Government No. 4 Year 2012 on Provision of Civil Servants Additional
Income or abbreviated TP PNS (TPP).
Provision of Additional Income of Civil Servants (PNS TPP) based on the workload and the
Scarcity of Professional Employees (Chapter I General, Perwal No. 4 of 2012).
1.3. Performance
Government performance is an overview of the level of achievement of the objectives or
goals of government agencies as the elaboration of the vision, mission and strategy of the government
agency that indicates the success and failure of implementation of activities in accordance with
program and policy set (PERMENPAN No. Per / 09 / M .Pan / 5/2007 on General Guidelines
Performance Indicators Establishment of the Government, chapter 1 Chapter 1) [4].
Performance measurement is a management activity, especially comparing the levels of
performance achieved with a standard plan, or targets using performance indicators that have been set.
While the tools to implement performance accountability of government agencies is in the form of
Performance Accountability Report of Government Agencies ( LAKIP) [5].
LAKIP intended to motivate government through the implementation of performance-based
management, it is expected all programs and activities of all government agencies can be measured
correctly, accountable, and perceived by the public [6].
Some indicators that can be used as a measure of performance include; quantity of work,
quality of work, knowledge of the work, the ability of expression, decision making, work planning
and organization of the work area. More simplified measure of achievement that there are three
criteria for measuring performance: 1). Quantity of work, which is the amount that must be done, 2).
Quality of work, the quality produced, and 3). Timeliness, namely compliance with a predetermined
time.
Given the city government LAKIP Tangsel difficult to access, both physically and
electronically, the researchers only used two criteria in looking at performance, the quality and
timeliness.
The quality in question is the result / performance is achieved by a Local Government Unit
(SKPD). Achievements achievements in this research looks at the areas of finance, education, health
and infrastructure. While timeliness seen in the realization of administrative services and program
planning
215
Results and Discussion
To improve the welfare of employees in the area, the local government has released policies
with the addition of so-called incentive and income the amount of the incentives varies, depending
on the capabilities of each region.
The provision of incentives in Tangsel has been set in the City Government of South
Tangerang Local
Regulation (Perwal) No. 4 Year 2012 on Provision Additional Income or
abbreviated Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP-PNS) [7].
Civil Servants Additional Income
(TPP PNS)
based on the workload and scarcity
profession (Chapter I General Provisions, article in Perwal No. 4 of 2012). But the reality, awarding
Civil Servants Additional Income is not based mandate Perwal No. 4 of 2012, because until now,
Workload Analysis (ABK) has not been made by the Government of South Tangerang City.
Interview results said, in fact Tangsel City Government has prepared the crew, but until now
it has not finished. The obstacle is the human resources (employee), which is difficult to provide the
data, as employees worried about the position will be changed (repositioning).
Nominal Civil Servants Additional Income (TPP-PNS) Tangsel City Government, nontransparent, in contrast to Surakarta City Government and provincial government of Jakarta, is very
opened and can be accessed via online. While Tangsel City Government difficult to access, and when
asked directly to those who have the authority (Head of Employee Development, Employment Board
of Education and Training (BKPP)), the response was very closed and assume it as an official secret.
Meanwhile, openness in government is a must and is one of principle in achieving good governance
[8]. Lack of openness in government Tangsel also felt by a member of Local Legislative (DPRD)
Commission I, which says that the executive reports on program and budget within a narrow time, so
while facing trial, Local Legislatif (DPRD) can not give advise a lot, because does not have much
time to read the report [9].
Additional Income of Civil Servants (TPP PNS) based on group or echelon and the position
and number of employee attendance. Special issue on attendance, has been set out in Chapter III,
Article 4 paragraph (1), taking into account the following: 1). Absent in morning ceremonial without
reason, 2). Leaving work or assignments without explanation, 3). Absent from work without
explanation. If there is an employee breaks the points above, then subjected to reduction (cutting)
Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP PNS) (Article 4, paragraph (2) Perwal No. 4 of 2012). Thus,
recaps
of the presence of very significant in determining the provision Additional Income of Civil
Servants (TP PNS), as it is said to be one of the speakers [10] that the amount of attendance must be
precise and accurate, because it affects the amount of Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP PNS)
received. If there is a mistake, it can be validated every morning at 09.00 by every Local Government
Units (SKPD) each and these provisions come into force on May 1, 2013 by BKPP.
216
Based on the interview (dated May 8, 2013) with sources other, stating that turns validation
system, causing a delay in the payment Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP PNS) and can be
manipulated with a reason to work out of town, however, the accuracy of the data is the responsibility
Section Oficer of each agency (agencies ).
Giving a chance validation, if not controlled properly, it is prone to manipulation, to get a
greater incentive amount. Honesty (ethics) employees are highly demanded in the implementation of
the validation. And interviews (Date July 2, 2013), states that the validation system turns vulnerable
dishonesty, because of inequality or injustice incentives received between officials with the staff, so
that a thousand roads sought excuse his absence .
The calculation of the provision Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP PNS) Tangsel City
Government set out in Chapter III, paragraph (3) Perwal No. 4 In 2012 with the following conditions:
a). 40% of Civil Servants Additional Income (TP PNS) after tax for employees violate the
provisions of paragraph (1) item 1 and 2.
b). 100% of Civil Servants Additional Income (TP PNS) after tax for employees violate the
provisions of paragraph (1) item 3.
For employees including violating the letter 1 and letter 2 in article 4, paragraph (1), it will be
cut to 4.5% per day of TP PNS as paragraph (3) point 1. Similarly, for the second letter, cut 4.5% per
day. While employees in Article 4 paragraph (1) point 3, not given TP PNS, if it does not go in for a
month. The calculation formula is as follows (Article 5, paragraph 2):
1). Absent in morning ceremonial without reason :
TP = TP PNS received - (40% TP PNS x 4.5% x Number of Days).
2). Leave work / task without permission:
TP = TP PNS received - (40% TP PNS x 4.5% x Number of Days).
3). Bsent without reason :
TP = TP PNS received - (TP PNS x 4.5% x Number of Days).
The following table shows the TP PNS received Tangsel City local government employees:
Table 2.
List of TP PNS Received Employees
City Government Tangsel Every Month
NO
Echelon
Total
1 Echelon II
Rp. 10.000.000 - Rp. 15.000.000
2 Echelon III
Rp. 6.500.000 - Rp. 7.500.000
3 Echelon IV
Rp. 4.000.000 - Rp. 4.500.000
4.
Staff
Rp. 800.000 -
Group III
Rp. 1.000.000
217
Source: Adapted from interviews with head of sub Finance and Personnel Office of the Secretary,
dated May 8, 2013 and Public Relations of the Ministry of Education, dated July 2, 2013 [11].
Looking at the table above, it can be said that the Additional Income of Civil Servants
received Tangsel City Government is big enough, although the amount can be reduced, because
before tax and absenteeism. It turned out great Additional Income of Civil Servants (TP PNS)
nominal
received by officials only structural, as based on interviews, there is a staff group III / d
with S2 education only received Rp. 800.000, should be Rp. 1.500.000 and functional personnel such
as teachers Rp. 500.000. while the Head of Administration received Rp. 3.000.000. Civil Servants
Additional Income (TPP-PNS) acceptance
is relatively small for the staff, but big enough for
officials.
Based on interviews with two speakers, said that for structural officials, such incentives are
considered to be very large, when compared with other regions, although still below the Jakarta
Government. The following table shows a comparison between the Additional Income of Civil
Servants (TP PNS) Tangsel with Surakarta.
Table 3.
Comparison of Revenue TP PNS
in South Tangerang City Government by Surakarta
N
Position
o
Tangsel City
Surakarta City
Rp.
Rp.
1
Regional Secretary
15.000.000
10.000.000
2
Secretary of Agency
7.000.000
1.250.000
3
Head of Sub
4.500.000
750.000
Source: The Annex if from interviews and Local r Regulation (Perwal) Surakarta No. 27 B Year 2010
on Additional Income based on Workload For Civil Servants and Labor Day Release Governments
Surakarta [12].
The table above, shows that how great is the difference Civil Servants Additional Income
Tangsel City Government received with Surakarta City. Secretary of State for South Tangerang City
Rp. 7.000.000, while Surakarta Rp. 1.250.000. There is a difference of Rp.5.750.000. While both
these areas the same status as City. If we analyze further, the difference is due to the ability of each
area .
One striking difference is also evident in the provision of incentives in both cities, namely
respect for the Labor Day Release (THL in Surakarta) with Voluntary Workers (TKS in Tangsel). In
218
Surakarta City Government, THL also given incentives, but in South Tangerang City Government
Voluntary Workers (TKS) not given incentives, only Fixed Honor and event honorarium.
Thus, the provision of incentives, especially TP-civil servants to employees of South
Tangerang City Government is not reflecting justice, because only the structural officials got huge
incentives, while staff obtain a small incentive. This injustice could harm the performance of the
institution, as one speaker said that a thousand ways to be found to cover absence of employees, so
that the amount of incentive (Additional Income of Civil Servants) is not cut.
In addition to incentives (Additional Income of
Civil Servants), South Tangerang City
Government employees also received Event Honorarium, is given if the activity listed in the Budget
Implementation Document (DPA). Here's an example of Event Honorarium Tangsel City Government
employees:
Table 4.
List Employee Event Honorarium Tangsel City Government
No
Description
Total
Rp.
1
Chairman
1.000.000
2
Secretary
750.000
3
Member
600.000
4
Non Civil Servant (TKS)
300.000
Source: Adapted from interviews [13].
The table above shows that the employee received Event Honorarium Tangsel City
Government is still tentative, depending on the budget activities in the Budget Implementation
Document (DPA). If a large activity budgets , then the greater the Event Honorarium. Thus, showed
that total income Tangsel municipal government employees is big relatively. However, not all
employees get Event Honorarium, except that ternatum in the Budget Implementation Document
(DPA).
Incentive Fees (IP), allowed by Act No. 28 of 2009 [14]. Results of the interview states that
Incentive Fees (IP) was given only to employees Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) and the
Department of Revenue Finance and Asset Management Area (DPPKAD), which served as the Local
Government Units (SKPD) collectors of taxes and levies, including the mayor. Incentives Fees (IP)
can be given to employees BP2T per quarter, if it can meet the target cash income by 35 Billion / year
and the numbers are based on position and class, for example, Head of Sub Division received Rp.
3.000.000 and Rp.1.000.000 staff.
219
Incentive Fees (IP), specifically for employees BP2T and DPPKAD, aims to prevent abuses
of authority (moral hazard).
Of the three types of incentives were given enumerated by the City Government of South
Tangerang to its employees, shows that the total income of government employees Tangsel relatively
large. But such income, it is not comparable with the performance.
This is evident from the performance of which has not been shown by every SKPD evenly.
Performance is shown only on achieving ADIPURA, by the Regional Environmental Agency (BLHD)
in 2013 [15].
Predicate WTP (unqualified) in the financial field produced by the Department of Revenue
Management and Asset Finance (DPPKAD) Tangsel city government in 2011. Now the title three
times in succession received government Tangsel city. WTP is given the Audit Board of Republic of
Indonesia (BPK) was based on three criteria, namely: The financial statements are presented and in
accordance with the accounting principles prevalent in Indonesia (SAP), Government Internal Control
System (SPIP) top area of financial management have been implemented well and Compliance with
laws. In addition to the three main criteria of the Local Government Finance Report (LKPD)
presented should be supported by evidence sufficient audit. There are no uncertainty and significant
errors, the management of the cash flow is well controlled, and the management of local assets
furnished with evidence of the complete administration. That is, the financial statements presented by
the City Government of South Tangerang have been free of mistakes or errors that material [16].
In addition, based on the observation, education, health and infrastructure to get serious
attention from the government. Therefore, the achievement of performance results is significant
Education Sector, the construction of the rehabilitation school room starting from elementary,
middle and high school / vocational school for public and private schools as well as scholarships for
students achievers.
Health Sector of South Tangerang City Government has also built Regional General Hospital
(Hospital) Tangsel which has 25 inpatient rooms, build 25 units of Public Health Centre
(PUSKESMAS) with free services for inpatients and outpatients with a variety of services among
them to guarantee delivery care for pregnant women. Free community health centers is built Tangsel
Municipal Government may be used anywhere with requirement of Tangsel ID (KTP).
Infrastructure Development Sector, improvement of facilities and infrastructure such as roads
following general drainage, and improve the environment. Roads built in 2013 is targeted to be
completed by the number reached 75.4 percents.
In terms of timeliness, South Tangerang City Government has not been able to show good
performance. This is evident from the realization of administrative services and program planning.
Based on observations, in the field of administrative services look very sluggish. A letter of
request hearings with the Regional Secretary were not followed up since April to this study in 2014
220
[17]. The procedure for obtaining a letter of introduction in DPPKAD is complicated, because of
through several stages [18].
In addition, interviews also indicate that realization of program planning
not in accordance
with the schedule. The cause is technical barriers, such as validation, find a place and negotiations.
Setback program execution time, it was not only experienced by DKUKM (Department of
Cooperatives and Small and Medium Enterprises), because Unified Licensing Sevice Agency (BP2T)
also suffered. The obstacle is the human resources, discipline and schedules (schedule).
Based on interviews, the performance is still low is also seen in the implementation of
bureaucratic reform in South Tangerang City. When this research was conducted, the road map as a
reference implementation of bureaucratic reforms have not been made. Measures that have been
implemented is just is socializing to the officials. The reason given is Tangsel new still standing, so it
is still clean. In addition, human resource (SDM) do not understand the concept of bureaucratic
reform.
The new city is actually not a reason not to make the road map bureaucratic reform, because
many local governments are willing to learn and successfully apply them. That is the vagueness of the
concept of bureaucratic reform can be learned, as long as there is a commitment to leadership as a
motivator subordinates to work and the results of the study investigators, was committed leader in
South Tangerang City Government is still low.
Of the 33 SKPD, new 4 SKPD able to demonstrate performance, namely BLHD, Regional
General Hospital, Department of Education and Department of City Planning, Building and Housing.
While
other
officials
have
not
demonstrated
performance.
Inability SKPD shows its performance in term of quality, due to SKPD not have: First, System
Operating Procedure (SOP), Second, Job Analysis (ANJAB) and Third, Workload Analysis (ABK).
In terms of the time inaccuracy showed SKPD undisciplined. Realization of the program
planning, can be implemented, if there is discipline and willpower (commitment) of every responsible
positions / programs. Human Resources (HR) can not be a reason as an obstacle, if the employees are
recruited based on merit system, placement is based on competence, not nepotism and training in an
effort to increase capacity. Thus, there will be a reliable human resources, which has the skills,
competence
and
motivation,
so
that
it
can
perform
well.
Based on the results of the study [19], staffing in South Tangerang City Government laden with
nepotism (KKN), not based on competence, training not support the increased capacity, so it is natural
that the City Government employee performance Tangsel low.
Incentives are needed as a reward to employees for improved well-being and performance.
Therefore, the incentive is noteworthy, considering Previous Research [20], stated that the absence
of a system of incentives lead to bureaucratic work less efficiently, unresponsive and unprofessional.
Supposedly, the direct effect on the employee welfare duties, responsibilities, authority and risk, and
job performance of employees concerned [21]. However, the obligations of employees should also be
221
arranged such that there is a balance between granting rights with obligations. Incentives should be
based on a merit-based analysis (performance), so that performance improvement can be realized.
Conclusion.
Based on the description and analysis of the incentive effect on the performance of employees
in South Tangerang City Government, it can be concluded that:
1). Incentives, has not been able to push the performance of employees.
2). Difference Incentive officials with the staff too flashy.
3). Noteworthy employee competency.
4). Necessary enforcement leadership commitment at all levels.
References:
[1]. Profile South Tangerang City. 2012. BAPPEDA. p. 59.
[2]. Local Regulation (Perwal) Local Government Tangsel No. 4 Year 2012 on Provision Additional
Income of Civil Servant (TPP-PNS).
[3]. McNabb, David E. 2002. Research Methods in Public Administration and Nonprofit
Management: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches.USA: ME Sharpe.
[4]. PERMENPAN No. Per / 09 /M.PAN / 5/2007 on General Guidelines Performance Indicators
Establishment of the Government, chapter 1 Chapter 1.
[5].
Appendix Presidential Instruction No.
7 of 1999 on Accountability of Government
Performance.
[6]. http://menpan.go.id/ downloaded dated June 18, 2013.
[7]. Local Regulation (Perwal) Local Government Tangsel No. 4 Year 2012 on Provision Additional
Income of Civil Servant (TPP-PNS) or (TP-PNS).
[8]. Brillantes, Jr., Alex B. 2000. "Partherships: A Key Pillar of Goor Governance" in From
Government to Governance: Rerection on the 1999 World Conference on Governence. Eastern
Regional Organization for Public Administration. P. 87-88.
[9]. The interview with the Local Legislative (DPRD), dated June 10, 2013.
[10]. Interview results with Head of Development BKPP, dated May 8, 2013.
[11]. The results of interviews with Head of Sub Finance and Personnel Office of the Secretary, dated
May 8, 2013 and Public Relations of the Ministry of Education, dated July 2, 2013.
[12]. Interview results and Enclosure Local Regulation (Perwal) Surakarta No. 27 B Year 2010 on
Additional Income based on Workload For Civil Servants
Release In Surakarta‟s Government.
222
and Labor Day Environmental
[13]. Interviews result.
[14]. Law No. 28 of 2009.
[15]. The interview with the Chairman of the Regional Environmental Agency (BLHD).
[16]. www.kabar6.com.tangerangselatan.
[17]. Observations from 2012 to 2013.
[18]. Observations in April - June 2013.
[19]. Hanafie, Haniah. 2014. Bureaucratic Reform in South Tangerang City. Dissertation. FIA- UB.
[20]. Keban, Jeremias T. 2004. Six Dimensions of Strategic Public Administration:Theory Concepts
and Issues. Yogyakarta: Geva Media; Stephen P. Robbins (2004).
[21]. Frederickson and Kevin B. Smith. 2003. The Public Administration Theory Primer. Colorado:
Westview Press.
223
SOCIETY PERCEPTION ON KALTENG HARATI PROGRAM IN
KATINGAN HILIR CENTRAL KALIMANTAN
Bonaventura Ngarawula
Facilty of Sopcial and Political
University Merdeka Malang, Indonesia
Sogi Hermanto
Faculty of Teacher Training and Education
Palangkaraya University
ABSTRACT: Kalteng Harati Program is a policy concept in the education field initiated by the
Governor of Central Kalimantan Province on May 3rd 2010. The policy is a strategic concept to
accelerate the achievement of goals of the education development‟s vision and mission in Central
Kalimantan as stated in National Education System Act Number 20 of 2003 Chapter II Verse 3 about
National Education Goals. Through autonomy, the goverment of Central Kalimantan Province had
implemented the program to increase the evenly distributed and widening quality and primary
education service with 5 priorities : teacher‟s well being, teacher training, scholarship for bright
students, book‟s suply and distributions, to increase the teaching-learning quality. This paper purpose
are to explain and analyze people‟s perception on Kalteng Harati Program in the Katingan Hilir Sub
District Katingan Hilir Katingan Regency and the background factgors of people who give
perceptions on the program in the Sub-District Katingan Hilir Katingan Regency.
Keyword : Perception, Kalteng Harati.
INTRODUCTION
Since 3 May 2010, Central Kalimantan Governor established a policy concept on education aspect
which called “Kalteng Harati Program”. The Policy is a strategic concept which accelerate
achievement on goal, vision and mission education development in Central Kalimantan as stated in
National Education System Act Number 20 of 2003 Chapter II Verse 3 about National Education
Goals.
224
Kalteng Harati Program has 5 priorities which are teacher‟s well being, teacher training, scholarship
for bright students, book‟s suply and distributions, to increase the teaching-learning quality.
Kalting Harati Program originally is influenced by three basical problems : National Examination
Grade (UN) 2010 that not satisfy, limited number of teacher in Central Kalimatan and future
challenge that harder as the flow of globalization (Harian Tabengan, Palangkaraya, 1 July 2010).
On 2000 Central Kalimantan citizen that lives in remote area near river starting to moving on to rural
area because of land transportation access has been built. With that geographical condition, some
citizen on Central Kalimantan have perception that goverment programs have not affect directly in
economic aspect. People is more prioritizing their time to gardening, farming, fishing and any other
activities that can give economic result. Those things can be one of the cause that influenced low
understanding and society perception about goverment program.
Kalteng Harati Program facing challenges in relation with the amount of education funding from
central goverment. Society perception is identification process by using five senses (Drever on
Sasanti, 2003). Perception process is consist of three phases, which are : First, occured on senses that
organized by some exact principles, Second is understanding what is felt from sensing. Third,
stimulation on sensing that has been interpretated and evaluated.
It is important to discuss what are the inovation that offered from Kalteng Harati Program, especially
in accelerate education program in Central Kalimantan. This discourse on this paper will also try to
finding the acceptance on the new program, by the unique character of Central Kalimantan citizen and
what is the factor that influenced them on the Kalteng Harati Program acceptance.
LITERATURE REVIEW AND HYPOTHESIS DEVELOPMENT
Since this paper will expose and analyze society perception on Kalteng Harati Program and describe
the influenced factor, so it is important to describe each variable on the topic before analyze it further.
Society and Perception
Literally perception means “The process of admission to interpretations and give significance from an
inference accepted through senses” (Oemar Hamalik 1991:112). S.W. Sarwono describe perception as
225
“... category process organization that stimulated by some input and this organization giving
response by connecting with related individual, deliberately finding category so that it can dig and
give means to that input.” (S.W. Sarwono, 1987:59)
Perception is really influenced by knowledge about the object that matters. Perception is psychiatric
process in giving meaning to the object after doing observation and experience really dominant in
influencing it.
Where society, based on Selo Soemarjan (1974) is people who live together that produce culture.
Koentjaraningrat (1994) society is people unity that interact based on customary system that going
continue and bond with same identity.
Ralph Linton (1968) describe society as people group who live and work together in a lng time and
capable to make orderliness in living together and they accept it as social unity that produce culture.
Society and Education
a.
Education Relevance
Basically, every school teach students so that they can be useful society. But school education mostly
no relevant with society life. Mostly curriculum is centered to subjects that have no relations in daily
life. It is for school interest to the examination, not for helping students being useful in society.
b. School and Society
School that oriented to society life is called community school. This school is oriented to life
problems in society such as resources problem, nature problem, healthy problem, etc. On this
curriculum, students teached to involved in society activities.
c.
Authority System on Society
People authority or power from capability to control other people and force them to do what is
obligated. In order to accelerate and developed education,
d. Society as Resources
In this context, is to bring society as the main subject in education, it is because there are so many
problems happened in society in every aspects. It is can do, by visiting, observating and researching
society and their problems.
226
e.
Society that More Complex
Society has been affected by science and technology and change every basic aspects in society itself.
This changes can bring advantages, but also can rise new problems that more complex and harder to
be cope with.
f.
School’s Job in Modern Era
Future hold in this students era, so it is important to prepare them for the future by considering
nationalism that facing foreign culture.
Concept of Kalteng Harati Program
a.
Definition of Kalteng Harati
“Harati” is from Dayak Ngaju Language, which means “deeper understanding”. Harati related with
attitude, people who Harati is people who has good attitude, smart on emotional control, know when
to speak and to silent, fully understand themself (masi arep), handy to positioning themself in their
environment. Being responsible, humble, has soft skill. Harati can be means as comprehensive smart.
Smart Tuntang Harati is education philosophy Dayak Tribe of Central Kalimantan and both of them
can be separated (Bambang G and Joni Bungai, 2010 : 12). Kalteng Harati “is a strategic concept to
accelerate goal achievement, vision and mission to developing education in Central Kalimantan as
how written in National Education System Act Number 20 of 2003 on Article 3.
b.
Vision and Mission Education on Central Kalimantan 2010-2015
Vision and mission education on Central Kalimantan 2010-2015 is a concept to adressing deeper on
completing Ministry of Education 2010-2015 Vision and Mission. In relation with Five priorities of
Kalteng Harati Program, these are the description of that five priorities :
1. Teacher‟s Welfare
Welfare means condition where safety, and also well being. This condition is not
permanent, its relative and different on each individual and group based on life value, life
rate, life goal and norms that occured.
2. Teacher‟s Training
Specifically on upgrading in knowledge and skill is do in some ways such as :
- Formally in advance upgrading and advance training
- Informally in form of : Professional Communication including through professional
media and participation in professional activities
3. Career Coaching
227
As in line with professional competency upgrading, teacher should get career upgrade. So the
revitalitation system that continuing will truly stand so that inovations needed to face
challenges is also increasing and the opportunity is also increasing greatly.
4.
Insentive
The insentive system that good and evenly distributed to all of teacher in form of
compensation, especially for those who work in exact area. This is should be done in order to
motivate them in advancing their performance.
5.
Form and Goal of Teacher Training
Form or model in teacher‟s training is functional training that aim to civil servants. The
objective are :
- upgrading teacher competency
- upgrading teacher skill as line as science and technology
- giving provision as source of motivation in school
- upgrading training system that integrated with promotion career
Research Conceptual Design
RESEARCH METHOD
Research Approach
This paper using qualitative method research which is analysis descriptive.
Research Focus
Focus on this research are : a) Perception of people to Kalteng Harati Program in Katingan Hilir
District that review on some indicators : respons, attitude, act and understanding b) Factors that drive
people perception : education, job, experience and welfare.
Research Design
Design or setting on this research is Office of Education and Sport of Katingan District and Office Of
Tehnical Unit of Education Katingan Hilir District
Research Informant
Informant on this research are seven people which are District Head, School Comittee, Chief of PKK,
Socialite, Chief of Office of Education and Sport of Katingan District, Chief of Middle and
Extraordinary Education Division Education and Sport Katingan District and Teacher.
Data Analysis Technique
The data analysis is using analysis model from Miles and Huberman (1992:15-20)
Data Analysis Interactive Model
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Society Perception from Indicator of Response, Attittude, Act and Understanding to
Kalteng Harati Program in Katingan Hilir District
228
Society perception that given to a policy by goverment is an important thing to review the executed
program. Perception is an opinion or point of view to act or interest on something. Perception is a
process that related with incoming message or information and then held relation with the
environment, this is as line with S.W. Sarwono (1991:104) that state : perception is category process
organization that stimulated by specific input and that organizer is response it with relating which
individual that deliberately finding exact category so he can dig and giving meaning to that input.
Perception is very influenced by knowledge about the issue matters, so that perception is psychiatric
process in giving meaning to the object after doing observation.
Response Indicator
Response indicator is very important in a human being, as stated by Johan Federich Herbart (1984).
Based on this research finding, there is not much response about Kalteng Harati Program, because
society in Katingan Hilir District not heard much about the program. The socialization is not directly
to the people in Katingan Hilir, which is means that there is no reaction or response process in relation
with response social theory.
Kalteng Harati Program Implementation influence to society perception for the response, as stated by
Mar‟at (1984) that response is reaction because of stimulant that is news, knowledge, information,
before processed or receive by senses.
Findings 1
Society perception to Kalteng Harati Program is not yet can give response
Findings 2
There is no massive socialization Kalteng Harati Program to Katingan Hilir District people, so there is
no response
Proposition
Society perception Kalteng Harati Program is not yet giving response, because there is massive
socialization.
Attitude Indicator
Findings on field showed that there are no responses to Kalteng Harati Program, because of no
massive socialization so there is no active attitude toward the Program.
Findings 3
Society perception to Kalteng Harati Program is there are no response yet.
Findings 4
Because of no massive socialization, people can show their attitude toward the program.
Proposition 2
Perception toward Kalteng Harati Program is cant give attitude because of no socialization.
Act Indicator
229
People in Katingan Hilir District is already giving critics and suggestion as a form of their act toward
Kalteng Harati Program, so that the program will be run as society expectation
Findings 5
Perception on Kalteng Harati Program is not yet can give act.
Findings 6
Because of lack socialization so the society can specify their act toward the program.
Proposition 3
There is no specify action toward Kalteng Harati Program.
Understanding Indicator
The society understandable is can gathered from news television on TVRI Channel and from
newspaper. This is also as one of form of socialization in order to gathered information about
understandable of the society toward the program.
Findings 7
The understanding of soceity toward the program is that the Kalteng Harati Program is one of Kalteng
Governor program in order to accelerate achivement national education that occured in their district.
Findings 8
The understandable toward the program is from newspaper and from TVRI Kalteng Channel News.
Proposition 4
The understandable that Kalteng Harati Program is Kalteng Governor Program in order to accelarate
goal of national education, is gathered from newspaper and from TVRI Kalteng Channel News.
B. Society Perception from Indicatior of Education, Job, Experience and Welfare to Kalteng
Harati Program in Katingan Hilir District
Education Indicator
Findings 9
People who has achieved higher education is more valuable in giving their response, attitude, action
and understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Findings 10
People who only has high school education is not valuable enough to giving their perception toward
the program.
Proposition 5
The higher the education of the society, the more valuable their perception toward the program.
Job Indicator
Findings 11
People who has higher job level is more valuable in giving their response, attitude, action and
understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Findings 12
230
People who has lower job level is not valuable enough to giving their perception toward the program.
Proposition 6
The higher the job level the more valuable the society perception toward the program.
Experience Indicator
Findings 13
People who has high level of experience is more valuable in giving their response, attitude, action and
understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Findings 14
People who has low level of experience is not valuable enough in giving their response, attitude,
action and understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Proposition 7
The higher the experience level the more valuable the society perception toward the program.
Welfare Indicator
Findings 15
People who has high welfare level is more valuable in giving their response, attitude, action and
understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Findings 16
People who has low welfare level is valuable enough in giving their response, attitude, action and
understandable toward The Kalteng Harati Program.
Proposition 8
The higher the welfare level the more valuable the society perception toward the program.
CONCLUSION AND RECCOMENDATIONS
Society perception on this program is understanding only as interest of bureaucracy of local elite, so
the perception is also variant. The perception toward Kalteng Harati Program is not formed yet,
because the socialization is not yet reach the whole social class in Katingan Hilir District.
Factors that underlying society perception toward Kalteng Harati Program in Katingan Hilir District
are from some indicators such as education, job, experience and welfare. The higher those indicators
level, the more valuable the society perception on the program.
On this research there are still a lot unrevealed aspects, but one thing for sure in relation with Kalteng
Harati Program is that the program is still needed to be socialized, the more intensive the society will
affect the success of the program since it needed to be reviewed by those who become target by the
program.
REFERENCES
Adiwikarta, Sudardja, 1998, Sosiologi Pendidikan, Isu dan Hipotesis Tentang Hubungan Pendidikan
dengan Masyarakat. Jakarta: P2LPTK.
231
Arief S. Sadiman, 2007, Media Pendidikan : Pengertian Pengembangan dan Pemanfaatannya. Jakarta
: Raja Grafindo Persada.
Blumer Hebert, 1969. Symbolic Interactionism Perspective and Method. Berkeley Los Angeles :
University of California Press.
Bungin, Burhan, 2001. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. Jakarta : Raja Grafindo Persada.
Cohen, Bruce J. 1992. Teori-Teori Sosial Modern, dari Parsons sampai Habermas. Jakarta : CV
Rajawali.
Fay and Gibbons, 2002. Praktek Ilmu Sosial. Yogyakarta : Penerbit Jendela dan Penerbit Tadarus.
Goodman, 2005. Teori Sosiologi Modern. Jakarta : Prenada Media.
Ritzer, George and Goodman, Douglas J. 2005. Modern Sociological Theory. Jakarta : Prenada
Media.
Ritzer and Smart. 2001. The Post Modern Social. Surabaya : Arcola.
Soekanto, Soerjono. 1984. Teori-Teori Sosiologi Tentang Struktur Masyarakat. Jakarta : CV
Rajawali.
National Education System Act Number 2 of 2003.
232
“Passive Secularism”:
Comparing State-Religion Relations in Indonesia and the United States
Erica M. Larson
IAPA International Conference
UNIMA: Tondano, North Sulawesi, Indonesia
September 27-29, 2015
ABSTRACT: Recent developments in political science have led to a rethinking of previous
understandings regarding the different types of arrangements that states and religious institutions
negotiate, and in particular a realization of the significant diversity of these arrangements that are
described as secular. Ahmet Kuru‟s 2009 Secularism and State Policies Toward Religion provides a
sociohistorical analysis of US policies regarding the relationship between state and religion. Kuru
describes the US as an example of a “passive secular” state in which the state is officially neutral
with no established religion, but public religiosity is visible and allowed in the public sphere. In this
paper, I summarize Kuru‟s analysis of the United States and then apply his model of analysis to
examine the Indonesian case and compare the state-religion relationships in these two countries.
While there are similarities between the religion-state relationship in the US and Indonesia, in the US
ideas about separation of church and state and concerns about religious freedom have shaped the
state-relationship arrangement. On the other hand, the Indonesian state tends to take a much more
active role in both promoting and regulating religious activities, based on Pancasila as its
foundation.
Introduction
Open up a New York Times article discussing Indonesian politics, and take note of the
description of Indonesia‟s political system. Western observers, such as the New York Times, often
describe Indonesia as a “secular democracy,” presumably to clarify for readers that Indonesia, though
a majority Muslim country, is not an Islamic state. For many Americans, the term “secular” brings to
mind the phrase “separation of church and state,” often assumed to be a normative condition for
supporting a healthy democracy. However, recent developments in political science have moved away
from secularism as a normative argument, instead looking at the kind of relationships between states
and religious institutions that can support democracy (Stepan 2000). Scholars such as Jonathan Fox
233
have made efforts to break out of the dichotomous secular/non-secular mode of state classification. In
A World Survey of Religion and the State, Fox provides a survey of the incredibly diverse
relationships that have been worked out between state and religious institutions, yet are often clumped
together under the same classification as “secular” (2008). These kinds of approaches have not only
better understanding of what secularism is, but its many possible varieties, which Stepan refers to as
“multiple secularisms” (2011). Such a problematization of the concept of „secularism‟ has been felt
across social science disciplines and has led to a great interest in understanding both the formal
constitutional arrangements between religion and state, as well as a greater understanding of how
these are felt and experienced by citizens.
One study that also takes part in this movement is that of political scientist Ahmet Kuru, who
has examined secularism and state policies on religion in the United States, Turkey, and France
(2009). His socio-historical approach also rejects secularism as a normative doctrine and rather
examines it as a constitutional arrangement set in place as a result of ideological struggles that took
place at critical junctures during the history of state building (Kuru 2009:27). Part of the interest of
this comparison is that these three countries are typically considered as prototypic secular countries,
but state involvement with religious institutions and policies regarding religion in the public sphere
and in education vary significantly among them. One of the conclusions Kuru makes is that there
needs to be more research with regard to studies on majority Muslim countries and the diversity of
religion-state relationships present among them (ibid:246). Kuru suggests that both the United States
and Indonesia enshrine a kind of “passive secularism,” in which the state allows the public visibility
of religion and allows its participation in the public sphere (ibid:10, 246). Using this assertion as the
starting point for this paper, I will summarize Kuru‟s argument regarding the establishment of passive
secularism (as opposed to the “assertive secularism” found in France and Turkey) through ideological
struggles that took place during the state building of the US. Then, using the same type of sociohistorical approach, I will look at the kinds of ideological struggles and critical junctures that have
shaped the relationship between the state and religious institutions in Indonesia. I will examine the
consequences of this historical trajectory in comparison with that of the United States, and also use it
to question whether or not “passive secularism” is a meaningful term when applied to the Indonesian
context. It is important to remember that “secular” here does not refer to a normative ideology, but to
a particular kind of religion-state relationship reached by on the ground negotiations. One important
factor that must be considered, even when using this expanded understanding of the diversity among
“secular” countries, is that while Americans in general accept and affirm the idea that the US is a
secular state (although there is no official document designating it as such), Indonesians tend to reject
the idea that Indonesia is a secular state and describe the state‟s founding ideology of Pancasila as a
kind of middle way between being an Islamic and a liberal state.
234
United States: State Policies on Religion
The United States is an interesting case of secularism, because while in some ways there are
very tight restrictions on state involvement in religion, religiosity in the public sphere is largely
tolerated and there are many dynamic religious groups that are influential in the political sphere. This
summary on religious policies in the United States, as well as the following section on the historical
trajectory that led to this particular religion-state relationship is a summary of Ahmet Kuru‟s
argument about the nature of secularism in the US from his 2009 book, Secularism and State Policies
Toward Religion: The United States, France, and Turkey.
The purpose of this detailed summary of Kuru‟s argument about the US case is to provide a basic
framework that can then be compared to the Indonesian case.
According to Kuru, the type of secularism in the United States is a “passive secularism,”
meaning that although there is a constitutional separation of church and state, religion is present in the
public sphere and the state takes a passive position by allowing this to happen and avoids taking
regulatory measures to curb or control its presence (2009:10-11). For comparative purposes, the other
type of secularism that Kuru defines as the type of secularism in France and Turkey is “assertive
secularism,” in which the government takes a more active role in regulating religious institutions,
particularly in keeping them out of the public sphere (ibid). The First Amendment to the United States
Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or
prohibiting the free exercise thereof” (quoted in Kuru 2009:80). In other words, the state cannot have
an established religion, and cannot prevent free practice of religion, requiring state neutrality on the
matter of religion in principle. One important note in relation to the U.S. Constitution is that the first
ten amendments make up what is called the Bill of Rights, and it is therefore important to interpret the
meaning of the First Amendment in this context. As Kuru notes, this context “implies that secularism
in the United States is primarily an issue of individual rights,” as opposed to a foundational state
ideology (ibid:13).
However, the two major interpretations of the First Amendment of the United States
Constitution have resulted in the application of this type of passive secularism to oscillate between
accommodationism and separationism (Kuru 2009:53). Conservatives in the United States tend to
have an accommodationist view the kind of secularism enshrined in the First Amendment, meaning
that they do not see an issue with the government funding religious education or having “official
monotheistic references” in relation to state affairs as long as it remains officially neutral (ibid:44).
Accordingly, from the conservative point of view, the legacy of secularism as stemming from the First
Amendment, part of the Bill of Rights, shows that the intent of establishing secularism was to prevent
the state from intervening in religious affairs, but not to prevent religion from entering the public
sphere and being a part of public life and even politics (ibid:56). In contrast, liberals tend to espouse a
more separationist view of normative state-religion relations, arguing that there needs to be a strict
„wall of separation‟ and that the state has no business regulating religious groups or funding religious
235
education (ibid:44-5). While liberals tend to be separationist, there is also a faction supporting a more
assertive form of secularism that would impose a stricter neutrality, meaning a stronger regulation of
religious reach in the public sphere (ibid:58). However, the First Amendment is typically interpreted
as a strong protection of individual rights of expression of religion in the public sphere, which makes
the application of a more assertive secularism unlikely in the United States.
Next, it is important to examine how these different interpretations of secularism in the US
have translated into policies, particularly regarding financing of religious institutions and religious
education. First of all, the official doctrine of secularism makes it such that the state cannot define
what constitutes a religion, which certainly complicates the application of laws allowing freedom of
religious expression. This is also an interesting contrast with the Indonesian case, which will be
discussed later. Kuru points out that the US has very rigid financial laws in which tax dollars cannot
be used to fund religiously based institutions, schools, or organizations (2009:44). In many ways this
strict disallowance of the government from funding organizations with official ties to religious groups
is more rigid than countries like France, which has what is considered an assertive form of secularism,
but nevertheless allocates significant state funds to pay for religious schools, facilities and even the
salaries of religious clergy (ibid:111). However, taking a historical look at how these policies were
shaped in the United States will help to illuminate why there is such a strict prohibition on using
public money for religious institutions, services, and education.
The United States has some seemingly conflicting policies about religion in schools. Policies
related to religion in schools are a major component of Kuru‟s analysis because he recognizes that
debates about secularism, and attempts to shape its manifestation within society tend to happen in the
field of education (ibid:7-8). Thus, these seemingly contradictory policies have to be “taken as a field
of constant ideological struggles” in which we can typically see leanings towards both
accommodationism and separationism (ibid:45). The general tone of secularism in the United States is
“tolerant toward public visibility of religion,” including in schools, which can be seen as a general
extension of the importance of individual rights of expression (Kuru 2009:45). Stemming from this
basic principle, in public schools there are no bans on wearing public religious symbols, such as
headscarves, yarmulkes, and cross necklaces (ibid:46). Such expressions of personal religious belief
are considered as protected under the First Amendment of the Constitution, as individual rights to
expression that the state cannot limit or ban (ibid:47). In addition, students are allowed to pray and
read religious texts in public schools, but teachers and administrators cannot participate, as this could
jeopardize the public, therefore religiously neutral, nature of the public school environment (ibid:51).
Such interpretations are apt examples of a kind of accommodationism, where individuals openly
showing their religious beliefs in public schools through particular dress or actions (like prayer and
reading religious texts) are not seen as interfering with the overarching goals of public education and
are accommodated in this public space as long as school officials do not participate, which could risk
show partiality or favoritism.
236
On an institutional level, as mentioned above, the US government has to remain financially
separate from religious institutions and therefore cannot allocate public funds for private religious
schools. However, there are some private institutions of higher education with religious ties that can
receive public funds as long as they are spent on non-religious aspects of educational activities, and
the institutions do not discriminate against faculty or students on the basis of religion (Kuru 2009:50).
In public schools, religious education, prayer, and reading of religious texts is prohibited, unless it is
done on a student-to-student level without any participation or endorsement on behalf of teachers or
administrators (Kuru 2009:51). An interesting result of this is that, in sharp contrast with the
Indonesian case, the US government has no control over the content religious curriculum in private
religious schools, which is significant considering that approximately 10% of students in the US
attend private schools, many of which do have official links to religious institutions (ibid:49-50).
Kuru also points that in some states voucher programs allow families to send their children to private
schools and in turn reimburses them for tuition, which is a small but important exception to the use of
state funds in private elementary and secondary schools (ibid:50). Giving these policies a historical
frame will better illustrate how the social context throughout US history has shaped ideas about
accommodationism and separationism.
United States: Historical Trajectory to “Passive Secularism”
These two major interpretations of passive secularism (accommodationism and
separationism) in the United States help to explain the somewhat contradictory nature of policies
regarding religion. The tension between these two interpretations can be better understood with the
added socio-historical context that takes into account the societal context at the time when these
different policies and interpretations were made. Such a historical method of interpretation will allow
us to locate what Kuru calls “critical junctures,” or points in history where there was a possibility for a
change in the existing interpretation of secularism, and the particular decision that was made leads to
a certain measure of “path-dependence” (2009: 27). Though I cannot do full justice to the detailed
analysis Kuru provides, I will give some highlights and present his main arguments.
One major factor that led to the existence of a passive secularism in the US was a lack of a
strong Anglican establishment during colonial times that allowed it to be quickly “marginalized” after
independence and was never truly part of an ancien régime (2009:74-5). So, there was never a push to
dismantle it or a fear of its becoming the major established church in the US. According to Kuru, the
first major critical juncture that resulted in the existing model of passive secularism was at the time of
independence, in the year 1776, with one of the first measures being a prohibition of religious
requirements or examinations for public employees, a first step towards non-establishment (ibid:801). The ratification of the First Amendment in 1791 was the second major piece of this juncture that
established the US on the path of passive secularism (ibid). Kuru points out that the First Amendment
237
was made possible through an “overlapping consensus” between rationalists and evangelicals, who
had “different, if not opposite, reasons to agree on the absence of a federally established church”
(ibid). They both came to agree on a system in which the state‟s reach would be limited in control of
religion, a consensus that was also made possible by the lack of ancien régime (ibid:82). The
demographic makeup of the United States, having various existing Protestant dominations without
any single one being a majority, also gave an incentive for this model of passive secularism instead of
establishment (ibid). However, as the next phase of American history shows, at times America leaned
towards having a general Protestant establishment.
The next major phase in American history that Kuru identifies is the Second Great
Awakening, in which Protestants were able to “establish a sociocultural hegemony of Protestantism in
the United States” such that it could be considered a “semiestablishment” (2009:84). At this point in
history, Christianity was taught in public schools, and the government was openly supporting
missionization efforts (ibid). In the context of this religious revival, secularism “was perceived as
state neutrality toward Protestant denominations” rather than a requirement of state neutrality toward
all religions (ibid). This general support of Protestant Christianity even extended to the Supreme
Court, which even referred to America in a court decision as a “religious nation” (quoted in Kuru
2009:87). However, this Protestant semi-establishment was dismantled largely as the result of a
growing number of Catholic immigrants arriving into the United States, establishing their own private
schools to avoid the Protestantized public school curriculum (ibid:85). Such general views of America
as a decidedly Christian nation began to wane from around 1870-1920, as the recognition of the US as
a secular nation became more widespread (ibid:87). This phase is referred to by Jose Casanova as the
“second disestablishment” after the first disestablishment that took place after independence with the
passing of the First Amendment (quoted in Kuru 2009:88). This was another critical juncture in which
disestablishment was reaffirmed and trends began to lean toward separationism, although previous
trends had allowed for extreme accommodationist view of religion specifically for Protestant
Christianity to the exclusion of Catholicism, Mormonism, and all other religions.
From the 1950s, a shift from this separationism took place in the direction of a monotheistic
establishment, but not an exclusively Protestant one. This, he argues, is a legacy of the 1950s
anticommunist movement, which led Evangelicals, conservative Catholics and Jews to form a
“monotheist alliance” (Kuru 2009:93). It was during this era that the phrase “under God” was added
to the Pledge of Allegiance to affirm that the United States of America is “one nation under God,” and
also that the phrase “In God We Trust” was added to currency (ibid). However, many court decisions
in the 1960s required a toning down of this general monotheistic discourse, although it is in many
ways still present in political discourse (ibid 97-8). Today, supporters of separationism and
accommodationism seem to be divided on political party lines (though there is of course significant
variation within parties), with Democrats typically agreeing with a separationist model of secularism
and Republicans envisioning an accommodationist model. While it may be tempting to view the
238
establishment of secularism as originating singularly from the First Amendment, these different sways
over time show us the significant variation in interpretations of these founding documents, and
additional interpretations through Supreme Court decisions.
The US passive secular model, with relatively high social levels of religiosity but state
disestablishment and high valuation of religious freedom does present challenges. One of the main
challenges in this framework is that it becomes difficult to intervene and regulate fundamentalist
religious groups, even those which are breaking tax regulations, because this lean towards
accommodationism discourages the state from launching an inquiry, lest it be perceived as antireligious (Stepan 2011:118-9). There have also long been debates and challenges to what are
perceived as public endorsements of religion, such as statues of the Ten Commandments at
courthouses in the US, and the recitation of the Pledge of Allegiance (which now includes the phrase
„under God‟) in public schools. In addition, debates are currently raging over the issue of individual
exemption due to religious beliefs, particularly over the issue of private businesses providing services
for same-sex couples, and even state officials issuing marriage licenses for same-sex marriage.
Having this historical framework helps in understanding why such issues have started public debates
about the role of religion in public life and the state‟s position relative to religious institutions, as well
as the social and political resources available to face these challenges.
Indonesia: Another Example of Passive Secularism?
As outlined above, Ahmet Kuru‟s book focuses on an analysis of religious policies and
secularism in the US, France, and Turkey, and his analysis represents a challenge to the idea that
secularism has clear requirements for the relationship between the state and religious institutions as
evidenced by the fact that these three secular countries have very different approaches to the question.
He proposes understanding state-religion regimes as on a continuum, ranging from a religious state to
anti-religious state, with dominant and passive secularism in between these two extreme options
(Kuru 2009:31). The goal is to expand this understanding of religion-state relations to other countries,
and Kuru suggests this could be a very important move in better understanding the huge variety of
religion-state relations in the Muslim world (ibid:246). According to his criteria, Indonesia‟s policies
on the state and religion also qualify as a kind of passive secularism (ibid). Thus, in my opinion, it
makes an apt comparison with the United States, which is also classified as passive secularist
according to Kuru‟s criteria. It is also worth asking whether or not Indonesia can even be referred to
as a “secular” state, even with this expanded definition. This issue will be kept in mind throughout the
analysis.
Political scientist Alfred Stepan has also argued for a more nuanced understanding of
secularism, although he recognizing that the terms still remains problematic even after pointing out
the existence of multiple varieties of secularism (2011:115). Also, challenging the long-held view that
democracy requires a strict separatist variety of secularism to uphold it, Stepan argues that the actual
239
requirement is the twin tolerations, defined as “the minimal degree of toleration that democracy needs
to receive or induce from religion and the minimal degree of toleration that religion needs to receive
or induce from the state for the polity to be democratic” (ibid:116). According to Künkler and
Stepan‟s analysis, Indonesia has achieved a cooperative state-religion relationship indicative of the
existence of the “twin tolerations” between religion and state considered necessary to support
democracy (2013:16). This is a significant achievement that also rings of the idea of passive
secularism in which religion can remain an important part of public life without being considered a
threat to democracy or the state.
In addition, Stepan characterizes Indonesia‟s model of state-religion relations as the “Respect
All, Positive Cooperation, Principled Distance Model” because there is respect for majority and
minority religions, cooperation between the state and religious institutions and organizations, and the
state is capable of imposing constraints on religious groups if necessary for the protection of human
rights (ibid:126-7). In principle, Stepan argues, the Indonesian state ideology Pancasila provides a
model for a “multivalued” secularism because it enabled the rejection of an Islamic state and gives a
positive value to diversity of religion, an essential condition for the ability of the state to provide
respect and support for all recognized religions (ibid:130). These indices show that there is a strong
foundation for cooperation and mutual support between the state and religion in a country where
religious observance remains high and democratic consolidation is largely complete.
Indonesia: State Policies on Religion
The 1945 Constitution specifies that the Indonesian state “shall be based upon the belief in the
One and Only God” but does not name or privilege a particular religion as the basis of the state and
does not name itself as a secular or religious state (Cohen and Tan 2015:139). Pancasila, as the
foundational ideology of the state, includes as the first of five pillars „belief in the one supreme God‟.
This is significant, as interpretations from the Constitutional Court have as recently as 2010 made it
clear that citizens have to accept this pillar, meaning that “belief in God is an obligation, not a right”
(ibid:148). This is already significantly different from the kind of religion-state relationship present in
the US because of the way in which it obliges citizens to officially believe in God. Another manner in
which the Indonesian state diverges from the US is in its provision of a very specific and monotheistic
definition of religion (agama). Religions must have the following characteristics in order to be
considered officially as such: “1) a way of life for its adherents; 2) belief in the existence of the One
Supreme God; 3) a holy book and a prophet” (Menchik 2011:109). Currently, there are six religions
that are officially recognized by the Ministry of Religious Affairs: Islam, Catholicism, Protestantism,
Hinduism, Buddhism, and Confucianism. Although this particular definition does not actually have a
legal basis, the distinction between religion (agama) and belief (kepercayaan) has serious
implications for “the state‟s funding of religious institutions, the way religion is recorded, and the
fulfillment of citizens‟ civil and political rights” (Cohen and Tan 2015:141-2).
240
Indonesia is an interesting case because it has “high religious heterogeneity, coupled with
high intensity of religious practice,” but the national ideology has for the most part been able to
support diversity as a principle of public life (Stepan 2011:129-30). The 1945 Constitution of
Indonesia gives persons the freedom to choose and worship according to a religion, although as noted
before it does require individuals to adhere to a religion or belief (Cohen and Tan 2015:146). During
the post 1998 democratization movement in Indonesia, the consequences of which will be more
thoroughly discussed in the historical section, one of the important results was the passing of Article
28E as an amendment to the constitution to reaffirm and uphold principles of freedom on matters of
religious belief and worship (Lindsey 2012:52). However, it must also be recognized that the state‟s
ability to define a religion and exert regulatory power over religious institutions, which is also
different from the US case, in which the state is much more limited in its ability to regulate religious
institutions and affairs. Furthermore, the state is not only able to regulate religion, but recognizes
itself as having an important role in order to encourage piety among its citizens (Ricklefs 2012:2878). This is possible because of the argument that the national ideology of Pancasila puts religious
affairs under the purview of the state (ibid).
Policies regarding financing of religious institutions also indicate a strong state presence.
There is a Ministry of Religious Affairs, and it receives a significant 2.7% of the national budget, put
toward paying the salary of religious leaders as well as funding formal religious educational
institutions (Cohen and Tan 2015:142). All officially recognized religious institutions can receive
financial support for their activities from the Ministry of Religious Affairs by appealing to their
religion‟s branch within the ministry (Stepan 2011:132). According to an assessment, it appears that
within the Ministry of Religious Affairs, the General Directorate in charge of each religious branch is
allocated a percentage of the budget that it is proportional to that particular religion‟s number of
followers (Cohen and Tan 2015:142). Therefore, in this system the state is involved in funding and
also to some extent regulating religious institutions. Religious beliefs that are not considered as formal
religion (agama) but as belief systems (aliran kepercayaan) are not under the Ministry of Religious
Affairs, but are under the Ministry of Education and Culture. As previously mentioned, this
distinction clearly determines how institutions are funded and also has implications for individual
rights (Cohen and Tan 2015:141-2).
The Indonesian state oversees religious education in both public and private institutions,
although some schools are under the Ministry of Education and Culture, while some religious based
public and private institutions are put under the Ministry of Religious Affairs. In Indonesia, not only
is religious education present in public and private schools under both ministries, but it is also a
required subject for all students in accordance with their professed religion (Cohen and Tan
2015:154). Though this has been the case for decades, it was reaffirmed through the passing of the
Law on National Education in 2003, which guarantees children the right to a religious education from
teachers of the same religious background (ibid). This is in contrast with the US case, in which
241
religious instruction in public schools is prohibited. The Indonesian approach is one of a multiconfessional institutionalization of religion within educational institutions. This is another example of
the Indonesian state acting not only as a facilitator for religious education, but as a promoter of
religiosity in its citizens through guaranteeing them with a religious education in schools. It also gives
the state significant control over the curriculum used for religious education in both public and private
schools.
In summary, from this overview of several policies on religion in Indonesia, it is clear that the
context of high public religiosity is not only state-sanctioned, but state promoted and regulated. While
there is also official state neutrality, this is toward the six official religions, whose institutions receive
funding from the national budget for their operations. The US case shows high levels of public
religiosity with an official attempt to remain neutral, although there is some evidence of an
Abrahamic/monotheistic establishment. This attempt to remain neutral extends to an avoidance by the
US state to define „religion‟ and a relinquishing of the possibility to control or regulate religious
institutions, financially or otherwise. These are important distinctions that must be taken into account,
particularly when considering the term “passive secularism” and whether or not Indonesia could be
considered adhering to such a doctrine.
Indonesia: Historical Context for the Religion-State Relationship
Using a sociohistorical approach, I will examine the major critical junctures in Indonesian
history that have contributed to the existing religion-state relationship of what Kuru terms “passive
secularism”. The most critical junctures are, perhaps not surprisingly, mainly times of change in the
political guard: Indonesia‟s declaration of independence from the Dutch in 1945, the shift to the New
Order regime in 1965, and the transition to democracy that came with the reformasi movement in
1998. I will then consider recent developments that indicate seemingly contradictory trends in which
the state has both reaffirmed the importance of religious freedom but at the same time has also passed
legal measures that effectively curb it.
First, the development of Islamic education and associations in Indonesia was critical in
setting the stage for a constitution that enshrined a multi-confessional religious state rather than an
Islamic one at the first “critical juncture” in 1945. Under Dutch colonial rule in Indonesia, there was a
strong effort to separate state and religion because of a Dutch suspicion and hostility toward Islam,
which resulted in the formation of a new type of Muslim civility. The Islamic reform movements that
spread across Southeast Asia in the 19th and early 20th centuries were influential in contributing to an
“education-leveraged recentering of religious knowledge and authority” (Hefner 2009:16). The
appearance of pesantren and madrasas across Muslim Southeast Asia, as well as the growing
networks of religious scholars independent of the state, created a possibility for the spread of a new
Muslim civility and the potential for the spread of a societally based Islam. Although at the time of
independence there were certainly factions arguing for the establishment of an Islamic state, it was the
242
development of this societally based Islam that allowed for such strong support for a multiconfessional state.
The drafting of the Indonesian Constitution in 1945 represents a “critical juncture,” as even at
the time of the drafting, there were many factions with differing ideas about the foundation for the
state. Sukarno, who led the Nationalists in their struggle for independence and went on to become the
first President of Indonesia, was a proponent of secular nationalalism, based in part on the assumption
that its separation from the state it would allow Islam to better flourish in society (Hefner 2000:39).
Muslim nationalist groups, influenced by the spread of reformism in the Middle East, continued to
argue for Islam as the basis of the state (ibid). This debate raged even as the constitution was being
drafted, and Sukarno proposed Pancasila as an attempt to satisfy all parties involved to recognize that
the state is founded in belief in God in a “unique synthesis of nationalist, Muslim, Marxist, liberal
democratic, and populist-Indonesian ideas” (ibid:41-2). The process of formulating and reformulating
the principles outlined in Pancasila led to controversy, as in one version the first sila (principle) about
belief in one supreme God included what has come to be called the Jakarta Charter, which added
“with the obligation to carry out [implement] Islamic shari‟a for its adherents” (Lindsey 2012:37-8).
This phrase, however, was not included in the final version of the Constitution under unclear
circumstances and after fears were expressed that eastern Indonesian islands, with a substantial
Christian population, might back out of the republic (ibid).
While the declaration of independence with the new Constitution containing Pancasila is a
critical juncture in Indonesian history that established a measure of path dependence, it was certainly
not the end of the debate about what the basis of the state should be. After independence, Masyumi (a
Muslim political party) used their influence inside the Ministry of Religious Affairs to expand
religious instruction in schools and helping to fund houses of worship; the importance of the first sila
was emphasized to “justify expanding the role of religion in public life” (Menchik 2011:109). The
controversy and drafting of a provisional constitution kept these debates over the basis of the state
central, and growth of support for Muslim parties left Muslim leaders confident they would gain
enough support in the 1955 elections to make Islam the basis of state (Hefner 2000:43). However, the
elections did not yield the expected results but showed a split between the two major Muslim parties,
the Nationalist party, as well as the Communist party (ibid). These parties would remain in
competition until the political upheaval that led to the attempted leftist officer‟s coup and the
following the violence and mass killings of 1965-66, which ended with the establishment of a New
Order under Suharto (ibid:58).
The anti-communist premise of the New Order led to an environment in which religion as part
of a nationalist Pancasila ideology was strongly promoted, as long as religious groups and
organizations did not take on a political nature, much to the dismay of Islamist groups who still
supported the establishment of an Islamic state (ibid:58-9). The major development during the New
Order period of relevance here is the general Islamic resurgence that started to take off in the late
243
1970s, which Hefner notes is in many ways a direct result of New Order policies on religion coupled
with expansion on education (ibid:17). Starting in 1967, students were required to have 2-3 hours of
religious instruction per week, allowing the state to support particular forms of religious orthodoxy
(Ricklefs 2012:155). Following this development, the government also began to integrate madrasahs
and pondok pesantren into the state educational system and provided subsidies for those which taught
the national curriculum (ibid). This religious resurgence is significant because it has had an impact on
the high levels of religiosity found in Indonesia today. The state promoted piety and religiosity but
also sought to regulate and control it in a heavy-handed manner so as not to allow it to develop a
political character.
The next major critical juncture in Indonesian history is the reformasi and transition to
democracy that began with the fall of Suharto in 1998, which required a revisiting of many of the
issues present at the founding of the Republic of Indonesia. During Indonesia‟s democratic transition,
the legislative body of the MPR (Majelis Permusyawaratan Rakyat) began in 1999 a process of
reviewing and amending Indonesia‟s 1945 Constitution. In 2002, the MPR formally considered and
rejected a proposed amendment that would have recognized the obligation of Muslims to adhere to
shari‟a (Lindsey 2012:48). Ultimately, the vote in 2002 by a democratically elected MPR ended with
a re-affirmation of Indonesia as a multi-confessional nation through rejection of the proposed
amendment (ibid:15). This was largely possible due to the fact that social welfare organizations like
Nahdlatul Ulama (NU) and Muhammadiyah, along with independent Muslim intellectuals and a
strong tradition of independent Islamic education, were able to contribute to the formation of a
societally based Islam whose ideals were employed in the prodemocracy movement as the basis for a
vision of social justice and ethics informing a new multi-confessional nationalist vision (Hefner
2000). At a time when there was a significant opportunity to alter the constitution and the foundation
of the state, the result was to reaffirm a multi-confessional nation rather than an Islamic state.
As a result of the transitions that have taken place since the reformasi movement, Indonesia
has achieved a cooperative state-religion relationship indicative of the existence of the “twin
tolerations” between religion and state considered necessary to support democracy (Künkler and
Stepan 2013:16). However, the state-religion relationship is still being negotiated, particularly with
regards to issues of religious freedom. Another proposed amendment to the constitution (Article 28E)
passed in 2000 to reaffirm and uphold principles of freedom on matters of religious belief and
worship (Lindsey 2012:52). However, on the issue of religious freedom, Lindsey has noted a strong
contradiction in the post-Suharto era: clear legal support for the upholding of religious freedom as an
ideal while it is simultaneously being restricted through other legal means. Although a constitutional
amendment was passed to affirm and guarantee rights of religious freedom, other laws have sought to
highly control places of worship and convict members of minority religious groups and “deviant
sects” (aliran sesat). Joint Ministerial Decisions enacted in 2006 require signatures for any religious
group seeking to build a house of worship as proof of an existing congregation and additional
244
signatures from local community members that support their cause (Lindsey 2012:54). Another other
legal trend that poses a potentially greater threat to the upholding of religious freedom involves the
use of Article 156a, referred to as the Blasphemy Law, to prosecute groups whose beliefs are
considered heterodox or deviant. The Blasphemy Law was considered by the Constitutional Court in
2010 but was ultimately upheld as constitutional on the basis that the constitution does allow the state
to restrict rights of religious freedom to maintain order. The court decision also essentially
underscored that the state does have a responsibility in ensuring its citizens uphold piety, and have
effected a “sealing integration of state with religion” (Ricklefs 2012:287-8). Such a decision positions
the state to become more involved in defining acceptable religious practices and enforcing adherence
to the determined standards. Lindsey points out that many groups who have protested the above laws
and decisions are not protesting the right of the government to restrict religion, but whether these
particular restrictions are in line with Pancasila religious pluralism and other constitutional provisions
stating freedom of religion (ibid).
Pancasila does provide a foundation for a “respect all” approach, and has strong purchase
power as a “guarantor of a traditional social and religious pluralism innate to the Indonesian nation”
(Lindsey 2012:49). It has also been used as a legitimation for strong state involvement in religious
affairs by citing the upholding of piety as within the purview of the state, thereby “facilitating a state
role in Islam and vice versa” of the type that is not always indicative of strong twin tolerations
(Ricklefs 2012:448). Pancasila, which has proved a dynamic basis of the Indonesian state, has the
potential to serve as a foundation for principles of religious freedom and coexistence, although it does
also put religion and religiosity squarely under the purview of the state. In this context, an important
direction will be to work out the “principled distance” (not separation) required between state and
religious institutions so they can both support democracy and religious freedom.
Conclusion
There are several points to take away from this comparison of the United States and Indonesia
with respect to their respective ways of working out a religion-state relationship that observers like
Kuru have termed as examples of a “passive secularism” where the state does not endorse a particular
religion but religious institutions and groups have a presence in the public sphere. While this broad
definition of passive secularism does seem to fit both countries, there remain important differences in
state positioning towards religion.
In the United States, while religion is allowed in the public sphere and does factor into
politics, this religious exercise is considered a matter of personal rights and freedom of expression
that the state cannot and should not regulate lest it infringe on these rights. There are also significant
restrictions and prohibitions about the state funding and/or endorsing particular religious activities
because the state must remain officially neutral and not support any particular religious establishment.
However, the historical analysis that Kuru outlines also shows that this interpretation of secularism in
245
the US has not always been the most dominant one, and there has been an oscillation between
accommodationism and separationism.
Examination of the Indonesian state and its relationship to religious institutions shows a
strong tendency towards both cooperation and regulation. Pancasila as the foundation of the
Indonesian state is the basis of strong government support not only of religious institutions, but of the
importance of piety and religiosity among its citizens, especially through religious education. This
differs from the US example, as the state takes on a role as both a supporter and regulator, such that
the Ministry of Religious Affairs has official definitions of religion and also plays a primary role in
developing religious education standards, curricula, and textbooks. The “critical junctures” in
Indonesian history have continued to support this multi-confessional religious basis of the state,
though debates continue as to the best way to implement these principles. These kinds of
comparisons, are an important progress toward examining consequences of such constitutional
arrangements from a historical structural perspective, and should be considered a first step in moving
forward to gain a better understanding of these structural conditions might shape subjective
experiences of citizens.
Works Cited
Cohen, David and Kevin Tan. 2015. Keeping the Faith: Study of Freedom of Thought, Conscience,
and Religion in ASEAN. Jakarta: Human Rights Resource Centre.
Fox, Jonathan. 2008. A World Survey of Religion and the State. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Hefner, Robert W. 2000. Civil Islam: Muslims and Democratization in Indonesia. Princeton:
Princeton University Press.
Hefner, Robert W., ed. 2009. Making Modern Muslims: The Politics of Islamic Education in
Southeast Asia. Honolulu: University of Hawai‟i Press.
Künkler, Mirjam and Alfred Stepan, eds.2013 Democratization and Islam in Indonesia. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Kuru, Ahmet. 2009. Secularism and State Policies Toward Religion: the United States, France, and
Turkey. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Lindsey, Timothy. 2012. Islam, Law and the State in Southeast Asia, Volume I: Indonesia. New
York: I.B. Tauris
Menchik, Jeremy. 2011. Tolerance Without Liberalism: Islamic Institutions and Political Violence in
Twentieth Century Indonesia. Ph.D. Dissertation, Department of Political
Science, University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Ricklefs, M.C. 2012 Islamisation and Its Opponents in Java: A Political, Social, Cultural and
Religious History (c. 1930 to the Present). Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Stepan, Alfred. 2000. Religion, Democracy, and the “Twin Tolerations”. Journal of Democracy
11:37-57.
Stepan, Alfred. 2011. The Multiple Secularisms of Modern Democratic and NonDemocratic Regimes. In Rethinking Secularism. Craig Calhoun, Mark Juergensmeyer,
Jonathan VanAntwerpen, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press
246
LOCAL GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATIVE CAPACITY TO
IMPLEMENT LAND BANKING
IN BANDUNG CITY
Sintaningrum, Santi Permasih
Faculty of Political and Social Sciences
University of Padjadjaran Indonesia
Tel: +62-8122011423
E-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: The imbalance of owning, controlling, and utilizing land in Indonesia has been increasing
year by year. Few rich people in Indonesia have numerous land whereas almost all poor people only
have the slightest of land. Only 0,2% of the national population controls 57% national assets with the
87% concentration within land form. The head of BPN mentioned the gini land coefficient as a
measurement of the imbalance of the land ownership has attained 0,536. It has “exceeded” 0,5 from
the social conflict in the rural regional (Winoto Joyo, 2010:4). The concept of land banking is the
solution to overcome the limitation of land in urban region, to avoid the conflict of land provisions,
and to minimalize speculator and land price with proposing aspect of equity for diminishing the gap
of land controlling. This article describe the strenght of local government, including the availability
of law and government administrative capacity for implementing land banking in Bandung City.
Key words: land policy, land banking, administrative capacity
INTRODUCTION
The imbalance of owning, controlling, and utilizing land in Indonesia has been increasing year
by year. Few rich people in Indonesia have numerous land whereas almost all poor people only have
the slightest of land. Only 0,2% of the national population controls 57% national assets with the 87%
concentration within land form. The head of BPN mentioned the gini land coefficient as a
measurement of the imbalance of the land ownership has attained 0,536. It has “exceeded” 0,5 from
the social conflict in the rural regional (Winoto Joyo, 2010:4). By The Constitution- Undang-Undang
Dasar 45 The state has mandate to manage agrarian sector, including land use, land ownership, and
land controlled to achieve welfare society. One of the wealth controlled by the state is the land, that
247
set by Law Undang-Undang No. 5 of 1960 on Law of Agrarian Principles (UUPA). UUPA is also the
basis for the division of land affairs between the central government and local governments to provide
flexibility for local governments to carry out development in accordance with regional needs. It set by
Law No. 23 Year 2014 on Local Government. According to these regulations, the municipality has all
the authorities in land affairs, except the authority in matters of land acquisition for public interest, it
is set by Law No. 2 of 2012 on Land Procurement for Development to Public Interest.
As the protection of the land use for welfare of the people, the government has been preparing
the establishment of the Land banking. At the local government level, Bandung has a wide range of
issues related to land affair, such as the lack of green spaces 2.027,76 Ha in 2012 and high population
density (14613.94 person / m2) with 2.458.503 people. Meanwhile, in 2031 the population projections
around 4.1 million with 17.000 Ha green spaces. Besides that, percentage of land assests sertification
by Bandung city government in 2014 amount 13% or 1.483.373 m2 from 11.410.559 m2 (100%) total
Bandung city government land assets. It risky to arouse land ownership conflict with public
(individuals or legal entities) which occupy the land for a long time. Because when the land is needed
for development by government, each sides can‟t prove the land ownership legalization.
With the land market that control the urban development and disguised the land social value, it
would be hard to realize the development plan. Therefore, as well as central government, Bandung
city government has to anticipate the impact of population growth and uncontrolled development by
implementing Land banking.
Based on consideration of efficiency, effectiveness, geographical conditions, human resources
and various other conditions, then the land acquisition can be delegated to local governments in
accordance with the Presidential Decree Number 40 Year 2014 on Amandement of Presedential
Decree Nomor 71 year 2012 on Arrangement of Land Procurement for Development to Public
Interest. Above the considerations with all the problems of development and management of
government land today, then it is important for local government has fully authority for manage land
affairs.
The ideal conditions of development could be realized if the local government has a spatial
planning agencies for control the direction of urban development and maintain the development
priorities for the public interest. Land banking which would be implemented by the central
government, could be a solution to solve the problems of urban spatial planning in local governments.
But before implementing the Land banking, Bandung city government must have the administrative
capacity to make sure that land banking can be implemented effectively and efficiently. It based on
Ali Farazmand‟s statement (2009: 1016) that “nothing gets done without administrative capacity”. In
line with the statement, Christine Whitehead in Harold B. Dunkerley (1983: 128) contend that
administrative capacity is one of the success factors to overcoming the lack of local government
ability for land acquisition and development.
248
For more discussed about the administrative capacity, the author used the administrative
capacity theory from Ecorys (2011) that contain three elements, that is structures, human resources
and system. Each element contain some aspects. Structures contain legislation, management and
cooperation, human resources contain competences, staffing and resource, and system contain
information and communication technologies (ICT), management information systems (MIS),
finance, monitoring and evaluation. By each aspects, the discussion for each elements would be
directed to achieve the aim of this study, to indentify the administrative capacity readiness of
Bandung city government for land banking implementation.
METHOD
This study uses descriptive qualitative research, with data collection through observation,
interviews, study documents and audiovisual material. Technique of determining the informant used
purposive technique with the number of informants were 9 people. The data analysis technique used
data collection, data reduction, data display and conclusion. To ensure the validity of the data, author
uses the triangulation of sources.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
1.
Structure Element
On the structure elements, legislation aspect in Bandung city government is the basis of the
establishment of the management and cooperative effort to prepare the Land banking implementation.
The Bandung City government structure refers to Peraturan Pemerintah (PP) No. 41 of 2007 on
Organisasi Perangkat Daerah that governs the preparation of the based area on local government
affairs. The affair made up of local government compulsory and optional affairs that set in Law No.
23 Year 2014 on Pemerintahan Daerah. It shows that the establishment of a regional organizations
should not be separated from the guidance of local government affairs and institutional forms.
In essence, the municipal organizations only consists of the Regional Secretariat, Legislative
Secretariat, Department, Regional Technical Institution, District and Sub-District. However, in
practice there are matters that can not be grouped in clumps of government affairs has been set.
Therefore, beyond the amount of their organization established by Government Regulation No. 41 of
2007, local governments can establish another institution or a set of regional work units/Satuan Kerja
Perangkat Daerah (SKPD) as a Regional Public Service Board/Badan Layanan Umum Daerah
(BLUD).
In addition to institutional considerations, to establish a new regional organizations have
toaccording to legislative mechanisms in Bandung city government. As The Minister of Home Affairs
249
Decree Nomor 56 Year 2010 on the Amandement Minister of Home Affairs Decree Nomor 57 year
2007 on Technical Guidelines for for Local Government Institution Arrangement. In line with this,
the formation of the Land banking as a new institution to be incorporated into the Local Legislation
Program (Program Legislasi Daerah/Prolegda) to establish regulations for the Land Banking, both
changes in existing legislation or create new legislation. Regarding Prolegda mechanism that set in the
Amandement Minister of Home Affairs Decree Nomor 1 Year 2014 on Policy Formulation for
Regional Government. The Regulation determined that a proposed regulation must first be proposed
by the proponent SKPD into Prolegda for lawmaking in the next year. Then, in accordance with the
needs of business submitted by proponent SKPD, the legislative process followed in the decisionmaking process in order of priority Prolegda. In this study, the following is a description of the
legislation aspect for land banking implementation:
a.
The early stage associated with the changes in local regulations that applied. At this stage, the
government separate the functions of land management in proponent SKPD. Perda can be
changedby the SKPD that apply to renew the structure (refer to Prolegda‟s priority). Whereasto
update the work procedures, need to change Perwal (not referring to the Prolegda‟s priority).
b.
Advanced stages related to the manufacture of new local regulations (Perda). At this stage,
Bandung city government has set the institutional form of the Land banking. The institutional
regulations regarding the establishment of the Land banking (as the department, the local
technical institution or other institution). While if the Land banking set as BLUD, then there are
two stages of legislation that must be passed again in accordance with the form BLUD:

Land banking as BLUD SKPD, the establishment of the Land banking begins with the
formation of SKPD (through legislation) that is then set as the CO-BLUD.

Land banking as BLUD Work Unit, the establishment of the Land banking begins with
the formation or separation work unit manager of the soil (through Perwal) which is then
set as the BLUD.
From the central government that will implement the Land banking in 2017 (if the local
government have fully authority of land affair), then Bandung city government can initiate the
legislative process after getting assurance regarding the regulation of the Land banking. The
establishment plan of the Land banking can be incorporated into the Medium Term Development
Plan/Rencana Pembangunan Jangka Menengah Daerah (RPJMD) year 2019-2023. After the
establishment of the Land banking entered into RPJMD, then the government needs to determine
institutional forms that can support the business functions at the same banking services land sector.
Based on consideration of the affairs and functions of the Land banking, so this study described
it in terms of the Land banking BLUD Work Unit which is a form of the development of the asset
management function of government land from DPKAD. As BLUD, Land Banking can implement
the banking business while provide the land affair services. It has sameness with the Land Banking in
China, on the journal by Li Tian and Wenjun Ma (2009), said that China change danwei into Land
250
Banking to clarify the position of government as land authorized. But in Bandung, the changed cannot
direct into Bank form, because that excluded in the exist regulatory about banking. So it formed into
BLUD Work Unit.
After determine the organization‟s form, BLUD Land banking will be filled by government
employees that will be discussed at the human resource element. In order to ensure the establishment
and operations BLUD Land banking in accordance with the needs and statute, the central government
from the beginning has been provide direction through the substantive, technical and administrative
requirements.
The whole process of the Land banking establishment is coordinated by the Legal and Human
Rights/Bagian Hukum dan HAM, then submitted to the Mayor through the Regional
Secretary/Sekretaris Daerah. The observations by the Land banking feasibility assessment team also
delivered the results of its assessment to the Mayor. So many parties involved in the implementation
of the Land banking, in addition to the involvement of local government agencies, Bandung city
government also need to conduct cooperation with other parties. The cooperation is carried out by the
government with central agencies, academic, even the Land banking in other countries to increase
scientific capacity for the implementation of the Land banking.
a. Voluntary cooperation could be established with Makasar city government to transferred the
experience of land distribution mechanism in land banking concept.
b. Third party cooperation could be established with private sector and local government bank to
increase land value by land utilization and CSR management for public interest development.
c.
Cooperation with another country institution could be astablished with Korea Land and
Housing Corporation to join with sharing knowledge program
d.
Cooperation with academician could be established with Padjadjaran University to discuss the
legal aspect by the expert from faculty of law.
Related to the cooperation concept for Land Banking, Bandung city government already has the
expert team since February 26th 2015.
2.
Human Resource Element
Human resource element inside the structure of Bandung city government shall have
competence in accordance with the needs of the position. Therefore, a standard of competence
required to support the application of the merit system in public servant management. But until now,
by 2015 the government of Bandung do not yet have the required competency standards for structural
positions. The standard of competence which have been prepared as Perwal still shaped design and
only intended to be officials for echelon II. Meanwhile, the following description of the competence
that must be owned by the Land banking management officer duties:
a.
Land administration and land affairs department information system

Capable of performing arrangements of government land
251
b.
c.

Capable of carrying out registration of rights

Capable to manage the land information system which integrated with the KKP
Land management department

Capable to plan the consolidation in accordance with the RPJMD‟s priority

Regulate land use

Regulate land use for specific area
Land acquisition department
-
-
Land acquisition for public division

Capable to carry out the acquisition procedure

Capable to carry out the development plan for the public interest
Land acquisition for the project division

Capable to carry out the acquisition procedure

Capable to carry out development plans for special interests
Considered the needs of human resources to fill the formation based on competency, some
strategic position filled with the experienced staff. Finance department filled with accounting staff
from DPKAD, meanwhile the land administration affair and land administration system filled with the
staff with technological background which amount to 67 person in Bandung. For land management
department, it need the past master of development, especially the planner which exist in Bappeda and
for land acquisition department, filled with experienced staff from securing and handling conflict
section of DPKAD.
Chart 1 Amount of PNS in Bandung City (2008-2014)
25,000
24,500
Amount of PNS
24,000
23,500
23,000
22,500
22,000
21,500
21,000
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Year
Source: Statistics of PNS in Bandung City (2014: 3)
Afterwards, considered the PNS availability, with the decrease in amount of PNS 3,9% each
year (2011-2014) or 20.931 people, so Land Banking need the new staff to complete the other
position. To get the new staff for Land Banking, needed procurement, even it for PNS or PPPK.
252
To get the right man for the right positions, completeness of competency standards can help the
staffing process for Land banking. Civil servants who have the competence as required, may fill the
vacancy on the Land banking. But before that, firstly relevant officials who will formulate the
implementation plan for the Land banking need to receive education and training related to the
general concept of the Land banking so they can illustrate the application in Bandung.
In addition to the readiness of the government to set standards of competence, to be able to fill
the staffing in Land banking also needs assessment process which the results could be a reference for
putting the rightman in the right position. The placement based on the assessment results from the
assessor using Assessment Center. The method can be used to improve the quality and loyalty of
employees because of the quality of the public servant management by BKD Bandung also improved.
3.
System Element
System elements has two aspects that can be researched, the first is information and
communication technologies (ICT) and management information systems (MIS) aspect and the
second is the finance and also monitoring and evaluation aspect. The application of ICT in Bandung
refers to Instruksi Presiden Republik Indonesia No. 3 of 2003 on Kebijakan dan Strategi Nasional
Pengembangan E-Government.
Then, the implementation of management information systems for government resources
carried out by the Financial and Development Supervisory Agency/Badan Pengawasan Keuangan dan
Pembangunan (BPKP) through the Regional Management Information System/Sistem Informasi
Manajemen Daerah (SIMDA). In addition, Bandung city government also utilize technology to
improve internal performance through Bandung Integrated Resources Management System (BIRMS)
with the 9 subsystems, that are Electronic Revenue, Electronic City Planning, Electronic Budgeting,
Electronic Project Planning, Electronic Procurement, Electronic Contract, Electronic Progress,
Electronic Project Performace, Electronic Asset. BIRMS is a very broad scope application, from the
planning process to the financial management process. Thus, it can help the monitoring process for
conformity the financial management with the development plans.
Through BIRMS, the alignment of government's financial activities and the development
program can be monitored, because the data updates in real-time allows each SKPD to report the
financial and activities statements immediately. However, BIRMS not the only one application for
local government resource management, as it has been described that SIMDA which is a product of
the BPKP. Data base through the provision of financial, assets and staffing, expected SIMDA can be a
reference material in decision making. In Bandung city government, SIMDA managed by DPKAD
with the special section that manage SIMDA Bandung and apart from SIMDA DPKAD. However, in
practice there are still many lack of SIMDA, such as financial SIMDA that can not be integrated with
other systems, neither outside SIMDA applications nor fellow SIMDA applications and it result
differen tstatement of property and financial performance.
253
The external auditor, BPK RI found the difference between the value of land assets and the real
assets. Some area that was transferred as capital shares to PD Pasar Bermartabat, still recorded as the
assets of local government.
Table 1 Land Assets That Recorded as Local Government Assets After Transferred as Capital
Shares to PD Pasat Bermartabat
Origin
Ownership
Education
Department
Health Department
Value (Rp)
10.303.772.150
Existance
Ujung
Berung
1.659.218.920 Market
Human Settlements
and Spatial
Planning
2.005.282.400
Balubur
Market
Department
Source: Book II LHP LKPD BPK RI (2014: 46)
Table 1 shows incoherence between the finance and assets recorded by SIMDA, but it‟s not the
only DPKADs responsibilities. To overcoming this mistakes, needed more effort to manage and
control the assets record by each SKPD, certainly by integrated SIMDA. Technology is not just
enough for the management of government resources, as a source of land for the Land banking not
only comes from the land of government assets, but also wastelands, erfpacht and absentee land. In
addition, through the Land banking, Bandung city government also could be able to buy civil‟s land in
accordance with the needs of the development plan.
Currently, BPN RI has have an application called Land Office Computerization (LOC) /
Komputerisasi Kantor Pertanahan (KKP), but because of the information limited access, so the data is
not included in the public information. The existence of the KKP may become opportunities and
obstacles for the Land banking implementation, as there in provided complete data on land ownership
but access is limited, so that the necessary approval of BPN RI beforehand. Seeing the urgency of
BIRMS, SIMDA and KKP, would be better if it can be synergism, especially for the implementation
of the Land banking. As the initiator, Bandung city government should take the initiative to hold
cooperation with these two institutions (BPKP and BPN RI) to integrate all required data in BIRMS.
Then, the budget related to the formation of the Land banking, the administrative require that
local governments through DPKAD to make a prognosis and business projections. Referring to the
government's budget performance in 2014, then the budget should come from the next financial year
254
in order to avoid obstacles ratification of budget changes. That caused by alteration of SILPA and
expenditure for strategic policies.
Especially in prognosis, the government must take into account the budget required for the
financing of the Land banking.
Table 2 Calculation Guide for Prognosis
No.
A.
1.
Components
Biaya Operasional
Biaya Pelayanan
a. Biaya Pegawai
b. Biaya Bahan
c. Biaya Jasa Pelayanan
d. Biaya Pemeliharaan
e. Biaya Barang dan jasa
f. Biaya Pelayanan Lain-Lain
2.
Biaya Umum dan Administrasi
a. Biaya Pegawai
b. Biaya Administrasi Kantor
c. Biaya Pemeliharaan
d. Biaya Promosi
e. Biaya Umum dan Administrasi LainLain
B.
Biaya Non Operasional
a. Biaya Bunga
b. Biaya Administrasi Bank
c. BiayaKerugian penjualan aset tetap
d. Biaya kerugian penurunan nilai
e. Biaya Non Operasional Lain-Lain
C.
Pendapatan
a. Jasa Layanan
b. Hibah
c. Hasil Kerja Sama
d. APBD
e. APBN
f. Pendapatan lain-lain (penjualan dan
255
No.
Components
pemanfaatan kekayaan, jasa giro,
bunga, selisih nilai tukar, komisi dan
investasi)
Source: Compiled from various sources (2015)
The prognosis components help DPKAD to mapped the budget necessary, then it included in
the future APBD. Post-establishment of the Land banking, the initial reception can be derived from
land lease receivables and buildings, special funds of CSR, grants are not tied, and the transfer of
assets related DPKAD lease funding and management of land assets.
Management of Land Banking can not be separated with monitoring and evaluation. For
monitoring and evaluation (financial and non-financial), Land Banking has internal and external
auditor. Monitoring by internal auditor done for evaluation by Director of Land Banking. Besides that,
the performance report routinely reported to the mayor by the director of Land Banking (quarter,
semester and annual report). Meanwhile, the external auditor can conduct surveillance and give advice
at once, for the Land Banking, then submit the annual report to the Major.
Associated with the technologies usage for local government, SIMDA is an obligation, but
coupled with BIRMS, expected to facilitate the better monitoring and evaluation for Land banking
and Bandung city government performance report (financial and non-financial). The following are
some advantages of use BIRMS:
1.
BIRMS can facilitate real time data updated, not only for internal or external auditor, but also
for another SKPD to integrated as Bandung city government report.
2.
Non-financial evaluation can be measured through strategic planning and RBA achievement via
Electronic Project Performance in BIRMS. This process use data from Electronic Projet
Planning and realization of performance from Electronic Progress.
3.
BIRMS can ease of recording for routine financial report, that consist balance, operational
reports, cash flow statements and notesof the financial statements. Even more, for financial
statements that need the achievement of the performance report that can be found in Electronic
Project Performance BIRMS.
Actually, each elements of administrative capacity from Bandung city government could be
filled. Because normatively, each element has his own legal framework to be based of the activities.
But to implement the plan, need political will from the leader (Bandung city‟s Major) and the head of
DPKAD.
256
CONCLUSION
Based on the discussion of the administrative capacity of Bandung city government, it can be
concluded that the Bandung city government has the administrative capacity to implement the Land
banking. But for the institutional forms have to adjusted to the central government policies. While in
this study, Land Banking depicted in the BLUD form, it caused the flexibility of BLUD that can be
able for banking business practice and public services at once. This sudy shows that structures, human
resource and systems element of Bandung city government support the implementation of Land
Banking.
SUGGESTION
1.
Bandung City Government should conduct education and training programs related to the
concept of the Land banking and an overview of its implementation in Bandung, especially for
institutions associated with planning the implementation of the Land banking.
2.
In order to strengthen the management aspects, the government of Bandung need to analyze the
most appropriate institutional forms for the Land banking and the release of land asset
management authority of DPKAD Bandung.
3.
Bandung City Government should immediately set the standard of competence for all structural
position, especially for the Land banking through the development of an assessment center.
4.
Bandung city government should synergizing BIRMS with SIMDA, as well as equal
employment opportunities KKP data usage of the application by BPN RI to support the data
needs of the Land banking.
5.
Bandung City government must budgeted the Land bankingimplementation on the next fiscal
year APBD.
6.
Bandung City Government should conduct an analysis of the potential conflict of interest in
land affairs.
REFERENCES
[1].
Creswell, John W. 2012. Educational Research: Planning, Conducting and Evaluating
Quantitative and Qualitative Research 4th Edition. USA: Pearson
[2].
Dunkerley, Harold B. 1938. Urban Land Policy: Issues and Opportunities. USA: Oxford
University Press
[3].
Ecorys. 2011. Assessment of Administrative and Institutional Capacity Building Interventions
and Future Needs In The Context Of European Social Fund. Brussels
257
[4].
Farazmand, Ali. 2001. Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration 2nd
Edition. USA: Marcel Dekker Inc.
[5].
Frederickson, H. George. 1997. The Spirit of Public Administration. San Francisco: JosseyBass Inc.
[6].
Kivell, Philip. 1993. Land and The City: Patterns and Processes of Urban Change. London:
Routledge
[7].
Limbong, Bernhard. 2013. Bank Tanah. Jakarta: Margaretha Pustaka
[8].
Mukhtar. 2007. Bimbingan Skripsi, Tesis dan Artikel Ilmiah: Panduan Berbasis Penelitian
Kualitatif, Lapangan dan Perpustakaan. Jambi: Sulthan Thaha Press
[9].
Rahmi, Elita. 2010. Hukum Pertanahan dalam Sistem Hukum Indonesia. Bandung: Unpad
Press
[10]. Rondinelli, Dennis A. 2006. Public Administration and Democratic Governance: Governments
Serving Citizens. USA: United Nations Publication
[11]. Moleong, Lexi J. 2001. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. Bandung: PT Remaja Rosdakarya
[12]. Thoha, Miftah. 2010. Ilmu Administrasi Publik Kontemporer. Jakarta: Kencana
[13]. Amir, Herni, Aminuddin Salle dan Sri Susyanti Nur. 2014. Kegiatan Bank Tanah Sebagai
Bentuk Penyediaan Tanah Untuk Permukiman Rakyat. Jurnal Analisis 3 (1). 29-36
[14]. Farazmand, Ali. 2009. Building Administrative Capacity for the Age of Rapid Globalization: A
Modest Prescription for the Twenty-First Century. Journal of Public Administration Review 69
(6). 1007-1020
[15]. Hacek, Miro dan Irena Baclija. 2009. The Administrative Capacity of Slovenian Municipalities.
Journal of Local-Self Government 7 (3). 307-327
[16]. Nahrin, Kasphia dan M. Shafiq-Ur Rahman. 2009. Land Information System (LIS) for Land
Administration and Management in Bangladesh. Journal of Bangladesh Institute og Planners
(2). 116-125
[17]. Schneider, Anne dan Helen Ingram. 1990. Behavioral Assumptions of Policy Tools. The
Journal of Politics 52 (2). 510-529
[18]. Tian, Li dan Wenjun Ma. 2009. Government Intervention In City Development of China: A
Tool of Land Supply. Journal of Land Use Policy 26. 599-609
[19]. Utami, Sawitri Budi. 2005. Pendayagunaan Tanah Terlantar (Perspektif Kebijakan Publik).
Fakultas Ilmu sosial dan Ilmu Politik Universitas Padjadjaran. Bandung
[20]. Limbong, Bernhard. 2012. “Bank Tanah” Untuk Pembangunan. Suara Pembaruan. 27 Juli.
Halaman 4. Jakarta
[21]. Limbong, Bernhard. 2013. Kelembagaan Pembebasan Tanah. Suara Pembaruan. 21 Februari.
Halaman 11. Jakarta
[22]. Alexander, Frank S. 2008. Blueprint For American Prosperity: Land Banking As Metropolitan
Policy. Amerika
258
[23]. Badan Kepegawaian Daerah Kota Bandung. 2014. Dokumen Assessment Center Kota Bandung.
Bandung
[24]. Badan Kepegawaian Daerah Kota Bandung. 2014. Statistik PNS Kota Bandung 2014. Bandung
[25]. Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan Perwakilan Provinsi Jawa Barat. 2014. Laporan Hasil
Pemeriksaan BPK RI Atas Laporan Keuangan Pemerintah Daerah Kota Bandung Tahun 2014.
Bandung
[26]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah Kota Bandung. 2011. Materi Teknis Rencana Tata
Ruang Wilayah Kota Bandung Tahun 2011-2031. Bandung
[27]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah Kota Bandung. 2011. Pedoman Umum Bandung
Integrated Resources Management System (BIRMS). Bandung
[28]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah Kota Bandung. 2014. Rancangan AKhir RPJMD
Kota Bandung 2014-2018. Bandung
[29]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional. 2014. Rencana Kerta Pemerintah Tahun 2015.
Jakarta
[30]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional. 2014. Rencana Pembangunan Jangka Menengah
Nasional 2015-2019. Jakarta
[31]. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional. 2015. Penyususnan Kebijakan Bank Tanah Untuk
Permukiman dan Perumahan. Jakarta
[32]. Badan Pusat Statistik Jawa Barat. 2014. Jawa Barat Dalam Angka 2014. Bandung
[33]. Badan Pusat Statistik Kota Bandunng. 2014. Kota Bandung Dalam Angka 2014. Bandung
[34]. Badan Pusat Statistik Republik Indonesia. 2010. Hasil Sensus Penduduk 2010 Data Agregat
Per Provinsi. Jakarta
[35]. Bagian Organisasi dan Pemberdayaan Aparatur Daerah, Sekretariat Daerah Kota Bandung.
2015. Dokumen Kumpulan Tupoksi Pemerintah Kota Bandung. Bandung
[36]. DPR RI. 2015. Deskripsi Konsepsi RUU Prolegnas 2015-2019. Jakarta
[37]. Ecorys. 2014. From Strengthening Administrative Capacity Building (ACB) to Public Sector
Innovation (PSI): Building Blocks and Successful „Bridges‟. Belanda
[38]. Urusan Umum dan Kepegawaian, Kantor Pertanahan Kota Bandung. 2015. Dokumen Bagan
Struktur Organisasi Kantor Pertanahan Kota Bandung. Bandung
259